SA23 2764 03_Adapters_Devices_and_Cable_Information_for_Micro_Channel_Bus_Systems_Apr97 03 Adapters Devices And Cable Information For Micro Channel Bus Systems Apr97

SA23-2764-03_Adapters_Devices_and_Cable_Information_for_Micro_Channel_Bus_Systems_Apr97 SA23-2764-03_Adapters_Devices_and_Cable_Information_for_Micro_Channel_Bus_Systems_Apr97

User Manual: SA23-2764-03_Adapters_Devices_and_Cable_Information_for_Micro_Channel_Bus_Systems_Apr97

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 512

DownloadSA23-2764-03_Adapters_Devices_and_Cable_Information_for_Micro_Channel_Bus_Systems_Apr97 SA23-2764-03 Adapters Devices And Cable Information For Micro Channel Bus Systems Apr97
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information
for Micro Channel Bus Systems

SA23-2764-03

Fourth Edition (April 1997)
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country where such provisions are inconsistent with
local law: THIS PUBLICATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement
may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information
herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication.
It is possible that this publication may contain reference to, or information about, products (machines and programs), programming,
or services that are not announced in your country. Such references or information must not be construed to mean that such
products, programming, or services will be announced in your country. Any reference to a specific licensed program in this
publication is not intended to state or imply that you can use,only that licensed program. You can use any functionally equivalent
program instead.
© International Business Machines Corporation 1995, 1997. AU rights reserved.

AIX is a registered trademark of the International Business Machines Corporation.
Torx is a trademark of Camcar Division of Textron, Inc.
Note to U.S. Government Users - Documentation and programs related to restricted rights - Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject
to the restrictions set forth in the GSA ADP Schedule Contract.

Contents
xvi

Laser Safety Information

xvii
xvii
xvii
xvii
xvii
xviii

About This Book
Audience Description
Overview of Contents
ISO 9000
................ .
Related Publications ....
Ordering This Publication
Chapter 1. Adapter Information
. . . . . .
Description of the Adapter Information
. . . . . .
How to Use the Adapter Information '"
. . . . . .
Adapter Identification Reference List for IHV Supplied Adapters
Adapter Identification Label Cross-Reference List ....
FC (2770) Color Graphics Display Adapter (Type 1-1) . . . . .
Color Graphics Display Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . .
Color Graphics Display Adapter 3-Position RGB Video Connector . . . . . .
FC (2760) Grayscale Graphics Display Adapter (Type 1-2)
. . . . . . .
Grayscale Graphics Display Adapter Specifications
. . . . . . .
Grayscale· Graphics Display Adapter 15-Position Connector
. . . . . . .
FC (2780) 8-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor (Type 1-3)
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
a-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor Specifications . . . . .
8-Bit 3D Color Graphics PrQcessor 3-Position Video Connector . . . . . . .
FC (2781) 24-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor (Type 1-3) . . . . . . . . . . . .
24-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor Specifications .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......
24-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor 3-Position Video Connector
FC (4350) Graphics Subsystem Adapters (Type 1-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graphics Subsystem Adapters Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graphics Subsystem Adapter (First type) 3-Position RGB Video Connector
Graphics Subsystem Adapter (Second type) 68-Position Connector . . . . .
FC (2795, 2790) POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 8-Bit Graphics Subsystem
(Type 1-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 8-Bit Graphics Subsystem Specifications
POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 8-Bit Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector
FC (2796, 2791) POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 24-bit Graphics Subsystem
(Type 1-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem Specifications
POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem RGB Video
Connector " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2711) POWER Gt4xi 8-bit Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-5) . . . . . . . . .
POWER Gt4xi 8-Bit Graphics Subsystem Specifications
...........
POWER Gt4xi 8-Bit Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector
......
FC (2712) POWER Gt4xi 24-bit Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-5) . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER Gt4xi 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER Gt4xi 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector .. . . . . . . ..
FC (2713) POWER Gt4i 24-bit Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-5) . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER Gt4i 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem Specifications
..............
POWER Gt4i 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector . . . . . . . . .
FC (2777) POWER Gt3 Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-6) .
. . . . . .
POWER Gt3 Graphics Subsystem Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Preface

1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-6
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-13
1-14
1-15
1-16
1-16
1-17
1-18
1-18
1-19
1-20
1-20
1-21
1-22
1-22
1-23
1-24
1-24
1-25
1-25

iii

I

POWER Gt3 Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector
.........
FC (2776) POWER Gt4e Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-8) . . . . . . . . . .
POWER Gt4e Graphics Subsystem Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER Gt4e Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector . . . . . . . . .
FC (2768) POWER Gt3i Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-9)
. . . . . . . . . .
POWER Gt3i Graphics Subsystem Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER Gt3i Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector . . . . . . . . .
FC (2820) POWER GXT1000 Graphics Accelerator Attachment Adapter for
Attachment of the 7250 (Type 1-A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER GXT1000 Graphics Accelerator Attachment Adapter Specifications
POWER GXT1000 Graphics Accelerator Attachment Adapter Connector .
FC (2650) POWER GXT150M Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-D) . . . . . .
POWER GXT150M Graphics Subsystem Specifications . . . . . . . . .
POWER GXT150M Graphics Subsystem Display Switch Position Table
POWER GXT150M Graphics Subsystem 13W3 13-Position Connector
FC (2980) - Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter Type (2-1) . . . . .
Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter 15-Position Connector ....
FC (2970) Token-Ring High-Performance Network Adapter (Type 2-2)
Token-Ring High-Performance Network Adapter Specifications
Token-Ring High-Performance Network Adapter 9-Position Connector
FC (2700) 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller (Type 2-3) .,
4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller Specifications . . . . .
4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller 78-Position Connector
Fe (2960) X.25 Interface Co-Processor!2 (Type 2-4) . . . . . . . . . . . .
X.25 Interface Co-Processor!2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
X.25 Interface Co-Processor!2 37-Position Connector . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fe (2720) Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Single Ring Adapter (Type 2-6) .
FDDI Single Ring Adapter Specifications
.......................
FC (2722) Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Dual Ring Upgrade Adapter
(Type 2-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FDDI Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (7002 or 7004 and 7022) 4-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter (Type 2-C) ...
4-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
4-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and 25-Position Connectors
, FC (7002 or 7004 and 7026) 8-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter (Type 2-D) ...
8-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter 7a-Position and 25-Position Connectors ..
FC (7002 or 7004 and 7024) 6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter
(Type 2-E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . .
6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and 25-Position
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (7002 or 7004 and 7030) 4-Port EIA-232-C!4-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter
(Type 2-F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......
4-Port EIA-232-C!4-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter Specifications
4-Port EIA-232-C!4-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and
.............
25-Position Connectors (EIA-232-C Assignments)
4-Port EIA-232-C!4-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and
.............
25-Position Connectors (EIA-422-A Assignments)
FC (7002 or 7004 and 7028) ,8-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter (Type 2-G) '"
8-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and 25-Position Connectors
FC (7006 or 7008 and 7042) 8-Port EIA-232-D Portmaster Adapter!A (Type 2-H)

iv

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

1-25
1-26
1-26
1-26
1-27
1-27
1-27
1-28
1-28
1-29
1-30
1-30
1-31
1-32
1-33
1-33
1-34
1-35
1-35
1-36
1-37
1-37
1-38
1-39
1-39
1-40
1-41
1-41
1-42
1-42
1-43
1-43
1-44
1-45
1-45
1-46
1-47
1-47
1-48
1-49
1-49
1-50
1-50
1-51
1-51
1-52
1-53

8-Port EIA-232-0 Portmaster Adapter/A Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-Port EIA-232-0 Portmaster Adapter/A 100-Position and 25-Position Connectors
FC (7006 or 7008 and 7044) 8-Port EIA-422-A Portmaster Adapter/A (Type 2-1)
8-Port EIA-422-A Portmaster Adapter/A Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-Port EIA-422-A Portmaster Adapter/A 100-Position and 25-Position Connectors
FC (7006 or 7008 and 7046) 6-Port V.35 Portmaster Adapter/A (Type 2-J) ..
.................
6-Port V.35 Portmaster Adapter/A Specifications
6-Port V.35 Portmaster Adapter/A 100-Position and 25-Position Connectors ..
FC (7006 or 7008 and 7048) 6-Port X.21 Portmaster Adapter/A (Type 2-K) . . . .
...............
6-Port X.21 Portmaster Adapter/A Specifications
6-Port X.21 Portmaster Adapter/A 78-Position and 25-Position Connectors
FC (2959) Multiprotocol Adapter/A (MP/A) (Type 2-P)
. . . . . . . . .
Multiprotocol Adapter/A Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multiprotocol Adapter/A 25-Position Connector . . . . .
. . . . .
FC (2724) FOOl-Fiber Single Ring Adapter (Type 2-R) ..
. . . . .
FODI-Fiber Single Ring Adapter Specifications . . . . .
. . . . .
FC (2723) FOOl-Fiber Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter (Type 2-S)
FDDI-Fiber Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter Specifications
. . . . .
FC (2725) FDDI-STP Single Ring Adapter (Type 2-T)
...........
FDDI-STP Single Ring Adapter Specifications
................
FDDI-STP Single Ring Adapter 9-Position Connector . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2726) FDDI-STP Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter (Type 2-U) . . . . . . .
FDDI-STP Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
FDDI-STP Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter 9-Position Connector ... . . .
FC (2930, 2940, 2950) 8-Port Async Adapters (Types 3-1, 3-2, 3-3) . . . . . .
Specifications for the 8-Port Async Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
78-Position Connector on the 8-Port Async EIA-232 and MIL-STD 188 Adapter
78-Position Connector on the 8-Port Async EIA-422A Adapter . . . . . . . .
Fe (2955) 16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-232-D (Type 3-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-232-D Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-232 78-Position Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . .
'FC (2957) 16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-422A (Type 3-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...... ........
16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-422A Specifications
16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-422A 78-Position Connector
FC (6400) 64-Port Async Controller (Type 3-6)
......... .....
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
64-Port Async Controller Specifications
. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .
8-Position RJ-45 Controller Connector ....
FC (6401) 16-Port Async Concentrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16-Port Async Concentrator Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
16-Port Async Concentrator 8-Position RJ-45 Input and Output Connectors
.................
16-Port Async Concentrator Power Transformers
16-Port Async Concentrator Removable Power Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (8128) 128-Port Async Controller (Type 3-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
128-Port Async Controller Specifications ...
15-Position HD-15 Controller Connector ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Autoconfiguration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Async Node 16-Port EIA-232
. . . ..
...........
FC (8130) Remote Async Node Box Style ..
. . . ..
.....
FC (8136) Remote Async Node Rack Style . . . . . . . . .
.....
Remote Async Node Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.....
Programming the Remote Async Node . . . . . . . . . . ..
.....
16-Port Remote Async Node 10-Position RJ-45 Input and Output Connectors.
16-Port Remote Async Node Power Supplies . . . . . .
. . . . .
16-Port Remote Async Node Removable Power Cables .... . . . . . . . .

1-53
1-54
1-55
1-55
1-56
1-57
1-57
1-58
1-59
1-59
1-60
1-61
1-61
1-62
1-63
1-63
1-64
1-64
1-65
1-65
1-66
1-67
1-67
1-68
1-69
1-69
1-70
1-71
1-72
1-72
1-73
1-74
1-74
1-75
1-76
1-76
1-77
1-78
1-78
1-79
1-80
1-81
1-82
1-82
1-83
1-83
1-84
1-84
1-85
1-87
1-88
1-90
1-91
1-92

Preface

V

FC (2828, 2835) SCSI Single-Ended High-Performance Internal/External I/O
Controller (Type 4-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI Single-Ended High-Performance Internal/External I/O Controller
Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI Single-Ended High-Performance Internal/External I/O Controller Connectors
FC (2420) SCSI-2 Differential High-Performance External I/O Controller (Type 4-2)
SCSI-2 Differential High-Performance External I/O Controller Specifications
SCSI-2 Differential High-Performance External I/O Controller Connector
FC (6210) High Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (Type 4-3) ..
High Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter Specifications .. . . .
High Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter Connector .... . . .
FC (2410, 2831) SCSI-2 Single-Ended High Performance Internal/External I/O
Controller (Type 4-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI-2 Single-Ended High Performance Internal/External I/O Controller
Specifications .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '.' . . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI-2 Single-Ended High-Performance Internal/External I/O Controller
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (6211) High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (80M Byte/S)
(Type 4-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (80M Byte/S) Specifications
High Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (80M Byte/S) Connector
FC (2416) SCSI-2 Differential FasVWide Adapter/A (Type 4-6) ....
SCSI-2 Differential FasVWide Adapter/A Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI-2 Differential FasVWide Adapter/A Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal 68-Position 16-Bit Single-Ended High-Density SCSI Bus Connector (J1)
External 68-Position 16-Bit Differential High-Density SCSI Bus Connector
FC (2415) SCSI-2 FasVWide Adapter/A (Type 4-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
SCSI-2 FasVWide Adapter/A Specifications . . . . .
...................
SCSI-2 FasVWide Adapter/A Connectors
Internal 50-Position Card Edge SCSI Bus Connector . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal, External 68-Position 16-Bit Single-Ended High-Density SCSI Bus
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (6212) High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (40/80M Byte/S)
(Type 4-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (40/80M Byte/S) Specifications
High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (40/80M Byte/S) Connector
FC (2412) Enhanced SCSI-2 Differential FasVWide Adapter/A (Type 4-C)
Enhanced SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A Specifications . . . . . . . .
SCSI-2 Differential FasVWide Adapter/A Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Internal 50-Position Card Edge SCSI Bus Connector (J2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal 68-Position 16-Bit Single-Ended High-Density SCSI Bus Connector (J1)
External 68-Position 16-Bit Differential High-Density SCSI Bus Connector
FC (6214) SSA 4-Port Adapter (Type 4-D)
. . . . . .
SSA 4-Port Adapter Specifications . . . . . .
. . . . . .
.....................
. . . . . . . .
Light Status
SSA 4-Port Adapter 9-Position Connector ....
. . . . . . . .
FC (6216) Enhanced SSA 4-Port Adapter (Type 4-G).
. . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced SSA 4-Port Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
....................................
Light Status
. . . . . . . .
Enhanced SSA 4-Port Adapter 9-Position Connector
FC (6217) SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter (Type 4-1)
. . . . . . . . . . . .
SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter Specifications
...... ............
SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lights of the SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter

vi

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

1-93
1-93
1-94
1-95
1-95
1-96
1-97
1-97
1-97
1-98
1-98
1-99
1-100
1-100
1-100
1-101
1-101
1-102
1-103
1-104
1-105
1-105
1-106
1-106
1-1 07
1-108
1-108
1-108
1-109
1-109
1-110
1-110
1-111
1-112
1-113
1-113
1-114
1-114
1-115
1-115
1-116
1-116
1-117
1-117
1-118
1-118

SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter 9-Position Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2990) 3270 Connection (Type 5-1)
.......................
3270 Connection Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2755) Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter (Type 5-2)
........
Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter Specifications
. . . . . . . .
Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter Connector
FC (2756) ESCON Channel Adapter (Type 5-3) ...
ESCON Channel Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2754) ESCON Channel Emulator Adapter (Type 5-3) ..
ESCON Channel Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2759) S/370 Channel Emulator/A (Type 5-4) . . . . . . . .
S/370 Channel Emulator/A Specifications
. . . . . . . . .
S/370 Channel EmulatorlA Connector
. . . . . .
FC (2810) Graphics Input Device Adapter (Type 6-1) . . . . . . . . . . .
Graphics Input Device Adapter Specifications ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graphics Input Device Adapter Connectors
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2800) S/370 Host Interface Adapter (Type 6-2) or FC (2801,2802) 5086/5085
Attachment Adapter
...............................
S/370 Host Interface Adapter I 5080 Attachment Adapter Specifications
FC (none) Async Expansion Adapter (Type 6-3) ....
Async Expansion Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2860) Serial Optical Channel Converter (Type 6-4)
Serial Optical Channel Converter Specifications
......
Fe (6300) Digital Trunk Adapter (Type 6-5)
..........
Digital Trunk Adapter Specifications
...............
Digital Trunk Adapter 25-Position Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (6305) Digital Trunk Dual Adapter (Type 6-6)
. . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Trunk Dual Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Trunk Dual Adapter 62-Position Connector . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2840) 5080 Coax Communications Adapter (Type 6-8)
......
5080 Coax Communications Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (6301) M-Audio Capture and Playback Adapter (Type 7-1)
......
M-Audio Capture and Playback Adapter Specifications . . . . . . .
FC (2400) M-Video Capture Adapter (Type 7-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M-Video Capture Adapter (NTSC Version) Specifications . . . . . .
M-Video Capture Adapter 20-Pin Connector . . . . . .
. . . . .
M-Video Capture Adapter S-Connector
................
FC (2401) M-Video Capture Adapter (Type 7-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M-Video Capture Adapter (PAL Version) Specifications . . . . . . .
M-Video Capture Adapter 37-Pin Connector . . .
. . . . . . . .
FC (2404) Ultimedia Video I/O Adapter (Type 7-5)
...........
Ultimedia Video 1/0 Adapter Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2405) JPEG Compression Option shown Attached to the Ultimedia Video I/O
Adapter (Type 7-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultimedia Video 1/0 Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultimedia Video I/O Adapter Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (6302) Ultimedia Audio Adapter (Type 7-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultimedia Audio Adapter Specifications
.................
FC (2402) Network Terminal Accelerator 256 Adapter (Type 8-5) ..
Network Terminal Accelerator 256 Adapter Specifications . . . . . . .
Network Terminal Accelerator 256 Adapter 15-Position Connector ..
FC (2403) Network Terminal Accelerator 2048 Adapter (Type 8-6) .,.
Network Terminal Accelerator 2048 Adapter Specifications . . . . . .
Network Terminal Accelerator 2048 Adapter 15-Position Connector ..

1-118
1-119
1-119
1-120
1-120
1-121
1-122
1-122
1-123
1-123
1-124
1-124
1-125
1-127
1-127
1-128
1-129
1-130
1-131
1-131
1-132
1-132
1-133
1-133
1-134
1-135
1-135
1-136
1-138
1-138
1-139
1-139
1-140
1-140
1-141
1-141
1-142
1-142
1-143
1-144
1-144
1-145
1-145
1-146
1-147
1-147
1-148
1-148
1-149
1-150
1-150
1-151

Preface

vii

FC (2735) High-Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) Channel Attachment
Transmit Card (Type 8-A) , Receive Card (Type 8-B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HIPPI Attachment Adapter SpeCifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HIPPI Attachment Adapter Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2972) Auto Token-Ring LANstreamer MC 32 Adapter (Type 8-S) . . . . . . .
Auto Token-Ring LANstreamer MC 32 Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Auto Token-Ring LANstreamer MC 32 Adapter Connector . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2992) High-Performance Ethernet LAN Adapter (8F95) AUI and 10BaseT
(Type 8-U) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter (8F95) 15-Position AUI Connector ..
Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter (8F95) 8-Position RJ-45 Twisted-Pair
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
FC (2993) High-Performance Ethernet LAN Adapter (8F95) 10Base2 (Type 8-V)
Ethernet LAN Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2984) TURBOWAYS 100 ATM Adapter (Type 8-W) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TU RBOWAYS 100 ATM Adapter Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (1906) Fibre Channel/266 Adapter (Type 8-X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre Channel/266 Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2921, 2924, 2928) ARTIC960 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller
(Type 9-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARTIC960 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller Specifications
ARTIC960 4-Port EIA-232D AI B 100-Position and 25-Position Connectors ...
ARTIC960 4-Port EIA-530/RS-422 AlB 100-Position and 25-Position Connectors
ARTIC960 4-Port ISO-4902 (V.36) AlB 100-Position and 37-Position Connectors
ARTIC960 4-Port ISO 4903 (X.21) AI B 100-Position and 15-Position Connectors
FC (2938) ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port X.21 Communications Controller (Type 9-2) ..
ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port X.21 Communications Controller Specificatipns . . . . .
ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port ISO 4903 (X.21) AlB 100-Position and 15-Position
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2929) ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port EIA-232 E Communications Controller (Type 9-3)
ARTIC960 8-Port EIA-232 E Communications Controller Specifications ...
ARTIC960 8-Port EIA-232 E Communications Controller 100-Position and
25-Position Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2935) ARTIC960 (4M) 6-Port V.36 Communications Controller (Type 9-4) ..
ARTIC960 6-Port V.36 Communications Controller Specifications . . . . . . . .
ARTIC960 6-Port ISO-4902 (V.36) AlB 100-Position and 37-Position Connectors
FC (2989) TURBOWAYS 155 ATM Adapter (Type 9-9)
...............
TU RBOWAYS 155 ATM Adapter Specifications
..................
FC (1904/1902) Fibre Channel 1063 Adapter Short Wave (Type 9-A)
.......
Fibre Channel 1063 (Short Wave) Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FCS Cables
.......................................
FC (2999) 155 ATM Video Streaming Adapter (Type 9-E)
. . . . . . . . .
155 ATM Video Streaming Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC (2994) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet TX MC Adapter (Type 9-K) . . . . . . . . . .
10/100 Mbps Ethernet TX MC Adapter Specifications
. . . . . . . . .
10/100 Mbps Ethernet TX MC Adapter 8-Position RJ-45 Twisted-Pair Connector
FC (8243) Media Streamer AudioNideo Decoder (Type *) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...............
Media Streamer AudioNideo Decoder Specifications
Media Streamer AudioNideo Decoder 15-pin D-Shell Audio Connector . . . . .
Fe (2734) Keyboard and Mouse Adapter for 7013 Models J30 and J40 (Type *) .
Keyboard and Mouse Adapter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard and Mouse Adapter 6-Position Mini Din Connector . . . . . . . . . ..
Keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

viii

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

1-152
1-152
1-153
1-153
1-154
1-154
1-155
1-156
1-156
1-157
1-157
1-158
1-158
1-159
1-159
1-160
1-160
1-161
1-162
1-163
1-164
1-165
1-166
1-167
1-167
1-168
1-169
1-169
1-170
1-171
1-171
1-172
1-173
1-173
1-174
1-174
1-175
1-176
1-176
1-177
1-177
1-178
1-179
1-179
1-180
1-181
1-181
1-182
1-182

Mouse Connector

........ .

1-182

Chapter 2. Devices Information .
Description of the Device Information
How to Use the Device Information
5.25-lnch Diskette Drive . . . . . .
Setting the Terminator Resistor
CD-ROM Drives
....... .
Setting SCSI Addresses
Type A Drive Switch· Settings
Type B Drive Jumper Settings
Type C Drive Jumper Settings
Manually Removing the Disc
Type A Drives
Type B Drives
Type C Drives
Vertical Orientation
Terminator Resistors
1/4-lnch Cartridge Tape Drives
Setting the SCSI Address
Internal SCSI Address Connections
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .... .
150M-byte, 525M-byte and 1.2G-byte 1/4-lnch Cartridge External Tape Drives
Setting the SCSI Address
2.3G-byte 8-mm Tape Drive
Setting the SCSI Address
Valid Addresses . . . . .
Manually Removing the Tape Cartridge
Part One of the Cartridge Removal Procedure
Second Part of the Cartridge Removal Procedure
Third Part of the Cartridge Removal Procedure ..
Door Release and Tape Rewind Procedure ... .
............. .
2.0G-byte 4-mm Tape Drive
Setting the SCSI Address for External Installations
Manually Removing the Tape Cartridge
Removing a Loaded Tape Cartridge . . . . . . . .
............. .
4.0G-byte 4-mm Tape Drive
Setting the SCSI Address for External Installations
4.0 GB 4-mm Tape Drives
.............. .
Setting the SCSI Address for internal installations
For Type A Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Type B Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manually Removing the Tape Cartridge from a 4-mm Tape Drive
5G-byte 8-mm Tape Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the SCSI Address for External Installations
Setting the SCSI Address for Internal Installations
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manually Removing the Tape Cartridge . . . . .
Manually Removing a Loaded Tape Cartridge
Manually Removing an Unloaded Tape Cartridge
160MB SCSI Disk Drive ..
Setting the SCSI Address .... .
Valid Addresses . . . . . .... .
200MB SCSI Disk Drive . . . . . . . .

2-1
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-7
2-9
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-12
2-12
2-12
2-12
2-13
2-13
2-14
2-14
2-14
2-14
2-15
2-17
2-18
2-21
2-23
2-23
2-24
2':'24
2-26
2-26
2-27
2-27
2-27
2-28
2-29
2-35
2-35
2-36
2-36
2-36
2-37
2-38
2-39
2-39
2-39
2-40
Preface

ix

Setting the SCSI Address . . . . . . . . . .
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
320MB and 400MB SCSI Disk Drives ... .
Setting the SCSI Address . . . . . . . . . . .
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exchanging the Logic Card and Frame Assembly
355MB and 670MB SCSI Disk Drives
Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers .
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . .
.... .
Exchanging the Logic Card
540MB SCSI-2 Single-Ended Disk Drive
Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . .
857MB SCSI Disk Drive . . . . . . . .
Setting the SCSI Address Switches
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . .
857MB Slim-High SCSI Single-Ended Disk Drive
857MB Slim-High Single-Ended Drive
Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exchanging the Frame Electronics
Logic Card Removal and Replacement Procedures
Disassembling the Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembling the Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1G-byte SCSI Single-Ended and Differential Disk Drives ..
Setting the SCSI Address
.....
Half-High Single-Ended Drives
. . . . .
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . .
.... .
Exchanging the Frame Electronics
Slim-High Single-Ended Drives
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . .
Exchanging the Frame Electronics
Half-High Differential Drives . . . . . .
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exchanging the Frame Electronics
1080MB SCSI-2 Disk Drive . . . . . . . .
Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers ... .
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1GB SCSI-2 Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers . . . .
. . . . . . .
1.1 GB, 2.2GB, 4.5GB 9.1 GB (50 and 68-pin) Single-Ended Disk Drives
SCSI-2 disk drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ..... .
...........
. . . . . . .
1.37GB SCSI Disk Drive
. . . . . . .
Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers
Valid Addresses . . . . . .
. ..... .
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ..... .
Exchanging the Logic Card
.... .
2.0G-byte SCSI-2 Single-Ended and Differential Disk Drives .. .
............. .
Setting the SCSI Address or SCSI 10
Differential Drives with 50-Pin Connector (Fast 10MB/sec) ..
.....
Single-Ended Drives with 50-Pin Connector (Fast 10MB/sec)
. . . . .
Single-Ended and Differential Drives with 50-Pin Connector (Fast 10MB/sec)
Single-Ended and Differential Drives with 68-Pin Connector (FastlWide 20MB/sec)
Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
X

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

2-40
2-40
2-41
2-41
2-41
2-41
2-42
2-42
2-42
2-43
2-44
2-44
2-44
2-45
2-45
2-45
2-46
2-46
2-46
2-46
2-46
2-46
2-48
2-52
2-64
2-64
2-64
2-64
2-64
2-65
2-65
2-65
2-65
2-66
2-66
2-67
2-67
2-67
2-68
2-68
2-69
2-70
2-77
2-77
2-77
2-78
2-78
2-80
2-80
2-80
2-81
2-81
2-82
2-82

Exchanging the Frame Electronics
2.4G-byte SCSI Disk Drive . . . . . . . .
Setting the SCSI IDs (Addresses) ..
Valid Addresses . . . . . . . . .
HDA Removal and Replacement
HDA Removal . . . . . . . . . .
HDA Replacement

2-83
2-84
2-84
2-84
2-85
2-85
2-90

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling
Adapter Car>ling
.........
. . . . . .
Communications Adapter Cabling
. . . . . . . . .
EIA-232 Cabling Considerations
. . . . . . . . .
FC 2930 (8-Port Async Adapter-EIA-232)
. . . . . . . . .
FC 2940 (8-Port Async Adapter-EIA-422A)
. . . . . . . . .
FC 2950 (8-Port Async Adapter MIL-STD 188)
. . . . .
FC 2955 (16-Port Async Adapter-EIA-232)
. . . . .
FC 2957 (16-Port Async Adapter-EIA-422A)
. . . . . .
FC 6400 (Async Device Attached to a 64-Port Async Controller)
FC 8128 (128-Port Async Controller) '"
. . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2921,2924,2928 (ARTIC960 Adapter)
. . . . .
FC 2935,2929,2938 (ARTIC960 Adapter)
. . . . .
FC 2959 (Multiprotocol Adapter/A)
. . . . .
FC 2960 (X.25 Interface Co-Processor/2)
. . . . .
FC 2700 (4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller) . . . . . . .
FC 7002, 7004 Realtime Interface Co-Processor MuitiporV2 Adapter/A
Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Co-Processor Adapter (FC 7022) . . . . .
6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Co-Processor Adapter (FC 7024)
8-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Co-Processor Adapter (FC 7026) . . . . . . . . . .
4-Port EIA-232-C/4-Port EIA-422A Multiportl2 Co-Processor Adapter (FC 7030)
8-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Co-Processor Adapter (FC 7028) . . . . .
FC 7006, 7008 Realtime Interface Co-Processor Portmaster Adapter/A
Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-Port EIA-232-D Portmaster Adapter (FC 7042) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
8-Port EIA-422-A Portmaster Adapter (FC 7044)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-Port V.35 Portmaster Adapter (FC 7046)
6-Port X.21 Portmaster Adapter (7048)
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2970 (Token-Ring High-Performance Network Adapter) . . . . . . .
FC 2972 (Auto Token-Ring LANstreamer MC 32 Adapter)
.......
Integrated Ethernet LAN Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7010 Xstations Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Models M20, M2A, 220, and 230 Integrated Ethernet LAN Adapter
Models 250, 41T, 41W, 42T, and 42W Integrated Ethernet LAN Adapter
Models 34H, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 39H, 3AT, 3ST and 3CT Integrated
Ethernet LAN Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2980 (Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2984,2989 (TURBOWAYS 100 and 155 ATM Adapter)
Cable Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
FC 2990 (3270 Connection Adapter) . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
FC 2800 (System/370 Host Interface Adapter)
. . . . .
FC 2801, 2802 (5086/5085 Attachment Adapter)
. . . . . . . . . .
FC 2840 (5080 Coax Communication Adapter).
. . . . . . . . . .
FC 2720, 2722, 2723, and 2724 (Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) A
..................................
dapters) Fiber

3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-15
3-16

Preface

3-17
3-17
3-17
3-18
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-19
3-19
3-20
3-20
3-21
3-21
3-22
3-22
3-23
3-24
3-26
3-27
3-29
3-29
3-30
3-30
3-31
3-31
3-32

xi

FC 2725 and 2726 Shielded Twisted-Pair (STP) FDDI Adapter
......
FC 2860 (Serial Optical Channel Converter)
.................
FC 2402 and 2403 (Network Terminal Accelerator Adapters) . . . . . . . .
...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1OBase-T Cabling . . . . . . . .
10Base-2 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10Base-5 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 1904/1902 (Fibre Channel Adapter 1063) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
....................
FC 1906 (Fibre Channel Adapter/266)
Cable Considerations . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Channel Attachment Adapter Cabling
.....................
FC 2755 (Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter)
................
Cable Considerations . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single Adapter to Single Channel.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabling Sequence . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Considerations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Considerations . . . . . .
FC 2756 (System/390 ESCON Control Unit Adapter)
............
Cable Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Considerations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2735 (HIPPI Channel Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2759 (S/370 Channel Emulator/A Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single Adapter to Single Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2754 (S/390 ESCON Channel Emulator)
.................
Cable Considerations . . . . . . .
......................
Software Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graphics Adapters
................................
FC 2770 (Color Graphics Display Adapter)
..................
FC 4208 and 2803 (POWER Gt1, Gt1 b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 4207 (POWER Gt1 x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2768 (POWER Gt4e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2711 and 2713 (POWER Gt4i and Gt4xi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2766 (POWER GXT100 Graphics Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2767 (POWER GXT150 Graphics Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2660 (POWER GXT150L Graphics Adapter)· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2650 (POWER GXT150M Graphics Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2665 (POWER GXT155L Graphics Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2801 and 2802 (5085 or 5086 Attachment Adapters) . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2810 (Graphics Input Device Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 4350 (7235 Attachment Adapter) POWER GTO Accelerator Adapter . . . . .
FC 2820 (7250 Attachment Adapter) POWER GXT1000 Graphics Accelerator
I/O Adapter Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 6211 (High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . .
High-Availability Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 6212 (High-Performance Subsystem Adapter 40/80MB/Sec) . . . . . . . . . .
High-Availability Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabling Considerations for 9333 High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystems .. ,
FC 6214,6216, and 6217 (SSA Subsystems Attaching to SSA Adapters)
SSA Loops, Links, and Data Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rules for SSA Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SSA Cables for 7133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xii

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

3-34
3-37
3-38
3-38
3-39
3-39
3-40
3-40
3-40
3-40
3-41
3-41
3-42
3-42
3-42
3-43
3-43
3-44
3-44
3-45
3-45
3-46
3-46
3-46
3-47
3-47
3-48
3-48
3-48
3-49
3-49
3-49
3-50
3-50
3-51
3-51
3-51
3-52
3-52
3-52
3-53
3-53
3-54
3-54
3-55
3-55
3-56
3-57
3-58
3-59
3-60
3-60
3-61
3-62

SSA Cables for 7131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 2401 (M-Video Capture Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 6300 (9291/9295 Digital Trunk Adapter) . . . . . . . . . .
FC 6301 (M-Audio Capture and Playback Adapter)
.... .
FC 6302 (Ultimedia Audio Adapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC 6304 (Ultimedia Video I/O Adapter)
............... .
Standard I/O Ports
..................... .
Re-IPL Cabling
....................... .
FC 3122 and 3123 (Serial to Re-IPL Port Re-IPL Cables)
FC 3124 and 3125 (Serial to Serial Port Re-IPL Cables)
Attaching User Input Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attaching to the Standard I/O Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . .
. ........... .
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . .
....................... .
Mouse
5083 Tablet
........................ .
6094 Dials and Lighted Program Function Keyboard .
6094 Attached to the Graphics Input Device Adapter
6094 Attached to Standard I/O Ports S 1 and 82
Attaching the Graphic Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5081 or 6091 Display Attached to a Color Graphics Adapter . . . . . .
5081 or 6091 Display Attached to a 7235 . . . . . . . . . . .
8508 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attaching the External Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4869 5.25-lnch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attaching to the M-Video Capture Adapter (NTSC Version) . . . . .
Connecting Input Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Output Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.... .
Attaching to the M-Video Capture Adapter (PAL Version)
Connecting Input Devices
Connecting Output Devices

3-62
3-65
3-65
3-65
3-66
3-66
3-67
3-69
3-69
3-69
3-70
3-70
3-70
3-70
3-71
3-72
3-72
3-73
3-74
3-74
3-74
3-75
3-75
3-75
3-76
3-76
3-77
3-78
3-78
3-79

Chapter 4. SCSI Cabling
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description of the SCSI Cable Information . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Find the 5% You Need to Know . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabling SCSI Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External SCSI Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General SCSI Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabling the SCSI I/O Controller FC 2828,2829, and 2835 .
SCSI-1 Single-Ended Cable Lengths Using this Controller
Cable and Terminator Tables for SCSI-1 I/O Controller
Terminators for Use with this Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabling Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High-Availability SCSI-1 and SCSI-2 Single-Ended Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabling the SCSI-2 FastlWide Integrated Controller for Machine Type 7012 Models
380/390/39H and 7030 Models 3AT/3ST/3CT
.....................
SCSI-2 Single-Ended External Cable Lengths Using This Controller .. . . . . ..
Cable and Terminator Tables for the SCSI-2 Single-Ended FastlWide Integrated
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabling the SCSI-1 Integrated 'Controller for Machine Types 7012,7013, and 7015
SCSI-1 Single-Ended Cable Lengths Using this Controller
....... .....
Cable and Terminator Tables for the SCSI-1 Integrated Controller ... .
Cable Examples for the Integrated Controller . . . . .
. . . . .
High-Availability SCSI-1 Integrated Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-1
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-10
4-10
4-15

Preface

xiii

4-17
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-19
4-19
4-21
4-21

Cabling the SCSI Integrated Controller for Machine Types 7006,7008,7009, and
7011
......................... .
SCSI Single-Ended Cable Lengths . . . . . . . .
Cable and Terminator Tables for this Controller
Cabling Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High-Availability with this Controller . . . . . . . .
Cabling the SCSI-2 Single-Ended Controller FIC 2831 and 2410
SCSI-2 Single-Ended Cable Lengths Using this Controller
Cable and Terminator Tables for SCSI-2 Single-Ended Controller
Terminators for Use with this Controller . . . . . . . . . .
Cabling Examples for the SCSI-2 Single-Ended Controller
High-Availability SCSI-2 Single-Ended Cabling
Cabling the SCSI-2 Differential I/O Controller FC 2420 .
Identifying SCSI-2 Differential Components . . . . . .
OEM Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI-2 Differential Bus Lengths Using This Controller
Cable and Terminator Tables for the SCSI-2 Differential Controller
Differential Terminators for Use with This Controller ... .
Cabling Examples for the SCSI-2 Differential Controller . . . . . .
High-Availability Configuration SCSI-2 Differential Cabling
Cabling the SCSI-2 Single-Ended FastlWide Controller FC 2414, 2415, and 9216
SCSI-2 Single-Ended Cable Lengths Using This Controller . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable and Terminator Tables for the SCSI-2 Single-Ended FastlWide Controllers
Controller-to-First Device Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Examples for the SCSI-2 Single-Ended FastlWide Controller . . . . . . .
Special Cabling Considerations for the 7131 Single-Ended Interface
..... .
Special Cabling Considerations for the 7027 - HSC Single-Ended Interface ..
High-Availability SCSI-2 Single-Ended FastlWide Controller Cabling
..... .
Cabling the SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Controller FC 2413, 2416, and 9217 . .
SCSI-2 Differential Cable Lengths Using This Controller
............. .
Special Cabling Considerations for the 7331-205 or 7331-305 8mm Tape Library
or the 7336-205 4mm Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Cabling Considerations for the 7131 Differential Interface (FC 2508)
Special Cabling Considerations for the 7027 - HSD Differential Interface
High-Availability Configuration SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Controller Cabling .
Special Cabling Considerations for the 7131 Differential Interface (FC 2508) High
Availability
............................. .

Chapter 5. Cable Assembly and Pin-Outs
Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Cable Building Information
Adapter-Specific Cable Building Information
Cable Description and Page Number
Cable A . . . . .
Cables Band C
Cable D
Cable E
Cable I
Cable J
Cable K
Cable L
Cable M
Cable P
Cable Q

xiv

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

4-22
4-22
4-22
4-24
4-24
4-25
4-25
4-26
4-27
4-27
4-27
4-29
4-29
4-29
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-34
4-41
4-41
4-42
4-42
4~44

4-46
4-47
4-48
4-49
4-49
4-56
4-57
4-58
4-59
4-70
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-8
5-9
5-9
5-9
5-10
5-11

Cable R
Cable S
Cable T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable W
......................................... .
Cable X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable AR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable KK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64-Port Async Controller to Async Concentrator Cable . . . . .
Cable N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16-Port Concentrator-to-Device Cables
........... .
Cable XX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable YY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
128-Port Async Controller to Remote Async Node Cables .. .
Cables NB and NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable ND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Length, 4-wire. ... .
Cable NE . . . . . . . . . .
Cable NF . . . . . . . . . .
Cable NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable NH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Async Node-to-Device Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Cable NK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable NL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable NM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable RA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable RB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MuitiporV2 4P/8P Interface Cable
...........................
Cable T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable T3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.....
6-Port V.35 Portmaster Adapter/A 100- and 25-Position Connectors
Cable T4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable T5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable T6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable T7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connector Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard I/O pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mouse Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tablet Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial Port Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parallel Port Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
External Diskette Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-12
5-13
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-21
5-23
5-23
5-25
5-27
5-27
5-29
5-29
5-30
5-31
5-32
5-33
5-34
5-34
5-35
5-37
5-39
5-40
5-41
5-41
5-44
5-45
5-45
5-46
5-47
5-49
5-50
5-51
5-53
5-53
5-53
'5-54
5-54
5-55
5-56

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X-1

Preface

XV

Laser Safety Information
The optical drive is a laser product. The optical drive has a label that identifies its
classification. The label, located on the drive, is shown below.
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
LASER KLASSE 1
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
APPAREIL ALASER DE CLASSE 1
IEC 825:1984 CENELEC EN 60 825:1991

The optical drive is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of the Department
of Health and Human Services 21 Code of Federal Regulations (DHHS 21 CFR)
Subchapter J for Class 1 laser products. Elsewhere, the drive is certified to conform to
the requirements of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 825 (1 st edition
1984) and CENELEC EN 60 825:1991 for Class 1 laser products.

~

CAUTION:
A class 3 laser is contained in the device. Do not attempt to operate the drive while
it is disassembled. Do not attempt to open the covers of the drive as it is not
serviceable and is to be replaced as a unit.

Class 1 laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The optical drive contains
internally a Class 38 Gallium Arsenide laser that is nominally 5 Milliwatts at 760 to 810
Nanometers. The design incorporates a combination of enclosures, electronics, and
redundant interlocks such that there is no exposure to laser radiation above a Class 1
level during normal operation, user maintenance, or servicing conditions.

xvi

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

About This Book
The adapters, devices and cable information in this book is common to many Micro
Channel Bus systems. Care needs to be exercised in that not all adapters and devices
apply to all system units. It can be used to help identify an adapter, and designing or
servicing cabling layouts for the system. Also included are removal and replacement
procedures for some disk drive logic cards and stuck tape removal procedures for some
tape drives.

Audience Description
This book is used by service representatives specifically trained on the system unit being
serviced and by persons planning for system installation.

Overview of Contents
This book provides information to help service representatives and to help persons
planning to install systems. It contains the following chapters:
• Chapter 1, "Adapter Information" on page 1-1 presents information on many Micro
Channel adapters used with the system units.
• Chapter 2, "Devices Information" on page 2-1 presents information on devices used
with the system units.
• Chapter 3, "Cables and Cabling" on page 3-1 presents information on cabling that
can be used with the system units.
• Chapter 4, "SCSI Cabling" on page 4-1 presents information on cabling that can be
used with the SCSI products with your system.
• Chapter 5, "Cable Assembly and Pin-Outs" on page 5-1 provides pin-out charts for
cables you may want to build yourself or have built by a vendor.

ISO 9000
ISO 9000 registered quality systems were used in the development and manufacturing of
this product.

Related Publications
The following is a list of publications that provide information on systems and related
products.
• 5080 Graphics System Installation, Operation, and Problem Determination manual,
Order Number GA23-2063.

• 7235 POWER GtO Instal/ation and SeNice Guide, Order Number SY66-0216.
• 7250 POWER GXT1000 GRAPHIC Accelerator Service Guide, Order Number
SY66-0219.
• AIX Versions 3.2 and 4. 1 Asynchronous Communications Guide, Order Number
SC23-2488.

About This Book

xvi i

• Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter User's Guide and Service Information, Order
Number SC23-2427 for more detailed information on planning for, installing, and
operating the adapter.
• Block Multiplexer/6000 User's Guide and Programming Reference, Order Number
SC28-2824 for cabling information.
• Direct Talk/6000 Problem Solving Guide, Order Number SC22-010S.
• Enterprise System Connection Adapter User's Guide and Service Information, Order
Number SC23-2474.
• ESCON Link Planning, Order Number GA23-0367.
• FDDI Adapter User's Guide and Programming Reference, Order Number SC23-2426.
• FDDllntroduction and Planning Guide, Order Number GA27-3892, for more
information about jumper cables, planning, design or installation of FOOl systems.
• FDDI Optical Fiber Planning and Installation Guide, Order Number GA27-3943 for
information regarding FOOl optical systems.
• Fiber Optic Link Maintenance, Order Number SY27-2S97
• Planning for Enterprise System Connection Links, Order Number GA23-0367.
• Diagnostic Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems, Order Number SA23-276S.
• Site and Hardware Planning Information, Order Number SA38-0S08 is a planning and
site preparation guide.
• 7133 SSA Disk Subsystem Hardware Technical Information, Order Number
SA33-3261.
• SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter: Technical Reference, Order Number SA33-3270.
• System/360, System/370, 4300, 9370 and ES9000 Processors Input Output
Equipment Installation Manual-Physical Planning, Order Number GC22-7064, for
information as some devices may require additional cable length calculations and for
details and restrictions regarding channel cabling.
• Systernl360 and Systernl370 Power-Control Interface Original Equipment
Manufacturers' Information, Order Number GA22-6906. The remote power interface
as described above is not supported on the system.
• Token-Ring IEEE 802.S requirements
• Token-Ring Network Introduction and Planning Guide, Order Number GA27-3677.
• A Building Planning Guide for Communication Wiring, Order Number G320-80S9.
• Cabling System Planning and Installation Guide, Order Number GA27-3361.
• Using the Cabling System with Communication Products, Order Number GA27-3620.

Ordering This Publication
To order additional copies of this book, contact your sales representative and use Order
Number SA23-2764.

xviii

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

Description of the Adapter Information
This chapter contains service and connector data for the adapters installed within system
units. The specific information about these adapters is updated for most versions of the
diagnostic programs.

How to Use tlJe Adapter Information
The information about adapters contained in this book is used during non-directed service
activities and for new system installations. The information in this chapter is used to:
•
•
•
•

Identify an adapter.
Find specific technical information about an adapter.
Show signal names for the output pins of most of the adapter connectors.
Where applicable, show the settings for switches or jumpers.

When a "Microcode file name is given for an adapter, the file is located in the
/etc/microcode directory unless the complete path name is given. The italic x within a file
name represents a variable name or number, such as the version number or the release
number.
ll

The adapters are labeled to identify the adapter type. If you know the adapter type
number, use the Adapter Identification Label Cross-Reference List on the following page to
find the name of the adapter. You can also use the About Your Machine listing shipped
with your system unit to identify an adapter.
This drawing shows how an adapter is labeled.

. .I. .

/_~ ~_I....-

_F___

_ _-__ __-_-'

Adapter Type
Label
Note: The end brackets of non-OEM SCSI-2 differential adapters also carries the label,
"Differential".

OEM SCSI-1 or SCSI-2 single-ended and SCSI-2 differential adapters may carry
one of the following ANSI icons:

Single-Ended

Differential

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-1

Adapter Identification Reference List for IHV Supplied Adapters
Note: The following adapter is an Indpendent Hardware Vendor (IHV) supplied adapter.
It is presented here as a service aid.
Type Label

Description

FRU Part

Number
9-M

1-2

Eicon ISDN DIVA MCA Adapter for PowerPC Systems

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

93H5497

Adapter Identification Label Cross-Reference List
Note: This chapter is arranged by adapter type number.
Label

Description

Page

1-1
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-6
1-8
1-9
1-A
1-0
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-6
2-7

Color Graphics Display Adapter
Grayscale Graphics Display Adapter
8-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor
24-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor
Graphics Subsystem Adapter
POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 8-Bit Graphics Subsystem
POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem
POWER Gt4xi 8-bit Graphics Subsystem
POWER Gt4xi 24-bit Graphics Subsystem
POWER Gt4i 24-bit Graphics Subsystem
POWER Gt3 Graphics Subsystem
POWER Gt4e Graphics Subsystem
POWER Gt3i Graphics Subsystem
GXT1000 Graphics Accelerator Attachment Adapter
POWER GXT150M Graphics Subsystem
Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter
Token-Ring High-Performance Network Adapter
4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller
X.25 Interface Co-processor/2
Fiber Distribution Data Interface (FDDI) Single Ring Adapter
Fiber Distribution Data Interchange (FOOl) Dual Ring Upgrade Kit
Adapter
4-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter
8-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter
6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter
4-Port EIA-232-C/4-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter
8-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter
8-Port EIA-232-D Portmaster Adapter/A
8-Port EIA-422-A Portmaster Adapter/A
6-Port V.35 Portmaster Adapter/A
6-port X.21 Portmaster Adapter/A
Multiprotocol Adapter/A
FDDI-Fiber Single Ring Adapter
FDDI-Fiber Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter
FDDI-STP Single Ring Adapter
FDDI-STP Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter
8-Port Async Adapter - EIA-232
8-Port Async Adapter - EIA-422A
8-Port Async Adapter - MIL-STD 188
16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-232
16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-422A
64-Port Async Controller
128-Port Async Controller
SCSI Internal/External I/O Controller
SCSI-2 Differential High Performance External I/O Controller
High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter
SCSI-2 Single-Ended Internal/External I/O Controller
High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (80MB/S)
SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A
SCSI-2 FastlWide Adapter/A
High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (40/80MB/S)
Enhanced SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A
SSA Disk Subsystem Adapter 2-Way
Enhanced SSA 4-Port Adapter (8-Way)

1-5
1-6
1-8
1-10
1-12
1-15
1-17
1-19
1-21
1-23
1-25
1-26
1-27
1-28
1-30
1-33
1-35
1-37
_1-39
1-41
1-42

2-C
2-D
2-E
2-F
2-G
2-H
2-1
2-J
2-K
2-P
2-R
2-S
2-T
2-U
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-C
4-0
4-G

1-43
1-45
1-47
1-49
1-51
1-53
1-55
1-57
1-59
1-61
1-63
1-64
1-65
1-67
1-69
1-69
1-69
1-72
1-74
1-76
1-82
1-93
1-95
1-97
1-98
1-100
1-101
1-105
1-108
1-109
1-113
1-115

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-3

Label

Description

Page

4-1
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-3
5-4
6-1
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-8
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-5
7-5
7-6
8-5
8-6
8-A
8-B
8-S
8-U

SSA 4-Port RAI D Adapter
3270 Connection
Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter
Enterprise System Connection ESCON Channel Adapter
Enterprise System Connection ESCON Channel Emulator Adapter
S/370 Channel Emulator/A
Graphics Input Device Adapter
5086/5085 Attachment Adapter (AA)
System/370 Host Interface Adapter (HIA)
Async Expansion Adapter
Serial Optical Channel Converter
Digital Trunk Adapter
Digital Trunk Dual Adapter
5080 Coax Communications Adapter
M-Audio Capture and Playback Adapter
M-Video Capture Adapter (NTSC Version)
M-Video Capture Adapter (PAL Version)
Ultimedia Video I/O Adapter
JPEG Compression Option for Ultimedia Video I/O Adapter
Ultimedia Audio Adapter
Network Terminal Accelerator Adapter 256
Network Terminal Accelerator Adapter 2048
HIPPI Transmit Adapter
HIPPI Receive Adapter
Auto Token Ring LAN Streamer MC 32 Adapter
High-Performance 8F95 Ethernet LAN Adapter AUI (10Base5)
and 10BaseT
High-Performance 8F95 Ethernet LAN Adapter 10Base2
TURBOWAYS 100 ATM Adapter
Fiber Channell266 Adapter
ARTIC960 4-Port Multiprotocol Adapter
ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port X.21 Communications Controller Adapter
ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port EIA-232 E Communications Controller Adapter
ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port V.36 Communications Controller Adapter
TURBOWAYS 155 ATM Adapter
Fiber Channell1 063 Adapter Short Wave
155 ATM Video Streaming Adapter
10/100Mbps Ethernet TX MC Adapter
Media Streaming AudioNideo Adapter
Keyboard and Mouse Adapter for models J30 and J40

1-117
1-119
1-120
1-122
1-123
1-124
1-127
1-129
1-129
1-131
1-132
1-133
1-135
1-138
1-139
1-140
1-142
1-144
1-145
1-147
1-148
1-150
1-152
1-152
1-154
1-156

8-V
8-W
8-X
9-1
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-9
9-A
9-E
9-K
*
*

Note: Adapters shown with a * do not have an assigned adapter type.

1-4

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

1-158
1-159
1-160
1-161
1-167
1-169
1-171
1-173
1-174
1-176
1-177
1-179
1-181

FC (2770) Color Graphics Display Adapter (Type 1-1)
This adapter provides a way to attach the 5081 and 6091 displays to the system units.

Note: Be Sure the Cable Plug Aligns __...-:s~~~1lr
Correctly With the Connector.

Color Graphics Display Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Adapter size
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Cables

71F1223
1280 X 1024
16M (256 active)
Micro Channel
TypeS
Yes
2
3-position video
Part number 58F2903.

Color Graphics Display Adapter 3-Position RGB Video Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-5

Fe (2760) Grayscale Graphics Display Adapter (Type 1-2)
This adapter provides a way to attach the 8508 Monochrome Display to the system units.

Grayscale Graphics Display Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Resolution
Shades of gray
Bus architecture
Adapter size
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Cables

1-6

71F1224
1280 X 1024
256 (16 active)
Micro Channel
TypeS
Yes
2
15-position, O-shell
Attached to the display (two toroid kits, part number 59F4585,
are required).

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Grayscale Graphics Display Adapter 15-Position Connector

o
POS1
POS6

Position

Signal Name

1
2
3
4

Reserved
Video
Reserved
Reserved

5

Signal ground
Reserved
Video return
Reserved

6
7

8

10
11
12

Reserved
Sync return
Reserved
Reserved

13
14
15

Horizontal sync
Vertical sync
Reserved

9

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-7

FC(2780) 8-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor (Type 1-3)
This adapter provides a high-function graphics adapter for the 5081 and 6091 displays.
The high-performance 8-bit 3D graphics processor requires two adjacent adapter slots.
The optional Z-buffer solid rendering option attaches to the video interface card.
Note: Be sure each end of the connectors are latched behind the latch bar.

Latch Bar

Base Card (MGE2)

Video Card (MRV2)
8-Bit Card (MDE1)
Note: Be Sure the Cable Plug Aligns
Correctly With the Connector.

8-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor Specifications
FRU Numbers

Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode filename
Connector
Cables

1-8

Base card part number 42F6842 (MGE2)
Z-buffer option part number 42F6889 (MZB1)
Video card part number 71 F1151 (MRV2)
8-bit card part number 71F1117 (MDE1)
Connector cable (wide) part number 53F3271
Connector cable (narrow) part number 53F3272
1280 X 1024
256 out of 16M
Micro Channel
Yes

2
8ee6.xx.xx
3-position video
Part number 58F2903.

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

8-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor 3-Position Video Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-9

FC (2781) 24-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor (Type 1-3)
This adapter provides a high-function graphics adapter for the 5081 and 6091 displays.
The high-performance 24-bit 3D color graphics processor requires two adjacent adapter
slots. The optional 24-bit Z-buffer solid rendering option attaches to the video interface
card.
Note: Be sure each end of the connectors are latched behind the latch bar.

Latch Bar

Base Card (MGE2)

Note:

Be sure the cable plug aligns
correctly with the connector.

24-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor Specifications
FRU Numbers

Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode filename
Connector
Cables

1-10

Base card part number 42F6842 (MGE2)
Z-buffer option part number 42F6889 (MZB1)
Video card part number 71 F1151 (MRV2)
24-bit card part number 71 F1114 (MEV2)
Connector cable (wide) part number 53F3271
Connector cable (narrow) part number 53F3272
1280 X 1024
256 out of 16M
Micro Channel
Yes
2
8ee6.xx.xx
3-position video
Part number 58F2903.

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

24-Bit 3D Color Graphics Processor 3-Position Video Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-11

Fe (4350) Graphics Subsystem Adapters (Type 1-4)
There are two types of graphic subsystem adapters labeled 1-4.
This adapter is some times referred to as the GtO Accelerator Adapter.
The first type (not shown) is used only in the 7016 system unit. It has two internal
connectors to attach the graphics subsystem card cage cables and an external 3-position
video connector to attach the display.
The second type (shown below) attaches the 7235 POWER GtO to a system unit. The
display attaches to the 7235. See the "7235 POWER GtO Installation and Service Guide",
SY66-0216 for additional information about the 7235. This adapter is part of the GtO
system.
This adapter comes with the GtO system.

1-12

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Graphics Subsystem Adapters Specifications
FRU Numbers
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode file names

External connectors
Cables

First type for 7016, 53F6532
Second type, 74F315B
12BO X 1024
16M (256 active)
Micro Channel
Yes
1
Bffdc2.xx.xx
8ffdgt.xx.xx
Bffdgu.xx.xx
Bffdgv.xx.xx
Bffdsh.xx.xx
Bffdvp. xx. xx
c25bif.bin
g2c25all.bin
p3gcpbat.bin
3-position video (first type)
6B-position D-shell (second type)
First type, part number 58F2903
Second type, part number 74F31 02.

Graphics Subsystem Adapter (First type) 3-Position RGB Video
Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-13

Graphics Subsystem Adapter (Second type) 68-Position Connector
2

68
ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc
ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

1

1-14

67

Position

Signal Name

Position

Signal Name

1
2
3
4

Ground
-cblcdsel
Power on
-cblcmd

35
36
37
38

ADS
AD6
AD?
Ground

5
6
7
8

-cbldack
-cbladl
Jumper / ground
-cblbusy

39
40
41
42

AD8
AD9
AD10
AD11

9
10
11
12

-cbltc
cbldefault
-cblend
cblsuspend

43
44
45
46

Ground
AD12
AD13
AD14

13
14
15
16

cblack
Ground
cblwtrd
-cblint

47
48
49
50

AD15
Ground
AD16
AD17

17
18
20
19

-cblstrobe
cblrst
-cblbeO
-cblbe1

51
52
53
54

AD18
AD19
Ground
AD20

21
22
23
24

-cblbe2
-cblbe3
Ground
cbldparO

55
56
57
58

AD21
AD22
AD23
Ground

25
26
27
28

cbldpar1
cbldpar2
cbldpar3
Ground

59
60
61
62

AD24
AD25
AD26
AD27

29
30
31
32

ADO
AD1
AD2
AD3

63
64
65
66

Ground
AD28
AD29
AD30

33
34

Ground
AD4

67
68

AD31
Ground

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2795, 2790) POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 8-Bit Graphics
Subsystem (Type 1-5)
This adapter provides a high-function graphics adapter for the 5081 and 6091 displays.
The high-performance a-bit graphics subsystem requires two adjacent adapter slots. In
addition, a performance option card can be attached to the processor card. Addition of
this option card changes the name of the subsystem to POWER Gt4x.

Note: Be sure the ends of all connectors are latched behind the latch clips. Remove
two-position cables first when installing or removing cards. Be sure that all plugs
and connectors align correctly.

Latch
Clip

/

Side-Mounted 70-Pin (terminator
PIN 70F9662) Terminators/TopMounted Card Edge 60-Pin
Connector Shields (Wrap
Cables)
Must be Installed.

Performance
Option Card
(Available on Gt4x
Cards Only)
Processor Card
(Placed in Lower Numerical
Slot
than Base Graphics Card) Not Used if Present

RGB Video Connector

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-15

POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 8-Bit Graphics Subsystem
Specifications
FRU Numbers

Base Graphics card 41 F0499
Processor card 41 F0489
Performance option card 70F9664
Connector cable (two-position) part number 51 G9225

Note: This FRU contains two cables, one with black connectors, 51 G9224, and one with
brown connectors, 71 F0253. If either of the connectors in the cable being
replaced is brown, the replacement cable with the brown connectors must be used;
if neither of the connectors in the cable being replaced'is brown, the replacement
cable with the black connectors must be used.
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode filenames
Other

Connector
Cables
Wrap Cable
Slot Positioning

1280 X 1024
256 out of 16M
Micro Channel
Yes
2
with performance option
8ee3.xx.xx
without performance option 8ee3n.xx.xx
8ee3p4d1.xx.xx to 8ee3pd5.xx.xx
8ee3xb.xx.xx
8ee3nb.xx.xx
3.;position video (RGB)
RGB, part number 58F2903.
70F9662.
The processor card must be placed in the lowest numerical slot
available, with the graphics card placed in the adjacent,
numerically higher slot.

Note: The default refresh rate of this adapter is 60 Hz; a 77 Hz refresh rate can be
selected through system software. If video problems are encountered, determine if
the display has a 60 Hz-77 Hz refresh rate switch. If so, you may be able to solve
the video problem by selecting a different refresh rate.

POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 8-Bit Graphics Subsystem RGB Video
Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

1-16

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2796, 2791) POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 24-bit Graphics

Subsystem (Type 1-5)
This adapter provides a high-function graphics adapter for the 5081 and 6091 displays.
The high performance 24-bit graphics subsystem requires three adjacent adapter slots.
For more function, a performance option card can be attached to the processor card.
Addition of this option card changes the name of the subsystem to POWER Gt4x.

Note: Be sure to install adapters in the configuration illustrated.
Be sure the ends of all connectors are latched behind the latch clips.
Remove two- and three-position cables first when installing or removing cards.
Be sure that all plugs and connectors align correctly.
Field Upgrade (8-bit to 24-bit)
ard

Latch
Clip

Performance
Option Card
(Available on Gt4x
Cards Only)
Processor Card
(Placed in Lower Numerical Slot
Than Base Graphics or Option
Card; Base Graphics Card and
Option card must be placed in order
shown)
Not Used if Present
RGB Video Connector

Chapter 1, Adapter Information

1·17

POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem
Specifications
FRU Numbers

Base graphics card, 41 F0499
Field Upgrade (8- to 24~bit) card, 41 F0503
Processor card, 41 F0489
Performance option card 70F9664
Connector cable (two-position) part number 51 G9225
Connector cable (three-position) part number 51 G9227

Note: This FRU contains two cables, one with black connectors, 51G9226, and one with
brown connectors, 71 F0254. If either of the ,connectors in the, cable being
replaced is brown, the replacement cable with the brown connectors must be' used;
if neither of the connectors in the cable being replaced is brown, the replacement
cable with the black connectors must be used.
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode filenames
Other

Connectors
Cables
Slot Positioning

1280 X 1024
to 16M
Micro Channel
yes
2
with performance option card 8ee3.xx.xx
without performance option card 8ee3n.xx.xx
8ee3p4d1.xx.xx to 8ee3pd5.xx.xx
8ee3xb.xx.xx
8ee3nb.xx.xx
3-position video (RGB)
RGB, Part number 58F2903.
The processor card must be placed in the lowest numerical slot
available, with the graphics card and option card, in that order, in
the adjacent, numerically higher slots.

Note: The default refresh rate of this adapter is 60 Hz; a 77 Hz refresh rate can be
selected through system software. If video problems are encountered, determine if
the display has a 60 Hz-77 Hz refresh rate switch. If so, you may be able to solve
the problem by selecting a different refresh rate.

POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem RGB Video
Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

1-18

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2711) POWER Gt4xi 8-bit Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-5)
This adapter provides a high-function graphics adapter for the 5081 and 6091 displays.
The high performance 8-bit graphics subsystem requires two adjacent adapter slots.

Note:
1. Take note when changing the base graphics card. The 41 F0499 (first
illustration below) has top edge mounted wrap cables. The 52G4123 (second
illustration below) does not. Always replace the defective card with one of a
similar design.
2. Be sure to install adapters in the configuration illustrated. Be sure the ends of
all connectors are latched behind the latch clips. Remove the two-position
cables first when installing or removing cards. Be sure that all plugs and
connectors align correctly.

Side-Mounted 70-Pin
TerminatorslTop-Mounted
Card Edge 60-Pin Connector
Shields (Wrap cables)
(Must be Installed)

Gt4xi Processor Card
(Placed in Lower
Numerical Slot than
Graphics Card)
Not Used if Present
RGB Video Connector

Latch
Clip

,--H+H---

Gt4xi a-bit
Graphics Card

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-19

POWER Gt4xi 8-BitGraphics Subsystem Specifications
FRU Numbers

POWER Gt4xi 8-bit graphics card, 41 F0499
POWER Gt4xi 8-bit graphics card, 52G4123
POWER Gt4xi Processor card, 52G1343
Connector cable (two-position) part number 51 G9225

Note: This FRU contains two cables, one with black connectors, 51G9224, and one with
brown connectors, 71 F0253. If either of the connectors in the cable being
replaced is brown, the replacement cable with the brown connectors must be used;
if neither of the connectors in the cable being replaced is brown, the replacement
cable with the black connectors must be used.

Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode filenames
Other

Connectors
Cables
Cable wrap
Slot Positioning

Connector cable (two-position) part number 71 F0253
1280 X 1024
256 out of 16M
Micro Channel
Yes
2
8ee3.xx.xx
8ee3p4d1.xx.xx to 8ee3p4d5.xx.xx
8ee3xb.xx.xx
8ee3nb.xx.xx
3-position video (RGB)
RGB, Part number 58F2903.
70F9662
The processor card must be placed in the lowest numerical slot
available, with the graphics card, in that order, in the adjacent,
numerically higher slots.

Note: The default refresh rate of this adapter is 60 Hz; a 77 Hz refresh rate can be
selected through system software. If video problems are encountered, determine if
the display has a 60 Hz-77 Hz refresh rate switch. If so, you may be able to solve
the problem by selecting a different refresh rate.

POWER Gt4xi 8-Bit Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

1-20

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2712) POWER Gt4xi 24-bit Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-5)
This adapter provides a high-function graphics adapter for the 5081 and 6091 displays.
The high performance 24-bit graphics subsystem requires two adjacent adapter slots.

Note: Be sure to install adapters in the configuration illustrated.
Be sure the ends of all connectors are latched behind the latch clips.
Remove the two-position cables first when installing or removing cards.
Be sure that all plugs and connectors align correctly.

Gt4xi Processor Card
(Placed in Lower Numerical
Slot than Graphics Card)

Note: The default refresh rate of this adapter is 60 Hz; a 77 Hz refresh rate can be
selected through system software. If video problems are encountered, determine if
the display has a 60 Hz-77 Hz refresh rate switch. If so, you may be able to solve
the problem by selecting a different refresh rate.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-21

POWER Gt4xi 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem Specifications
FRU Numbers

POWER Gt4xi Processor card, 52G1343
Connector cable (two-position) part number 51G9225

Note: This FRU contains two cables, one with black connectors, 51G9224, and one with
brown connectors, 71 F0253. If either of the connectors in the cable being
replaced is brown, the replacement cable with the brown connectors must be used;
if neither of the connectors in the cable being replaced is brown, the replacement
cable with the black connectors must be used.
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmastfllr
Maximum number
Microcode filenames
Other

Connectors
Cables
Slot Positioning

1280 X 1024
Up to 16M
Micro Channel
Yes
2
8ee3.xx.xx
8ee3p4d1.xx.xx to 8ee3p4d5.xx.xx
8ee3xb.xx.xx
8ee3nb.xx.xx
3-position video (RGB)
RGB, Part number 58F2903.
The processor card must be placed in the lowest numerical slot
available, with the graphics card, in that order, in the adjacent,
numerically higher slots.

POWER Gt4xi 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

1-22

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2713) POWER Gt4i 24-bit Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-5)
This adapter provides a high-function graphics adapter for the 5081 and 6091 displays.
The high performance 24-bit graphics subsystem requires two adjacent adapter slots.
Note: Be sure to install adapters in the configuration illustrated.
Be sure the ends of al/ connectors are latched behind the latch clips.
Remove the two-position cables first when installing or removing cards.
Be sure that all plugs and connectors align correctly.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-23

POWER Gt4i 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem Specifications
FRU Numbers

POWER Gt4i 24-bit graphics card, 52G4128
POWER Gt4i Processor card, 52G 1338
Connector cable (two-position) part number 51 G9225

Note: This FRU contains two cables, one with black connectors, 51G9224, and one with
brown connectors, 71 F0253. If either of the connectors in the cable being
replaced is brown, the replacement cable with the brown connectors must be used;
if neither of the connectors in the cable being replaced is brown, the replacement
cable with the black connectors must be used.
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode filenames
Other

Connectors
Cables
Slot Positioning

1280 X 1024
Up to 16M
Micro Channel
Yes

2
8ee3n .xx.xx
8ee3p4d1.xx.xx to 8ee3p4d5.xx.xx
8ee3xb.xx.xx
8ee3nb.xx.xx
3-position video (RGB)
RGB, Part number 58F2903.
The processor card must be placed in the lowest numerical slot
available, with the graphics card, in that order, in the adjacent,
numerically higher slots.

Note: The default refresh rate of this adapter is 60 Hz; a 77 Hz refresh rate can be
selected through system software. If video problems are encountered, determine if
the display has a 60 Hz-77 Hz refresh rate switch. If so, you may be able to solve
the problem by selecting a different refresh rate.

POWER Gt4i 24-Bit Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

1-24

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2777) POWER Gt3 Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-6)

Processor Card
(Solder Side)

POWER Gt3 Graphics Subsystem Specifications
FRU Numbers
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode filenames

Connectors
Cables

Base graphics card, 00G1117
Processor card, 00G2916
1280 X 1024
Up to 256
Micro Channel
Yes

4
8ee31.xx.xx
8ee3Id1.xx.xx to 8ee3Id5.xx.xx
8ee3Ib.xx.xx
3-position video (RGB)
RGB - Part number 58F2903.

POWER Gt3 Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-25

FC (2776) POWER Gt4e Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-8)

Graphics Card

POWER Gt4e Graphics Subsystem Specifications
FRU Number
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode filenames

Connectors
Cables

Base graphics card, 51G8022
1280 X 1024
Up to 256
Micro Channel
Yes
4
8ee313.xx.xx
8ee3Id1.xx.xx to 8ee3Id5.xx.xx
8ee3Ib.xx.xx
3:-position video (RGB)
RGB - Part number 58F2903.

POWER Gt4e Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

1-26

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2768) POWER Gt3i Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-9)

Graphics Card

POWER Gt3i Graphics Subsystem Specifications
FRU Number
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode filenames

Connectors
Cables

Base graphics card, 43G0681
1280 X 1024
Up to 256
Micro Channel
Yes
4
8ee312.xx.xx
8ee3Id1.xx.xx to 8ee3Id5.xx.xx
8ee3Ib.xx.xx
3-position video (RGB)
RGB - Part number 58F2903.

POWER Gt3i Graphics Subsystem RGB Video Connector

Position 1 - Red
Position 2 - Green
Position 3 - Blue

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-27

Fe (2820) POWER GXT1000 Graphics Accelerator Attachment Adapter
for Attachment of the 7250 (Type 1-A)

The attachment adapter feature
allows connection of the system
unit to the 7250.

POWER GXT1000 Graphics Accelerator Attachment Adapter
Specifications
FRU Number
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode filenames

Attachment adapter call out
Connectors
Adapter Cable

1·28

7250 POWER GXT1000 Graphics Adapter 65G4886
N/A
N/A
Micro Channel
Yes
1 for Models 7006, 7009, and 7011
2 for Models 7012, 7013, and 7030
There are no microcode filenames for this adapter. Refer to the
"7250 POWER GXT1000 Graphic Accelerator Service Guide",
order number SY66-0219
908
80 pin
Length 2m (6.5 ft) 65G4892

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

POWER GXT1000 Graphics Accelerator Attachment Adapter Connector
79
cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc
cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

80
Position

Signal Name

Position

Signal Name

1
2
3
4

add rOo
addr01
addr02
addr03

41
42
43
44

-req
-ccmrom
trans64/32
cpdmatcO

5
6
7
8

addr04
addr05
addr06
addr07

45
46
47
48

sedmatcO
-breq
-rdy
avail

9
10
11
12

addr08
addr09
addr10
addr11

49
50
51
52

dataOO
data01
data02
data03

13
14
15
16

addr12
addr13
addr14
addr15

53
54
55
56

data04
data05
data06
data07

17
18
19
20

addr16
addr17
addr18
addr19

57
58
59
60

data08
data09
data10
data11

21
22
23
24

addr20
addr21
addr22
addr23

61
62
63
64

data12
data13
data14
data15

25
26
27
28

addr24
addr25
addr26
addr27

65
66
67
68

data16
data17
data18
data19

29
30
31
32

addr28
addr29
addr30
addr31

69
70
71
72

data20
data21
data22
data23

33
34
35
36
37

-reset
-busy
-int
poweron
-chchk

73
74
75
76
77

data24
data25
data26
data27
data28

38
39
40

rw
-strobe
-bgnt

78
79
80

data29
data30
data31

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-29

Fe (2650) POWER GXT150M Graphics Subsystem (Type 1-0)
The POWER GXT150M graphics subsystem is designed for superior 2D performance. It
has excellent line drawing and Bit Block Transfer operation on top of its enhanced
graphics capabilities. This adapter is available for Micro Channel models.

Display Switch

Switches shown

Note: Switch settings determine which
monitor is attached to this adapter. For
more information refer to the display
switch setting table.

POWER GXT150M Graphics Subsystem Specifications
FRU Number
Resolution
Colors
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Cables

1-30

Base card 66G4162
1280 X 1024
16M (256 active)
Micro Channel
Yes
2
13W30-shell
09G3539

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

POWER GXT150M Graphics Subsystem Display Switch Position Table
Note:

In the following table, Display Switch position 1 is Off; Display Switch position
On.
Screen
Resolution
(NonInterlaced)

Refresh
Freq
(Hz)

Display
Switch
1234

Display
Cable

Color
Color
Color
Color
Color

1280 x 1024

60

1010

51G7826

1091-051 Color
POWERdisplay
168

1280 x 1024

72

1111

09G3589

5081-16 Color

1280 x 1024

60

1111

09G3539

6091-16 Color
POWERdisplay 16

1280 x 1024

60

1111

09G3539

out (1)

77

110 1

09G3539

in (2)

6091-19 Color

1280 x 1024

60

1111

09G3539

2

67

1110

09G3539

3

60

1111

09G3539

2

77

1101

09G3539

-

60

1111

09G3539

2

77

1101

09G3539

-

Display Type

6317
6324
6325
9524
9525

6091-19i Color
POWERdisplay 19

1280 x 1024

POWERdisplay 20

1280 x 1024

6091-23 Color

1280 x 1024

60

1111

09G3539

POWERdisplay 17
Color

1280 x 1024

60

1111

09G3539

77

1101

09G3539

74

01 1 0

09G3539

60

01 1 1

09G3539

74

01 1 0

09G3539

Other Displays

1280 x 1024

e is

Display
Mode
Switch

-

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-31

POWER GXT150M Graphics Subsystem 13W3 13-Position Connector

000
00'0
A1
6

Position

Signal Name

A1
A2
A3

Red
Green
Blue

1
2

Card RST
ROM EM
GND

3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10

1-32

VSYNC GND
HSYNC
CARD EN
INTR RST
(No Connect)
VSYNC
HSYNC GND

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

A3

Fe (2980) - Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter.Type (2-1)
This adapter provides a way for the system units to attach to a carrier sense multiple
access/collision detection (CSMAlCD) Ethernet network. This adapter attaches to either
the IEEE-802.3 type network or the ethernet version 2 network. The adapter has
connectors for both 10BaseS (thick) type and 10Base 2 (thin) connections. Only one
connector can be used at a time.

Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
1/0 addresses
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connectors
Cables
Adapter wrap plugs
Tranceivers
Tranceiver cable
Tranceiver wrap plugs

31F4075
72BO-72BA; 7290-729A; 76BO-768A 7690-769A; 7ABO-7ABA;
7A90-7A9A 7EBO-7EBA; 7E90-7E9A
9, 10, 11, 12
Micro Channel
Ves
4
BNC coaxial
15-position D-shell
Customer supplied (Use a V type connection).
15-position D-shell, part number 70F9625 BNC, 25-ohm
terminator, part number 70F9626
Thin, part number 02G7437 Twisted-Pair, part number 02G7431
Adapter-to-transceiver, thick and thin, part number 02G7434
Thin, part number 02G7433 Twisted-Pair, part number 00G23BO

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-33

Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter 15-Position Connector

Position

1

15

9

Mnemonic

Signal Name

1
2
3
4

CI-S
CI-A
DO-A
DI-S

Control in circuit-shield
Control in circuit-A
Data out circuit-A
Data in circuit-shield

5

DI-A
Vc
CO-A
CO-S

Data In circuit-A
Voltage common
Control out circuit-A
Control out circuit-shield

CI-8
DO-8
DO-S
DI-8

Control in circuit-8
Data out circuit-8
Data out circuit-shield
Data in circuit-8

VP
VS
CO-8
PG

Voltage plus
Voltage shield
Control out-8
Protective ground
(conductive shell)

6
7

8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
Shell

1-34

8

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2970) Token-Ring High-Performance Network Adapter (Type 2-2)
This adapter provides a way for the system units to attach to a token-ring local-area
network (LAN). This adapter uses the IEEE-802.S standard for communications.

FCCClassA
See manual.

S

Token-Ring High-Performance Network Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
I/O addresses

Interrupt levels
Bit rate
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode file names

Connector
Cables

00G2652
8SAO-86AF
9SAO-8SAF
ASAO-A6AF
BSAO-B6AF
C6AO-C6AF
DSAO-DSAF
ESAO-ESAF
F6AO-F6AF
2,3,4,5,7,10,11,12
4M bits or 16M bits per second (set by program)
Micro Channel
Yes

4
8fc8m.xx.xx
Bfc8p.xx.xx
8fcap.xx.xx
9-position, D-shell
Token-ring cable, 3.04 m (10 ft.), part number 6339098
Token-ring cable, 6.08 m (20 ft.), part number 53F3930.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-35

Token-Ring High-Performance Network Adapter 9-Position Connector
5

Position
1
2

Signal Name

5

Ring In 1 (red)
DC Common
+5 V dc
DC Common
Ring Out 2 (black)

6
7
8·
9

Ring In 2 (green)
DC Common
DC Common
Ring Out 1 (orange)

3
4

1·36

1

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2700) 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller (Type 2-3)
This adapter provides a way to attach the system units to several types of synchronous
communications networks. The adapter consists of the multiprotocol base card and the
multiprotocol interface card. This combination provides four individually-addressable
synchronous communications channels.
Each of the four ports can only be attached to and operate with one network type. The
software configuration and network connection must match to operate correctly. See
Chapter 3, "Cables and Cabling" on page 3-1 for additional information.

4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller Specifications
FRU Numbers
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode file name
Connector
Wrap plugs

Cables

Base card 52G4322
Interface card 11 H5676 (order separately)
02AO-1EAO
3,4,7,9,10,11,12
Micro Channel
Set to No at power on, set to Yes by program

8
/etc/asw/mpqpasw (use for 3.1.x releases)
/usr/lib/asw/mpqpqsw (use for 3.2.x releases)
78-position, D-shell
78-position, part number 40F9902
X.21, part number 40F9904
V.35, part number 40F9900
EIA-232D, part number 40F9903
EIA-422A, part number 53F3886
4-port multiprotocol interface cable, part number
53F2622140F9897
4-port multiprotocol rack jumper cable, part number 81 F8570.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-37

4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller 78-Position Connector
20

000000000000000000
00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

1
21
40

78

Signal Name (Type of Interface)

Port
0

Port
1

Port
2

Port

Mnemonic
-TXD
-RXD
+RTS
+CTS

Transmit Data (EIA232D)
Receive Data (EIA232D)
Request To Send (EIA232D, V.35)
Clear To Send (EIA232D, V.35)

40
02
01
61

04
64
63
25

66
28
27
48

69
31
30
51

SG
+DCD
-RCLKIN
+DTR

Signal Ground
Data Carrier Detect (EIA232D, V.35)
Receive Clock (EIA232D)
Data Terminal Ready (EIA232D, V.35)

43
22
62
60

07
45
26
24

08
09
10
47

67
12
17
50

+DSR
+HRS
+RI
-TCLKIN

Data Set Ready (EIA232D, V.35)
Data Rate Selector (EIA232D)
Ring Indicator (EIA232D)
Transmit Clock (EIA232D)

42
21
03
23

06
44
65
56

68
11
29
70

71
32
75

-DTECLK
+TxD (A)
-TxD (8)
+TDATA (A)

DTE Clock (EIA232D)
+Transmit Data (V.35)
-Tr~nsmit Data (V.35)
+ Transmit Data (EIA422A- X.21)

15
36
53
37

34
49
14

54

73

-TDATA (8)
+RxD (A)
-RxD (8)

76
19
58

78
35

+TCLK (A)

-Transmit Data (EIA422A- X.21)
+Receive Data (V.35, EIA422A- X.21)
-Receive Data (V.35, EIA422A- X.21)
+ Transmit Clock (V.35, EIA422A)
+Indicate (Port 0, X.21)

18

39

-TCLK (8)
+RCLK (A)
-RCLK (8)
+C (A)

-Transmit Clock (V.35, EIA422A)
Indicate (Port 0, X.21)
+Receive Clock (V.35, EIA422A- X.21)
-Receive clock (V.35, EIA422A- X21)
+Control (Port 0, X.21)

57
38
77
20

16
74
55

-Control (Port 0, X.21)
Reserved (any port)
Reserved (any port)
Reserved (any port)

59
05
46
41

-C (8)

1-38

60

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

13
52
33
72

3

FC (2960) X.25 Interface Co-Processor/2 (Type 2-4)
This adapter provides a way to attach the system units to a serial network. Use this
adapter, the correct software, and the correct cable to communicate on a X.21, V.24, or
V.35 network.

X.25 Interface Co-Processor/2 Specifications
FRU/Option Numbers
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode file names

Connector
Wrap plugs

Cables

Card 51 G9060
Memory DRAM SIP 68X5706
3,4,7,9,10,11,12
Micro Channel
No

4
fOefd.xx.xx
letc/microcode/icaaim.com (use for 3.1.x releases)
lusrllib/microcode/icaaim.com (use for 3.2.x releases)
letc/asw/x25a.exe
37-position, D-shell
37-position, part number 07F3132116F1884
X.21, part number 07F3153/16F1890
X.24, part number 07F3163/16F1891
V.35, part number 07F3173/16F1861
X.25 Attachment Cable - X.21, PIN 07F3151/07F3150, 3 m
X.25 Attachment Cable - X.21, PIN 53F3926/NA, 6 m
X.25 Attachment Cable - V.24, PIN 07F3161/07F3160, 3 m
X.25 Attachment Cable - V.24, PIN 53F3927/NA, 6 m
X.25 Attachment Cable - V.35, PIN 07F3171/07F3170, 3 m
X.25 Attachment Cable - V.35, PIN 53F3928/NA, 6 m

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-39

X.2S Interface Co-Processor/2 37-Position Connector
19

1
0000000000000000
0000000000000

20

Position

Position

Signal Name (Mnemonic)

1
2
3
4

Reserved
Transmitted data [TXO]
Received data [RXO]
Request to send [RTS]

21
22
23
24

Remote loopback test [RlBT]
Call indicate [CI]
Reserved
Transmit clock [TX ClK]

5
6
7
8

Clear to send [CTS]
Data set ready [OSR]
Signal ground [GNO]
Carrier detect [CD]

25
26
27
28

Test indicate [TI]
Receive clock [RX ClK]
local loopback test [llBT]
Transmitted data (B) [T (B)]

9
10
11
12

Cable 10 0 [I ~O]
Transmitted data (A) [T (A)]
Control (A) [C (A)]
Received data (A) [R (A)]

29
30
31
32

Control (B) [C (B)]
Received data (B) [R (B)]
Indication (B) [I (B)]
Transmit clock (B) [S (B)]

13
14

Indication (A) [I (A)]
Transmit clock (A) [S (A)]

33
34

15

Cable 10 1 [101]

35

16

Receive clock (B)
[RX ClK (B)]

36

Reserved
Receive clock (A)
[RX ClK (A)]
Transmitted data (A)
[TXO (A)]
Transmit clock (A)
[TX ClK (A)]

17

Transmitted data (B)
[TXO (B)]
Transmit clock (B)
[TX ClK (B)]
Received data (B) [RXO (B)]
Data terminal ready [OTR]

37

18
19
20

1-40

Signal Name [Mnemonic]

37

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Received data (A)
[RXO (A)]

Fe (2720) Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FODI) Single Ring Adapter
(Type 2-6)

Crossover Cable Connector to FOOl
Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter

Transceiver Key

FDDI Single Ring Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Maximum number
Bus architecture
Connector
Jumper Cables
Crossover Cable
Microcode filenames
Wrap Plug

81 F9003·
7 (7013n016)
4 (7012)
Micro Channel
Media Interface Connector (MIC)
Fiber optic, customer-provided, available from distributors.
81F9012
8ef4m.xx.xx
fddLdiag
92F9003

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1..41

Fe (2722) Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FOOl) Dual Ring Upgrade
Adapter (Type 2-7)

FOOl Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Maximum number
Bus architecture
Connector
Jumper Cables
Crossover Cable
Microcode filenames
Wrap Plug

1-42

81F9014

3 (701317016)
2 (7012)
Micro Channel
Media Interface Connector (MIC)
Fiber optic, customer-provided, available from distributors.
81F9012
8ef4m.xx.xx
fddLdiag
92F9003.

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (7002 or 7004 and 7022) 4-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter
(Type 2-C)

"'" ""'......... ......... .........

.........

'I
I
I
I

I
I

Interface Card

4-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter Specifications
FRU/Option Numbers

Bus architecture
1/0 addresses
Interrupt levels
Maximum number
Microcode filename
Connector
Wrap plugs

Cables

o Memory Base card (512 KB Label), 09F1888/NA
o Memory Base card ( 1 MB Label), 09F19621NA
Base card (512 KB), 85F0255/09F1897
Base card ( 1 MB), 16F1824/16F1820
Interface card (order separately), 91 F7976/09F1955
256 KB memory module (512 KB card), 16F2267
512 KB memory module (1 MB card), 04G5834
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EA7
3,4,7,9,10,11,12

8
/usrllib/microcode/icaaim.com (use for releases 3.2.x)
78-position, O-shell, female
78-position, part number 09F1803/16F2478
25-position, ports 0 and 1, 6425494
25-position, ports 2 through 7, 09F1799
4P/8P Multiportl2 interface cable, 00F5524/00F5531

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-43

4-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and 25.. Position
Connectors
20
39
59
78

00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

Port

13

•••••••••••••
••••••••••••

25

Port
1

Port
2

Port

0

3

2S-Position
Connector

TxO
RxO
RTS
CTS

40
02
01
61

04
64
63
25

66
28
27
48

69
31
30
51

03/BB-104
04/CA-105
05/CB-106

OTECLK
SG
OeD
RxCLKIN

41
07
22
62

05
08
45
26

11
09

OTR
OSR
HRS
RI
TxCLKIN

60
42
21
03
23

24
06
44
65
46

Mnemonic

1-44

1
1
21
40
60 14

000000000000000000

--

-43
12

02lBA-103

24/0A-113
07/AB-102
08/CF-109

--

--

47
68

50
71

--

20/CO-108.2
06/CC-107
23/CH-111

29

32

221CE-125

--

--

15/0B-114

--

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

17/00-115

FC (7002 or 7004 and 7026) a-port EIA-232-C MuitiporU2 Adapter
(Type 2-D)

Interface Card

8-Port EIA-232-C MuitiporU2 Adapter Specifications
FRU/Option Numbers

o Memory Base card (512 KB Label), 09F1888/NA
o Memory Base card (

Bus architecture
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Maximum number
Microcode file name
Connector
Wrap plugs

Cables

1 MB Label), 09F19621NA
Base card (512 KB), 85F0255/09F1897
Base card ( 1 MB), 16F1824/16F1820
Interface card (order separately), 91 F7974/09F1952
256 KB memory module (512 KB card), 16F2267
512 KB memory module (1 MB card), 04G5834
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EA7
3,4,7,9,10,11,12

8
/usr/lib/microcode/icaaim.com (use for releases 3.2.x)
78-position, D-shell, female
78-position, part number 09F1803/16F2478
.25-position, ports 0 and 1, 6425494
25-position, ports 2 through 7, 09F1799
4P/8P Multiportl2 interface cable, 00F5524/00F5531

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-45

8-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and 25-Position
Connectors
20
39
59
78

1-46

1
1
21
40
60 14

000000000000000000
00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

•••••••••••••
••••••••••••

13
25

Mnemonic

Port
0

Port
1

Port
2

Port
3

Port
4

Port
5

Port
6

Port
7

25Position
Connector

TxO
RxO
RTS
CTS

40
02
01
61

04
64
63
25

66
28
27
48

69
31
30
51

73
54
34
15

55
75
16
36

76
57
37
18

58
78
19
39

02lBA-103
03/BB-104

DTECLK
SG
OCO
RxCLKIN

41
07
22
62

05
08
45
26

--

--

--

11
09

43
12

67
74

--

--

--

OTR
OSR
HRS
RI
TxCLKIN

60
42
21
03
23

24
06
44
65
46

47
68

50
71

35
72

29

32

--

---

--

--

--

04/CA-105
05/CB-106

--

--

67
77

70
59

24/0A-113
07/AB-102
08/CF-109

--

--

17/00-115

17
33

38
53

20
14

--

--

20/CO-108.2
06/CC-107
23/CH-111

49

52

10

13

--

--

--

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

70
56

--

--

--

221CE-125
15/0B-114

FC (7002 or 7004 and 7024) 6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C Multiportl2
Adapter (Type 2-E)

Interface Card

6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter Specifications
FRU/Option Numbers

o Memory Base card (512 KB Label), 09F1888/NA
o Memory Base card

Bus architecture
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Maximum number
Microcode file name
Connector
Wrap plugs
Cables

( 1 MB Label), 09F19621NA
Base card (512 KB), 85F0255/09F1897
Base card ( 1 MB), 16F1824/16F1820
Interface card (order separately), 91 F7963/15F8861
256 KB memory module (512 KB card), 16F2267
512 KB memory module (1 MB card), 04G5834
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EA7
3, 4, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12

8
/usr/lib/microcode/icaaim.com (use for releases 3.2.x)
78-position, D-shell, female
78-position, part number 15F8856/15F8859
25-position, ports 0 through 5, part number 33F8968
6P synchronous Multiportl2 interface cable, 15F8867/05F2028

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-47

6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and
25-Position Connectors
20
39
59

1
1
21
40
60 14

000000000000000000
00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

78

Port
1

Port
2

Port
3

Port
4

Port
5

25-Position
Connector

TxO
RxO
RTS
CTS

40
02
01
61

04
64
63
25

66
28
27
48

69
31
30
51

73
54
34
15

55
75
16
36

02l8A-103
03/88-104
04/CA-105
05/C8-106

OTECLK
SG
OCO
RxCLKIN

41
43
22
62

05
07
45
26

19
08
09
57

20
67
12
77

10
11
74
18

13
70
56
53

24/0A-113
07/A8-102
08/CF-109
17/00-115

OTR
OSR
HRS
RI
TxCLKIN

60
42
21
03
23

24
06
44
65
46

47
68
76
29
78

50
71
37
32
59

35
72
38
49
39

17
33
58
52
14

20/CO-108.2
06/CC-107
23/CH-111
221CE-125
15/08-114

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

13
25

Port
0

Mnemonic

1-48

••••••••••••

FC (7002 or 7004 and 7030) 4-Port EIA-232-C/4-Port EIA-422-A
Multiportl2 Adapter (Type 2-F)

Interface Card

4-Port EIA-232-C/4-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter Specifications
FRU/Option Numbers

o Memory Base card

(512 KB Label), 09F1888/NA
1 MB Label), 09F19621NA
Base card (512 KB), 85F0255/09F1897
Base card ( 1 MB), 16F1824/16F1820
Interface card (order separately), 91 F7966/09F1958
256 KB memory module (512 KB card), 16F2267
512 KB memory module (1 MB card), 04G5834
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EA7
3,4,7,9,10,11,12

o Memory Base card (

Bus architecture
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Maximum number
Microcode file name
Connector
Wrap plugs

Cables

8
/usr/lib/microcode/icaaim.com (use on releases 3.2.x)
78-position, D-shell, female
78-position, part number 09F1803/16F2478
25-position, ports 0 and 1, 6425494
25-position, ports 2 through 7, 09F1799
4P/8P Multiportl2 interface cable, 00F5524/00F5531

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-49

4-Port EIA-232-C/4-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and
25-Position Connectors (EIA-232-C Assignments)
20
39
59

1
1
21
40
60 14

000000000000000000
00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

78

•••••••••••••
••••••••••••

25

Port
0

Port

Port

Port

1

2

3

TxO
RxO
RTS
CTS

40
02
01
61

04
64
63
25

66
28
27
48

69
31
30
51

02l8A-103
03/88-104
04/CA-105
05/C8-106

OTECLK
SG

05
07
45
26

--

--

08
09

67
12

RxCLKIN

41
43
22
62

24/0A-113
07/AB-102
08/CF-109
17/00-115

OTR
DSR
HRS
RI
TxCLKIN

60
42
21
03
23

24
06
44
65
46

Mnemonic

oeo

--

--

47
68

50
71

29

32

---

13

--

--

25-Position
Connector

20/CO-108.2
06/CC-107
23/CH-111
221CE-125
15/08-114

4-Port EIA-232-C/4-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and
25-Position Connectors (EIA-422-A Assignments)
Mnemonic

TxO+
TxORxO+
RxOSG

1-50

Port

Port

Port

4

5

6

Port
7

73
34
54
15
11

55
16
75
36
70

76
37
57
18

58
19
78
39

--

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

--

25-Position
Connector

O2ITXA
04ITXB
03/RXA
05/RXB
07

Fe (7002 or 7004 and 7028) 8-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter
(Type 2-G)

Interface Card

8-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter Specifications
FRU/Option Numbers

Bus architecture
1/0 addresses·
Interrupt levels
Maximum number
Microcode file name
Connector
Wrap plugs

Cable~

o Memory Base card
o Memory Base card

(512 KB Label), 09F1888/NA
( 1 MB Label), 09F19621NA
Base card (512 KB),. 85F0255/09F1897
Base card ( 1 MB), 16F1824/16F1820
Interace card (order separately), 15F8858/15F8852
256 KB memory module (512 KB card), 16F2267
512 KB memory module (1 MB card), 04G5834
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EA7
3,4,7,9,10,11,12

8
lusr/lib/microcode/icaaim.com (use on releases 3.2.x)
78-position, O-shell, female
78-position, part number 09F1803/16F2478
25-position, ports 2 through 7, 09F1799
25-position, ports 0 and 1, 6425494
4P/8P MuitiportJ2 interface cable, 00F5524/00F5531

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-51

8-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Adapter 78-Position and 25-Position
Connectors
20
39
59

1
1
21
40
60 14

000000000000000000
00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

78

••••••••••••

Port
0

Port
1

Port
2

Port
3

Port
4

Port
5

Port
6

Port

TxD+
TxDTxCLK+
TxCLK-

40
01
21
41

04
63

66
27

69
30

73
34

55
16

76
37

58
19

---

---

---

---

---

---

--

RxD+
RxDRxCLK+
RxCLKSG

02
61
03
62
43

64
25

28
48

31
51

54
15

75
36

57
18

---

--

--

---

78
39

---

07

08

67

11

70

---

----

Mnemonic

1-52

13

--

--

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

--

7

--

25

25Position
Connector

02fTxA
04ITxB
23ITxCLKA
24TxCLKB
03/RxA
05/RxB
221RxCLKA
17/RxCLKB
07/GRD

Fe (7006 or 7008 and 7042) 8-Port EIA-232-D Portmaster Adapter/A
(Type 2-H)

Interface Card

8-Port EIA-232-D Portmaster Adapter/A Specifications
FRU/Option Numbers

Bus architecture
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Wrap plugs
Cables

Base card (OMB), 53F2603/NA
1 MB Base card, 53F2660/53F2604
2 MB Base card, 53F2664/53F2607
1 MB Memory SIMM, 53F2662
2 MB Memory SIMM, 53F2666
Interface card (order separately), 53F2612153F261 0
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EA7
3,4,7,9,10,11,12
Set to No at power on; optionally set to Yes by customer's
program

8
100-position, D-shell, female
100-position, part number 68F7208/15F8848
25-position, ports 0 - 7, 33F8985
8P Portmaster interface cable, 33F8962153F2619

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-53

8-Port EIA-232-D Portmaster AdapterlA 100-Position and 25-Position
Connectors

2561~00000000000000000000000
oooooooooooooooooooooooo~---75

000000000000000000000000
0000000000000000000000

52

100

YO

TxO
RxO
RTS
CTS
OCO

0

OTR
OSR
HRS
RI
TxCLKIN
TxCLK
RxCLK
SGND

0

FGND

1-54

76

Mnemonic

I
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
I

--

Port
0

Port

51
02
01
77
28

54
05
04
80
31

76
53
27
03
29
52
78
19

79
56
30
06
32
55
81
19

1

1

1
27

13

•••••••••••••
•••••••••• ••

14

25

Port
3

Port
4

Port

07
83
82
34
59

10
86
85
37
62

13
89
88
40
65

16
92
91
43
68

94
46
45
71
21

48
74
73
24
99

02lBA
03/BB
04/CA
05/CB
08/CF

33
09
58
84
60
08
35
26

36
12
61
87
63
11
38
26

39
15
64
90
66
14
41
57

42
18
67
93
69
17
44
57

70
96
20
47
22
95
72
97

23
50
98
75
100
49
25
97

20/CO
06/CC
23/CI
221CE
15/0B
24/0A
17/00
07/AB

Port
2

Cable Shield

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

5

Port
6

Port
7

25-

Position
Connector

01/AA

Fe (7006 or 7008 and 7044) 8-Port EIA-422-A Portmaster Adapter/A
(Type 2-1)

Interface Card

8-Port EIA-422-A Portmaster Adapter/A Specifications
FRU/Option Numbers

Bus architecture
1/0 addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode Filename
Connector
Wrap plugs
Cables

Base card (0 MB), 53F2603/NA
1 MB Base card, 53F2660/53F2604
2 MB Base card, 53F2664/53F2607
1 MB Memory SIMM, 53F2662
2 MB Memory SIMM, 53F2666
Interface card (order separately), 53F2615/53F2613
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EA7
3,4,7,9,10,11,12
Set to No at power on; optionally set to Yes by customer's
program

8
lusr/lib/microcode/icarcm.com
100-position, O-shell, female
100-position, part number 68F7208/15F8848
25-position, ports 0 - 7, 33F8964
8P Portmaster interface cable, 33F8962153F2619

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-55

a-port EIA-422-A Portmaster AdapterlA 100-Position and 25.. Position
Connectors
6
251 ~ooooooooooooooooooooooo
1
oooooooooooooooooooooooo~---- 27
75
000000000000000000000000
52
0000000000000000000000

100

n

14

••••••••••••
••••••••
•• ••

25

110

0

Port
1

Port
2

Port
3

Port

Mnemonic

4

Port
5

Port
6

Port
7

25Position
Connector

TxD

0
0
I
I

51
52
02
78

54
55
05
81

07
08
83
35

10
11
86
38

13
14
89
41

16
17
92
44

94
95
46
72

48
49
74
25

02lSDA
24/SDB
03/RDA
17/RDB

0
0
I
I

01
76
77
53

04
79
80
56

82
33
34
09

85
36
37
12

88
39
40
15

91
42
43
18

45
70
71
96

73
23
24
50

04/RSA
20/RSB
05/CSA
06/CSB

I
I
I
I

28
03
29
27

31
06
60
58

59
84
60
58

62
87
63
61

65
90
66
64

68
93
69
67

21
47
22
20

99
75
100
98

08/STA
221STB
15/RTA
23/RTB

--

19

19

26

26

57

57

97

97

07/GND

Port

RxD
-RTS
-CTS
TxCLK
RxCLK
SGND
FGND

1-56

1~______________~~13

Cable Shield

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

01/FGND

Fe (7006 or 7008 and 7046) 6-Port V.35 Portmaster Adapter/A
(Type 2-J)

Interface Card

6-Port V.3S Portmaster Adapter/A Specifications
FRU/Option Numbers

Bus architecture
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode Filename
Connector
Wrap plugs
Cables

Base card (OMB), 53F2603/NA
1 MB Base card, 53F2660/53F2604
2 MB Base card, 53F2664/53F2607
1 MB Memory SIMM, 53F2662
2 MB Memory SIMM, 53F2666
Interface card (order separately), 72F0164172F0163
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EA7
3,4, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12
Set to No at power on; optionally set to Yes by customer's
program

8
/usr/lib/microcode/icarcm.com
100-position, O-shell, female
100-position, part number 72F0168
25-position, ports 0 - 5, 72F0167
6P V.35 Portmaster interface, 72F0162172F0165

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-57

6-Port V.35 Portmaster Adapter/A 100-Position and 25-Position
Connectors
6
25 1 ~.00000000000000000000000
1
oooooooooooooooooooooooo~---- 27
75
000000000000000000000000
52
0000000000000000000000

100

76

________________-,13

••••••••••••
••••••••••
••

14

25

Port
0

Port
1

Port
'2

Port

Port

VO

3

4

Port
5

25-Position
Connector

0
0
I
I

94
70
08
33

21
46
54
78

47
22
58
82

71
95
29
04

72
96
28
03

23
48
57
81

02
14
03
16

I
I
I
I

76
52
20
45

06
31
41
16

77
53
38
13

56
80
19
44

27
02
32
07

55
79
30
05

15
12
17
09

TxCA OUT
TxCB OUT
RTS
CTS

0
0
0
I

24
49
42
15

73
97
43
65

98
74
92
86

25
50
93
87

99
75
37
59

26
51
39
09

24
11
04
05

DCD
DTR
DSR
SGND

I
0
I

89
18
66
34

40
91
90
17

62
69
88
63

61
68
64
67

35
14
60
01

84
12
85
83

08
20
06
07

Mnemonic
TxDA
TxDB
RxDA
RxDB
TxCA IN
TxCB IN
RxCA
RxCB

FGND

1-58

1~

---

100

Shield

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

01

Fe (7006 or 7008 and 7048) 6-Port X.21 Portmaster Adapter/A
(Type 2-K)

Interface Card

6-Port X.21 Portmaster Adapter/A Specifications
FRU/Option Numbers

Bus architecture
110 addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode Filename
Connector
Wrap plugs
Cables

Base card (OMB), 53F2603/NA
1 MB Base card, 53F2660/53F2604
2 MB Base card, 53F2664/53F2607
1 MB Memory SIMM, 53F2662
2 MB Memory SIMM, 53F2666
Interface card (order separately), 04G5500172F0176
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EA7
3,4,7,9,10,11,12
Set to No at power on; optionally set to Yes by customer's
program

8
/usr/lib/microcode/icarcm.com
78-position, O-shell, female
78-position, part number 85F0205/04G1972
25-position, ports 0 - 5, 85F0206/04G1973
6P X.21 Portmaster interface,04G1974/05F2028

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-59

6-Port X.21 Portmaster Adapter/A 78-Position and 25-Position
Connectors
20
39
59

1
1
21
40
60 14

000000000000000000
00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

78

1-60

13

••••••••••••

25

Port

Port

Port

Port

Port

Mnemonic

I/O

0

1

2

3

4

·Port
5

25-Position
Connector

T(A)
T(B)
R(A)
R(B)
C(A)
C(B)

0
0

40
41
02
62

04
05
64
26

66
19
28
57

69
20
31
77

73
10
54
18

55
13
75
53

02
24
03
17

I(A)

1

I(B)
X(A)
X(B)
8(A)
8(B)
8G

1

01
60
61
42

63
24
25
06

27
47
48
68

30
50
51
71

34
35
15
72

16
17
36
33

04
20
05
06

22
03
23
21
43

45
65
46
44
07

09
29
78
76
08

12
32
59
37
67

74
49
39
38
11

56
52
14
58
70

08
22
15
23
07

1
1

0
0

0
0
1
1

--

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2959) Multiprotocol Adapter/A (MP/A) (Type 2-P)
There are two types of Multiprotocol Adapter/A. This one is the single port.
The Multiprotocol Adapter/A provides the System with one-port Synchronous Data Link
Control (SOLC) Connection to a SOLC protocol communications network.

Multiprotocol Adapter/A Specifications .
FRU Number

1/0 addresses
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
POSID
Connector
Wrap plug
Cable

43G0656 part number
0380 - 0390 or 03AO - 03BO
3 and 4 are used on each installed card
Micro Channel
No

1
FFDE
25-position, D-shell
25-position, EIA-232D, part number 62X1083 or 72X8546
EIA-232D serial cable, part number 1502067, 71 F0165
or 6323741

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-61

Multiprotocol Adapter/A 25-Position Connector
P~S

POS14
o
o

0
0

o 0
o 0
o 0
o 0
o 0
o 0
o 0
o 0
o 0
o 0
o

P~S

14

System End
Connector

•• ••
••• •••
•
•••
••
•

2
3
4
5
6
7

8
15
17

20
22
23

1-62

••
•
•••
••

POS 1

Signal

Device End
Connector
Pin (Male)

Socket (Female)

Shell

1

Shield Ground
TxD
RxD
RTS

1, Shell

CTS
DSR
Signal Ground
CD

5
6
7

Tx ClK
Rx ClK
DTR
RI
HRS

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

2
3
4

8
15
17

20
22
23

Fe (2724) FOOl-Fiber Single Ring Adapter (Type 2-R)

Transceiver
Key

FOOl-Fiber Single Ring Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Maximum number

Bus architecture
Connector
Jumper Cables
Microcode filenames
Wrap Plug

65G1879
2 (7011)
4 (7012)
6 (701317016)
Micro Channel
Media Interface Connector (MIC)
Fiber optic, customer-provided, available from distributors.
8ef4m.xx.xx
81F9016

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-63

Fe (2723) FOOl-Fiber Oual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter (Type 2-S)
Connector to FOOl
Single Ring Adapter

(2-R)

Transceiver

Key

FOOl-Fiber Oual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Maximum number

Bus architecture
Connector
Jumper Cables
Crossover Cable
Wrap Plug

43G0856
1 (7011)
2 (7012)
3 (7013/7016)
Micro Channel
Media Interface Connector (MIC)
Fiber optic, customer-provided, available from distributors.
93F1162
81F9016

Note: The cross over cable is too short if the two dual ring adapters are in some slots. If
this is the case, move the adapters to different slots.

1-64

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2725) FDDI-STP Single Ring Adapter (Type 2-T)

FDDI-STP Single Ring Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Maximum number

Bus architecture
Connector
Jumper Cables
Microcode filenames
Wrap Plug

65G1878
2 (7011)
4 (7012)
6 (7013/7016)
Micro Channel
9-pin D-shell
FDDI-STP adapter cable, 33G2761
8ef4m.xx.xx. br fddLdiag
33G2759.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-65

FDDI-STP Single Ring Adapter 9-Position Connector

Position

1
2
3
4
5

Receive +
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Transmit +

6
7

Receive Not Used
Not Used
Transmit -

8
9

1-66

Signal Name

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2726) FDDI-STP Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter (Type 2-U)

Connector to FOOl
Single Ring Adapter

(2-T)

FDDI-STP Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Maximum number

43G0876
1 (7011)
2 (7012)

3 (701317016)
Bus architecture
Connector
Jumper Cables
Crossover Cable
Wrap Plug

Micro Channel
9-pin D-shell
FDDI-STP reversing cable adapter, 33G2762
93F1162
33G2759

Note: The cross over cable is too short if the two dual ring adapters are in some slots. If
this is the case, move the adapters to different slots.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-67

FDDI-STP Dual Ring Upgrade Kit Adapter 9-Position Connector
5

1

Position

1-68

Signal Name

1
2
3
4
5

Receive +
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Transmit +

6
7
8
9

Receive Not Used
Not Used
Transmit -

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2930, 2940, 2950) 8-Port Async Adapters (Types 3-1, 3-2, 3-3)
Each of these three adapters provide eight individually-addressable communicatio
channels. When the multiport interface cable is attached to one of these adapter it
provides eight EIA-232, EIA-422A, or MIL-STD 188 type communication ports.

Specifications for the 8-Port Async Adapters
FRU Numbers

I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Bit rate
Bits per character
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Wrap plugs

Cables

Type 3-1, EIA-232, part number 11 H8607
Type 3-2, EIA-422A, part number 52G4757
Type 3-3, MIL-STD 188, part number 51 G9246
Assigned by the program within the 8100 - F05F range
3, 5, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15
50 - 38400 (set by the program)
5, 6, 7, 8 (set by the program)
Micro Channel
No
8 (including 16-port adapters)
78-position, O-shell
78-position, part number 22F9694
EIA-232D 25-position, part number 6298964
EIA-422A 25-position cable, part number 30F9159
Multiport interface cable, part number 00F5524
8/16-port rack extension cable, part number 53F3048.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-69

78-Position Connector on the 8-Port Async EIA-232 and MIL-STD 188
Adapter
20

1

000000000000000000

21
40

00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

60

78

Position

1-70

Mnemonic

Port
Number

Position

Mnemonic

Port
Number

1
2
3
4

RTS
RxD
RI
TxO

0
0
0
1

41
42
43
44

+5 V de
OSR
Sig Gnd
Reserved

5
6
7
8

Reserved
DSR
Sig Gnd
Sig Gnd

1
0
1

45
46
47
48

OCD
Reserved
OTR
CTS

2
2

9
10
11
12

DCD
RI
Sig Gnd
DCD

2
6
2
3

49
50
51
52

RI
OTR
CTS
RI

4
3
3
5

13
14
15
16

RI
DSR
CTS
RTS

7
7
4
5

53
54
55
56

OSR
RxO
TxO
OCO

6
4
5
5

17
18
19
20

OTR
CTS
RTS
DTR

5
6
7
7

57
58
59
60

RxO
TxD
OCO
OTR

6
7
7
0

21
22
23
24

Reserved
DCD
Reserved
DTR

61
62
63
64

CTS
Reserved
RTS
RxD

0

0

25
26
27

CTS
Reserved
RTS

2

65
66
67

RI
TxO
Sig Gnd

1
2
4,6

28
29
30

RxD
RI
RTS

2
2
3

68
69
70

OSR
TxO
Sig Gnd

2
3
5,7

31
32
33

RxO
RI
DSR

3
3
5

71
72
73

OSR
OSR
TxD

3
4
4

34
35
36

RTS
DTR
CTS

4
4
5

74
75
76

OCO
RxD
TxO

4
5
6

37
38
39
40

RTS
DTR
CTS
TxD

6
6
7
0

77
78

OCO
RxO

6
7

1
1

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

0
3
1

1
1

78-Position Connector on the 8-Port Async EIA-422A Adapter

Position

Mnemonic

1
2
3
4

+ TxD

5
6
7
8

Reserved
Reserved
Sig Gnd
Sig Gnd

9
10
11
12

Reserved
Reserved
Sig Gnd
Reserved

13
14
15
16

Reserved
Reserved
+ RxD
+ TxD

17
18
19

+ RxD
+ TxD

20
21
22

Port
Number

Position

Mnemonic

Port
Number

1

41
42
43
44

Reserved
Reserved
Sig Gnd
Reserved

1
2

45
46
47
48

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
+ RxD

49
50
51
52

Reserved
Reserved
+ RxD
Reserved

4
5

53
54
55
56

Reserved
- RxD
- TxD
Reserved

4
5

6
7

57
58
59

- RxD
- TxD
Sig Gnd

6
7
7

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

60
61
62

+ RxD

23
24
25
26

Reserved
Reserved
+ RxD
Reserved

63
64
65
66

+ TxD

27
28
29
30

+ TxD

67
68
69
70

Sig Gnd
Reserved
- TxD
Sig Gnd

31
32
33
34

- RxD
Reserved
Reserved
+ TxD

4

71
72
73
74

Reserved
Reserved
- TxD
Reserved

35
36
37

+ RxD
+ TxD

5
6

75
76
77

- RxD
- TxD
Sig Gnd

5
6
6

78

- RxD

7

38
39
40

- RxD
Reserved
- TxD

0
0

4

Reserved

- RxD
Reserved
+ TxD

1
2
2
3
3

Reserved

Reserved

+ RxD
- TxD

0

2

3

Reserved

0

Reserved
- RxD
Reserved
- TxD

1
1
2
3
3
5

4

7
0

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-71

Fe (2955) 16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-232-D (Type 3-4)
This adapter provides 16 individually-addressable communication channels. Earlier
versions of this adapter consisted of a base card and an electronics interface card. The
base adapter and the electronics interface card combination are a single FRU. The latest
version of this card is a single adapter. When the 16-port interface cable - EIA-232 is
attached to this adapter, it provides 16, EIA-232-D communication ports.
Note: This adapter does not support all of the modem control signals. This adapter only
provides the following signals: TxD, RxD, DeD, and DTR. The RTS signal line is
pulled high at the interface cable.

This illustration shows the two card version
of the 16-Port Async Adapter. There is also
a single card version.

16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-232-D Specifications
FRU Numbers
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Bit rate
Bits per character
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Wrap plugs
Cables

1-72

Single card FRU 11 H5762
Double card FRU 8184411
Assigned by the program within the 8100 - FD5F range
3,5,9,10,11,12,14,15
50 - 38400 (set by the program)
5, 6, 7, 8 (set by the program)
Micro Channel
No
8 (including 8-port adapters)
78-position, D-shell
78-position, part number 53F3312
25-position, part number 6298964
16-port interface cable - EIA-232, part number 43G0463
8/16-port rack extension cable, part number 53F3048.

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-232 78-Position Connector
20

1

000000000000000000

21
40

00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

78

Position

Mnemonic

60

Port
Number

Position

Mnemonic

Port
Number

1
2
3
4

TxD
TxD
DeD
DeD

01
00
02
01

41
42
43
44

Reserved
RxD
Reserved
DeD

5
6
7
8

Reserved
RxD
TxD
DeD

45
46
47
48

DTR
Reserved
TxD
TxD

05

03
05
04

9
10
11
12

DTR
DTR
DTR
RxD

06
08
07
10

49
50
51
52

TxD
Sig Gnd
DeD
DeD

08
04
09
11

13
14
15
16

RxD
RxD
TxD
TxD

09
11
13
12

53
54
55
56

DeD
DTR
Sig Gnd
RxD

10
12

17
18
19
20

DeD
DeD
TxD
Sig Gnd

14
13
15

57
58
59
60

DTR

15

21
22
23
24

RxD
RxD
TxD
TxD

01
00
02
04

25
26
27
28

DTR
Sig Gnd
RxD
Sig Gnd

03

29
30
31
32

DeD
DeD
DeD
DTR

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

02
03

07
06

14

+ 12 V de

Sig Gnd
DeD

00

61
62
63
64

DTR
DTR
RxD
TxD

02
01
04
03

65
66
67
68

DeD
DTR
RxD
RxD

05
04
07
06

06
08
07
09

69
70
71
72

RxD
TxD
TxD
TxD

08
10
09
11

DTR
DTR
RxD
RxD

11
10
13
12

73
74
75
76

Sig Gnd
DeD
DTR
DTR

12
14
13

TxD
Sig Gnd
RxD
DTR

14

77
78

DeD

15

+ 12 V de

05

15
00

Note: +12 V de serves as a power source for the modem control lines that are generated at the fan:-out box.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-73

Fe (2957) 16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-422A (Type 3-5)
This adapter provides 16 individually-addressable communication channels. This adapter
consists of a base card and an electronics interface card. The base adapter and the
electronics interface card combination are a single FRU. When the 16-port interface cable
EIA-422A is attached to this adapter, it provides 16 EIA-422A communication ports.

16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-422A Specifications
FRU Number
1/0 addresses
Interrupt levels
Bit rate
Bits per character
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Wrap plugs
Cables

1-74

52G4739
Assigned by the program within the 8100 - FD5F range
3, 5, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15
50 - 38400 (set by the program)
5, 6, 7, 8 (set by the program)
Micro Channel
No
8 (including 8-port adapters)
78-position, D-shell
78-position, part number 53F3312
25-position , part number 30F9159
16-port interface cable - EIA-422A, part number 43G0462
8/16-port rack extension cable, part number 53F3048.

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

16-Port Async Adapter - EIA-422A 78-Position Connector
20

000000000000000000
00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

1
21
40

78

Position

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

Mnemonic

TxA

TxA
RxB
RxB
Reserved
RxA
TxA
RxB
TxB
TxB
TxB
RxA
RxA
RxA
TxA
TxA
RxB
RxB
TxA
Sig Gnd
RxA
RxA

TxA
TxA
TxB
Sig Gnd
RxA
Sig Gnd
RxB
RxB
RxB
TxB
TxB
TxB
RxA
RxA
TxA
Sig Gnd
RxA
TxB

60

Port
Number

Position

01
00
02
01

41
42
43
44

03
05
04

45
46
47
48

06
08
07
10

49
50
51
52

09
11
13
12

53
54
55
56

14
13
15

57
58
59
60

01
00
02
04

61
62
63
64

03

65
66
67
68

05
06
08
07
09

69
70
71
72

11
10
13
12

73
74
75
76

14

77
78

Mnemonic

Reserved
RxA
Reserved
RxB
TxB
Reserved
TxA
TxA
TxA
Sig Gnd
RxB
RxB
RxB
TxB
Sig Gnd
RxA
TxB
Reserved
Sig Gnd
RxB
TxB
TxB
RxA
TxA
RxB
TxB
RxA
RxA
RxA
TxA
TxA
TxA
Sig Gnd
RxB
TxB
TxB
RxB
Reserved

Port
Number

02
03
05
07
06
08
04
09
11
10
12
14
15
00
02
01
04
03
05
04
07
06
08
10
09
11
12
14
13
15

15
00

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-75

FC(6400) 64-Port Async Controller (Type 3-6)
This adapter provides the control function and connectors to attach four 16-port async
concentrators. When all four concentrators are attached, this combination provides 64,
EIA-232 communication ports.

1
2

3
4

64-Port Async Controller Specifications
FRU Number
Memory addresses
Interrupt levels
Bit rate
Bits per character
Parity
Stop bits
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connectors
Wrap plug
Cable

1-76

32G1412
256K Bytes of continuous non-shared memory space
(four 64K byte blocks)
3,4,5,7,10,11,12,15
75 to 38400 bps (set by the program)
5, 6, 7, 8 (set by the program)
Odd, even,ornone
1, 1.5,2
Micro Channel
No

8
Four, RJ-45 connectors
Part number 53F3623
7.6 m (25 feet) controller cable, part number 53F3368.

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

a-Position RJ-4S Controller Connector
The signals and connector position numbers are the same for each of the controller
connectors.

RJ-45
Connector
Concentrator
End

Position

Signal Name

1
2
3
4

Transmit data - A
Transmit data - 8
No connection
Transmit clock - 8

5
6
7

Transmit clock - A
Shield
Receive data - 8
Receive data - A

8

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-77

FC (6401) 16-Port Async Concentrator
The 16-port async concentrator attaches to the 64-port async controller. Four of these
concentrators can be attached to a single 64-port async controller. This combination
provides a total of 64 communications ports. When the RJ-45 to 08-25 converter cable is
attached to a port, the port is an EIA-232 compatible connection refer to ("Cable Nil on
page 5-21 for cabling information).
The 16-port async concentrator can be located up to 762 meters (2500 feet) from the
controller.

Input Signal
Connector

Status Light

16-Port Async Concentrator Specifications
FRU Number
Connectors
Wrap plugs
Cables

1-78

43G0893
Seventeen, 8-position RJ-45 connectors
Input cable, part number 53F3205
Output connector, part number 53F3624
7.6 m (25 feet) controller cable, part number 53F3368
RJ-45 to 08-25 converter cable, part number 53F3367
(Available only in four-cable kit, 59F3432).

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

16-Port Async Concentrator 8-Position RJ-45 Input and Output
Connectors
The connector positions and signals for each RJ-45 connector is the same. See 5-23 for
information on the Concentrator-to-Device cables.

RJ-45
Connector
Concentrator
End

Positions

8

Mnemonic (Signal Name)

2
3
4

GND (concentrator chassis ground)
RTS (request to send)
RxD (receive data)
CD (carrier detect)

5
6
7
8

Sig Gnd (signal ground)
TxD (transmit data)
DTR (data terminal ready)
CTS (clear to send)

1

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-79

16-Port Async Concentrator Power Transformers
There are two types of power transformers for the 16-port async concentrator. The outlet
mounted type only comes in the 115 - 127 V ac range and the transformers with a
removable power cord. The tables on pages 1-80 and 1-81 list available transformers and
removable power cables.

Removable Power Cable

115 -127 V ac
Outlet-mounted
Transformer

Other
Transformers

1-80

Voltage Range and Frequency

Removable
Power Cable

115
100
200
230

Yes
Yes
Yes

-

127 V
110 V
220 V
240 V

ac
ac
ac
ac

at
at
at
at

50
50
50
50

or
or
or
or

60Hz
60Hz
60Hz
60Hz

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

No

Part Number
70F9938
70F9937
70F9939
70F9940

16-Port Async Concentrator Removable Power Cables

1

2

0
6

5

<- V
•8

~ •9

4

3

I

~

181 I

l!J
7

V

Index

Part
Number

Country

1

1838574

Bahamas, Barbados, Bolivia, Canada, Costa Rica, Dominican
Republic, EI Salvador, Ecuador, Guatemala, Honduras,
Jamaica, Japan, Netherlands Antilles, Panama, Peru, Trinidad,
Philippines, Taiwan, Thailand, Venezuela

2

6952300

Bolivia, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Guyana, Honduras,
Jamaica, Japan, Korea, Netherlands Antilles, Philippines,
Surinam, Taiwan, U.S.A. (except Chicago), Venezuela

62X1045

Chicago, U.S.A.

3

6952311

Argentina, Australia, New Zealand

4

6952320

Austria, Belgium, Botswana, Egypt, Finland, France, Korea,
West Germany

5

6952329

Denmark

6

6952347

Bangladesh, Burma, India, Pakistan, South Africa, Sri Lanka

7

6952356

Bahrain, Bermuda, Brunei, China, Ghana, Hong Kong, Iraq,
Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Malawi, Macao, Malaysia,
Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Singapore, Tanzania, Uganda, United
Arab Emirates, U.K., Zambia

8

6952365

Switzerland

9

6952374

Chile, Ethiopia, Italy

10

6952383

Israel

11

6952291

Colombia, Uruguay

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-81

Fe (8128) 128-Port Async Controller (Type 3-7)
This adapter provides the control function and connectors to attach eight 16-port remote
async nodes. When all eight nodes are attached, this combination provides 128,
EIA-232-D communication ports. The remote async nodes are described in the following
topic. More information pertaining to the 128-Port Async Controller can be found in the
following publication A/X Versions 3.2 and 4.1 Asynchronous Communications Guide
SC23-2488.

1

2

128-Port Async Controller Specifications
FRU Number
Memory addresses
Interrupt levels
Bit rate
Bits per character
Parity
Stop bits
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connectors
Terminator plugs
Cables

1-82

5264894
512K Bytes of continuous non-shared memory space (sixteen
. 32K Byte blocks)
3,4,5,7,10,11,12,15
75 to 57,600 bps (set by the program)
5, 6, 7, 8 (set by the program)
Odd, even, or none
1,2
Micro Channel
No
7
Two, HD-15 connectors
HD-15, part number 43G0938
0.2 m (9 inches) controller cable, part number 43G0936 4.6 m
(15 feet) controller cable, part number 43G0937

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

15·Position HD·15 Controller Connector
The signals and connector position numbers are the same for each of the controller
connectors.

5

o

0

0

0

0

1

10 ----....
15

6

o

0

0

0

0

11

Controller Connector (female) .
Position

Mnemonic

1

RxD-

2

RxD+

3

Reserved

4

Rxe-

5

RxC+

6

TxD-

7

TxD+

8

Reserved

9

TxC-

10

TxC+

11

Reserved

12

GND (chassis)

13

Reserved

14

Reserved

15

Reserved

Autoconfiguration
The 128-port async subsystem autoconfigures with the following settings when initially
installed. Hardware reconfiguration must be done through SMIT.
• 8-wire cabling
• 1,200,000 bps controller line speed
• no sync modems

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-83

Remote Async Node 16-Port EIA-232

Fe (8130) Remote Async Node Box Style
The 16-port remote async node (RAN) attaches to the 128-port async controller. Eight
remote async nodes can be attached to a single 128-port async controller. This
combination provides a total of 128 communications ports. The box style and the rack
style RANs can be used in any combination. When the RJ-45 to 08-25 converter cable is
attached to a port, the port is an EIA-232 compatible connection.
The last 16-port remote async node on a controller line can be located up to 300 meters
(1000 feet) from the controller when configured at the maximum controller line data rate.
Distances up to 1200 meters (3930 feet) are supported at lower controller line data rates.
Remote async nodes may also be remotely located. via either EIA-422 or -232
synchronous modems.

Box Style Remote
Async Node
(Rear View)

OniOff
Switch
Power
Connector
OUT Connector

1-84

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (8136) Remote Async Node Rack Style
The 16 Ports of EIA-232 on the rack style RAN have the same characteristics as those of
the box style RAN. The operator panel on the rack style is the same and is used the
same as the one on the box style. Also, the cabling of the box and rack styles is the
same. The main difference between the box style RAN and the rack style is the form
factor and the power supply. The physical shape is seen to be different. The box style is
powered by a transformer that supplies low voltage to the RAN while the rack style is
powered directly from the wall AC outlet at 100 or 200 volts AC.
The rack style of RAN comes with brackets (not shown) to enable mounting the unit in a
rack. The rack style RAN is one EIA unit high. The front of the rack has the 16 EIA-232
RJ-4S connectors and the operator panel.
Front of Rack Style Remote Async Node

16 - RJ-4S Async Ports

Do not plug telephone equipment
into these connectors

Operator Panel
\

Operator Panel Detail
The back of the rack style unit has the AC power connector and switch and also the
connectors for cabling the adapter and RANs together.

Power Connector and Power Switch

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-85

Connectors for Cabling Adapter and RANs Together

16-Port Remote Async Node Specifications
FRU Name

FRU Number

Box Style

88G3842

Rack Style

40H2589

Item

Definition

Connectors

Sixteen,10 position RJ-45 connectors
One 15-position male HO-15 connector
One 15-position female HO-15 connector
RJ-45 8-pin to 10-pin connector for connecting existing 64-port wiring
concentrator wiring to 128-port remote async node (package of 4).
FRU number 88G3650.

Wrap plug

RJ-45, part number 43G0928
0.2 m (9 inches) controller cable, part number 43G0936
4.6 m (15 feet) controller cable, part number 43G0937
RJ-45 to 08-25 converter cable, part number 51 G861 0;
Cable kit 43G0935 provides four RJ-45 to 08-25 cables

Terminator

1-86

HO-15, part number 43G0938

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Remote Async Node Front Panel
The front panel is used to monitor system activity and to program the Remote Async Node
with a unique node number. This node number is used by the 128-Port Async Controller
to identify each Remote Async Node on a controller line.

TD RD RTS CTS DSR CD DTR

000
00/0

0

000

/
Status Indicators

",

I

2-Digit Display

Control Buttons

During boot, the following actions occur:
• Status indicators and the two-digit display are cycled, indicating that the remote async
node POST is in progress.
• PO in the two-digit display indicates the final POST stages.
• P1 in the two-digit display indicates POST is complete.
• P4 in the two-digit display indicates that microcode is being received.
Following a successful boot, system activity is displayed and the status indicators cycle at
a rate proportional to async traffic. The following display modes can be viewed in the
two-digit display by using the left and right arrow buttons on the front panel:
Two-Digit
Display/Mode

Description

AC

Activity; status indicators cycle proportionally to async traffic.

0-15

Port monitor; two-digit displays shows current async port being
monitored; status indicators operational (OFC shows output flow
control active; IFC shows input flow, control active).

PC

Packet count; status indicators show binary representation of total
packets transmitted or received.

EC

Error count; status indicators show binary representation of error
counts on the controller line.

PU

Processor utilization; status indicators act as bar graph showing
percentage of time that the remote async node microprocessor is
being used.

LU

Line utilization; status indicators act as bar graph showing
percentage of time that the controller line is being used.

1n, 2n, .... 8n

Node number; tWO-digit display shows the node number currently
programmed into the remote async node.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-87

Programming the Remote Async Node
Each remote async node must be programmed with a IINode Numberll prior to system I PL.
The remote async node front panel is used to perform the following programming steps.

Note: Only four remote async nodes can be attached to each connector on the controller;
only node numbers 1 through 4 are valid.

128-Port
Controller
1. Perform a system shutdown, and then power-off the system.

2. Power-on the remote async node; the Power-On Self Test (POST) begins. During the
POST, the characters PO appear in the two-digit display.

3. When the POST is complete, P1 appears in the two-digit display and the remote
async node is ready for the following programming steps:

TD RD RTS CTS DSR CD DTR

o 000 0
0%
/

0

0

/

Status Indicators

""""

2-Digit Display

I

Control Buttons

a. Press the left arrow button to enter the programming mode. The current node
number appears in the two-digit display.
b. Press the right arrow button repeatedly until the desired node number is displayed.
Continued pressing of this button cycles the two-digit display through 8 and back
to 1.

Note: Node numbers should be assigned in ascending order on each controller
line, beginning with the remote async node closest to the controller. That
is, the remote async node closest to each controller connector would be
assigned number 1. Numbers greater than 4 are not configured.
c. Press the left arrow to select the node number entered in the previous step. Pn
appears momentarily in the two-digit display, meaning that the node has been
successfully programmed. The display then returns to P1 and awaits microcode
download from the controller.
4. The system IPL may be performed now. The characters AC in the two-digit display
indicate that IPL is complete and remote access node programming successfully
completed without error.

1-88

Adapters, Devices,and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

5. If En appears in the two-digit display, the remote async node has been improperly
programmed in one of the following ways:
• The remote async nodes have not been programmed in ascending order. That is,
the remote async node displaying the En has been programmed to a lower
number than the preceding node.
• Two or more remote async nodes have been programmed assigned the same
number. The remote async node displaying the En has been programmed to the
same number as another node on the same controller connector.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-89

16-Port Remote Async Node 10-Position RJ-45 Input and Output
Connectors
The connector positions and signals for each RJ-45 connector on the Remote Async Node
are the same. See the table below. Chapter 5 "Cable Assembly and Pin-outs" has the
information to build converter cables (Cable NK) and cables that can go directly from the
Remote Async Node to EIA-232 devices (Cables NL and NM). See page 5-34 and
following.

1

10

0000000000

I

1-90

I

Positions

Mnemonic (Signal Name)

1

RI (ring indicator)

2

DSR (data send ready)

3

RTS (request to send)

4

GND (chassis ground)

5

TxD (transmit data)

6

RxD (receive data)

7

SG (signal ground)

8

CTS (clear to send)

9

DTR (data terminal ready)

10

DeD (data carrier detect)

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

16-Port Remote Async Node Power Supplies
Box Style Power
The Box style remote async nodes use a transformer as shown below.

Removable Power Cable
(for 100 - 250 V Power)
Power Supply

The following table lists the power supply and the table on the next page lists the
removable power cables for the 16-port remote async node.
Voltage Range and
Frequency

Removable Power Cable

Power Supply Part Number

100 - 250 V ac at 50 or 60Hz

Yes

40H3611

Rack Style Power
The Rack style remote async nodes use a removable power cable and are powered
directly by 100 - 250 V ac at 50 or 60Hz.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-91

16-Port Remote Async Node Removable Power Cables

1

2

0 W
6

5

~•V ~
8

4

3

•
9

7

V

Power Plug Table

1-92

Index

Part Number

Country r

1

1838574

Bahamas, Barbados, Bolivia, Canada, Costa Rica, Dominican
Republic, EI Salvador, Ecuador, Guatemala, Honduras,
Jamaica, Japan, Netherlands Antilles, Panama, Peru, Trinidad,
Philippines, Taiwan, Thailand, Venezuela

2

6952300

Bolivia, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Guyana, Honduras,
Jamaica, Japan, Korea, Netherlands Antilles, Philippines,
Surinam, Taiwan, U.S.A. (except Chicago), Venezuela,
Canada

2

62X1045

Chicago, U.S.A.

3

6952311

Argentina, Australia, New Zealand

4

6952320

Austria, Belgium, Botswana, Egypt, Finland, France, Korea,
West Germany

5

6952329

Denmark

6

6952347

Bangladesh, Burma, India, Pakistan, South Africa, Sri Lanka

7

6952356

Bahrain, Bermuda, Brunei, China, Ghana, Hong Kong, Iraq,
Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Malawi, Macao, Malaysia,
Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Singapore, Tanzania, Uganda, United
Arab Emirates, U.K., Zambia

8

6952365

Switzerland

9

6952374

Chile, Ethiopia, Italy

10

6952383

Israel

11

6952291

Colombia, Uruguay

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2828, 2835) SCSI Single-Ended High-Performance Internal/External
I/O Controller (Type 4-1)
Note: Small Computer Systems Interface is abbreviated as SCSI in this publication.
Refer to Chapter 4, "SCSI Cabling" on page 4-1 for SCSI cabling information.

50-position Card Edge Terminator
(Must Be Removed for High-Availability
Configuration)

External
60-position
Terminator

Jumper J1 (2 pieces)
Must be out of the circuit for high availability
configuration. To remove from the circuit, move
both pieces over one row to the left (the "B" pin
side), and replug using just one row of pins. In
this manner, the jumper will be electrically
removed but not physically misplaced.

SCSI Single-Ended High-Performance Internal/External I/O Controller
Specification
FRU number
Interrupt levels
Maximum number
Microcode filename
Bus architecture
Connectors
Jumpers
Cab IeslTerminators
SCSI bus overcurrent
Fuse

51G9425
3,4,5,7,10,11,12,14

8
8d77.xx.xx
Micro Channel
50-position card edge
External 60-position SCSI bus
J1 (2 pieces), 42F7325, 42F7326
Refer to "Cable and Terminator Tables for SCSI-1 I/O Controller"
on page 4-8.
Refer to "Overload Protection and Terminator Power (Term
Power)" on page 4-7.
40F9736 - See IISCSI-1 Adapter Fuse Blowingll in Chapter 6 of
the Diagnostic Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems.
Order number SA23-2765.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-93

SCSI Single-Ended High-Performance Internal/External I/O Controller
Connectors
Two SCSI interface connectors are provided: a 50-position top edge connector and an
external 60-position connector. The 50-position top edge connector attaches the SCSI
devices inside the system unit. The external SO-position connector attaches SCSI devices
outside the system unit.

2

50-position Top Edge Connector

50

I=:=:=:=:::=::JI=:::::::=:=:=I
1

Adapter Solder Side

49

External 60-Position Connector

\ Iii:::::::::: :::::::::::::::::~ }
Adapter Solder Side

Signal Name or Mnemonic

Ground on
Position

-Data
-Data
-Data
-Data

Bus
Bus
Bus
Bus

(0)
(1)
(2)
(3)

2
4
6
8

1
3
5
7

-Data
-Data
-Data
-Data

Bus
Bus
Bus
Bus

(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)

10
12
14
16

9
11
13
15

18

17
19-24

-Data Bus (P)
Ground
No connection
TERMPWR

25
26

27-31

-ATN
-BSY
-ACK
-RST

32
36
38
40

33-34
35
37
39

42
44
46
48
50
51-60

41
43
45
47
49

-MSG
-SEL
-C/D
-REO
-110
Reserved (Do not connect)

1-94

Signal on
Position

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2420) SCSI-2 Differential High-Performance External 1/0 Controller
(Type 4-2)

Non-OEM SCSI-2 Differential Adapters
Will be Labeled on the Rear Bracket
with "Differential SCSI."
Positive Temperature
Coefficient (PrC)
Resistor (f2)

Differential Terminating Resistors
(Remove for High Availability
Configuration, and Save; if lost order
part number 42G3326.)

SCSI-2 Differential High-Performance External 1/0 Controller
Specifications
FRU number
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Maximum number

Microcode filename
Connector
Cables/Terminators
SCSI bus overcurrent
protection device

43G0176 or 11 H2447
3,4,5,7,10,11,12,14
Micro Channel
2 controllers per Micro Channel bus (70121360/36T/370/37T)
4 controllers per Micro Channel bus (7013, 7015/950)
4 controllers per Micro Channel bus (two busses on
7015/970/97B/980/98B/990/R24)
8d77.xx.xx
External 50-position, high density SCSI device connector
Refer "System Differential Internal Cable Lengths" on page 4-30
of this manual.
Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) resistor.Refer to
"Overload Protection and Terminator Power (Term Power)" on
page 4-7. For PTC test procedures, see "SCSI-2 Differential
Controller PTC Failure Isolation" in Chapter 6 of the Diagnostic
Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems. Order number
SA23-2765.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-95

SCSI-2 Differential High-Performance External 1/0 Controller Connector
The external 50-position high density connector attaches SCSI devices outside the system
unit. This connector is equivalent to the SCSI-2 standard 50-position shielded high-density
connector (the "A" connector).

25

1

•••••••••••••••••••••••

•••••••••••••••••••••••
26
50
External 50-Position High Density Connector

Pin

Signal Name

Pin

Signal Name

1
2
3
4

Ground
+08(0)
+08(1)
+08(2)

26
27
28
29

Ground
-08(0)
-08(1)
-08(2)

5
6
7
8

+08(3)
+08(4)
+08(5)
+08(6)

30
31
32
33

-08(3)
-08(4),
-08(5)
-08(6)

9
10
11
12

+08(7)
+08(P)
OIFFSENS
Reserved*

34
35
36
37

-08(7)
-08(P)
Ground
Reserved*

13
14
15
16

TERMPWR
Reserved*
+ATN
Ground

38
39
40
41

TERMPWR
Reserved*
-ATN
Ground

17
18
19
20

+8SY
+ACK
+RST
+MSG

42
43
44
45

-8SY
-ACK
-RST
-MSG

21
22
23
24
25

+SEL
+C/O
+REO
+110
Ground

46
47
48
49
50

-SEL
-C/O
-REO
-I/O
Ground

*Reserved lines are grounded in bus terminator assemblies and are open on SCSI
devices. Refer to Section 4.4.4 in ANSI X3T9.2/86-109 rev. 10h for more information.

1-96

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (6210) High Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (Type 4-3)

Address 0
Address 1
Address 2
Address 3

High Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number

Microcode filename
Data transfer rate
Connector
Cables

52G1071
Micro Channel
1 (7012, 7013)
4 (7015/930/950)
7 (7015/970/980)
8f78.xx.xx
40 MBlsecond
6-position, serial link
Serial link, 9333 attachment, 10m (33 ft) 07G4859
Serial link, 9333 attachment, 3 m (10 ft) 07G4860

Note: This adapter should be located in Slots 1 through 4. When this adapter is reported
to have failed, check its slot position before replacing; if it is mounted in Slots 5
though 8, relocate the adapter to Slots 1 through 4 and try again.

High Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter Connector
Ground
Line In +

Serial Link
Connector
Line Out +

Line In-

Line Out-

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1·97

FC (2410,2831) SCSI-2 Single-Ended High Performance
Internal/External I/O Controller (Type 4-4)
Note: Small Computer Systems Interface is abbreviated as SCSI
in this publication.
- - - 50-position Card Edge Terminator
(must be removed for High Availability
configuration)
Positive Temperature
Coefficient (PTC) Resistor

~ ~~
..

~t::J ~ t:) tj
W t:j

~

High Availability Jumper P3

~~:i

~

{Must Be Out of the Circuit for High Availability
Configuration. To Remove From the Circuit, Move
Both Pieces Over One Row to the Left (the "B" Pin
Side), and Replug Using Just One Row of Pins. In
This Manner, the Jumper Will be Electrically
Removed but Not Physically Misplaced.)

tJ
S::J ~

SCSI-2 Single-Ended High Performance Internal/External I/O Controller
Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Interrupt levels
Maximum number

Microcode filename
Connectors
Jumpers
Cab IeslTerminators
SCSI bus overcurrent
protection device

1-98

52G5484 or 52G7509 or 11 H4779
Micro Channel
3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 11, 12, 14
5 SCSI controllers per system (except 7015)
6 SCSI controllers (7015/950)
15 SCSI controllers (7015/970/980/98B/990/R24)
8d77.xx.xx
Internal 50-position card edge SCSI bus
External 50-position, high density SCSI device connector
P3 (2 pieces), 42F7325, 42F7326
Refer to "Cable and Terminator Tables for SCSI-2 Single-Ended
Controller" on page 4-26.
Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) resistor. Refer to
"Overload Protection and Terminator Power (Term Power)" on
page 4-7 For PTC test procedures, See "PTC Tripping SCSI-2
single-ended controller, Integrated SCSI on 70121340/350,
70131570/580" in Chapter 6 of the Diagnostic Information for
Micro Channel Bus Systems. Order number SA23-2765.

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

SCSI-2 Single-Ended High-Performance Internal/External I/O Controller
Connectors
Two SCSI interface connectors are provided: a 50-position top edge connector and an
external 50-position high density connector. The 50-position top edge connector attaches
the SCSI devices inside the system unit. The external 50-position high density connector
attaches SCSI devices outside the system unit. This connector is equivalent to the SCSI-2
standard 50-position shielded high-density connector (the nAil connector).
50-Position Top Edge Connector (P1)

049

~===:=:=:=='e=====:=====~
050

Adapter Component Side

Signal Name

External 50-Position High Density Connector (P2)
C25
C1

01

..........._....•......
.......................

02

P2 Pin

P1 Pin

P1 Pin

P2 Pin

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

C1
C2
C3
C4

01
03
05
07

02
04
06
08

C26
C27
C28
C29

-08(0)
-08(1 )
-08(2)
-08(3)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

C5
C6
C7
C8

09
011
013
015

010
012
014
016

C30
C31
C32
C33

-08(4)
-08(5)
-08(6)
-08(7)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Reserved*

C9
C10
C1i
C12

017
019
021
023

018
020
022
024

C34
C35
C36
C37

-08(P)
Ground
Ground
Reserved*

Open
Reserved*
Ground
Ground

C13
C14
C15
C16

025
027
029
031

026
028
030
032

C38
C39
C40
C41

TERMPWR
Reserved*
Ground
-ATN

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

C17
C18
C19
C20

033
035
037
039

034
036
038
040

C42
C43
C44
C45

Ground
-8SY
-ACK
-RST

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

C21
C22
C23
C24
C25

041
043
045
047
049

042
044
046
048
050

C46
C47
C48
C49
C50

-MSG
-SEL

Signal Name

-C/O
-REO
-1/0

*Reserved lines are grounded in bus terminator assemblies and are open on SCSI
devices. Refer to Section 4.4.4 in ANSI X3T9.2/86-109 rev. 10h for more information.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1·99

FC'(6211) High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter
(80M Byte'S) (Type 4-5)

Address 0
Address 1
Address 2
Address 3

High Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (80M Byte'S)
Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Microcode filename
Data transfer rate
Connector
Cables

00G3357
Micro Channel
1 (7013/580)
7 (7015/970/980)
8f78.xx.xx
80 MB/second
6-position, serial link
Serial link, 9333 attachment, 10m (33 ft.) 07G4859·
Serial. link, 9333 attachment, 3m (10ft.) 07G4860

Note: This adapter should be located in Slots 1 through 4. When this adapter is reported
to have failed, check its slot position before replacing; if it is mounted in Slots 5
though 8, relocate the adapter to Slots 1 through 4, and try again.

High Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (80M Byte'S)
Connector
Ground

1.. 100

Serial Link
Connector

Line In +

Line Out +

Line In-

Line Out-

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2416) SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A (Type 4-6)
Note:
Small Computer Systems Interface is abbreviated as SCSI in this publication.

Intemal Bus Pre Resistor

U15 Empty Socket
on Old Adapters.
Socket Removed
on New Adapters.

Extemal Bus Pre Resistor (1R2)
(Differential Terminating Resistors
Remove for High Availability
Configuration, and Save. If lost order
part number 42G3326.)

Note: Jumpers J2, J5, and J6 are not used.

SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Interrupt levels
Maximum number
Connectors

CableslTerminators
SCSI bus overcurrent
protection device

65G7315 or 11 H3599 or 11 H7660
Micro Channel
11 and 14
A controller may be installed in all available Micro Channel bus
slots for the supported 7011, 7012, 7013, and 7015 systems.
Internal 50-position card edge SCSI bus
Internal 68-position 16-bit High-Density SCSI bus
External 68-position 16-bit Differential High-Density SCSI bus
Refer to "Cable and Terminator Tables for the SCSI-2
Differential FastlWide Controller" on page 4-50
Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) resistor. Refer to
"Overload Protection and Terminator Power (Term Power)" on
page 4-7. For PTC test procedures, see "SCSI-2 Differential
FastlWide (Adapter/A) Controller PTC Failure Isolation" in
Chapter 8 of the Diagnostic Information for Micro Channel Bus
Systems. Order number SA23-2765.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-101

SCSI-2· Differential FastlWide Adapter/A Connectors
The SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A supports an internal single-ended and an
external differential SCSI bus.
There are two connectors provided for attaching to the internal SCSI bus.
The 50-pin card edge connector is used for attaching a narrow (8-bit) SCSI cable. The
68-pin connector is used for attaching a wide (16-bit) SCSI cable. Refer to illustration "FC
(2416) SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A (Type 4-6)" on page 1-101.

Note: Only one internal connector can have a cable attached at a time.

049

01

f:::::::::::::l':=:::=:::=:=~
050

1-102

Adapter Component Side

02

Signal Name

Pin

Pin

Signal Name

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

1
3
5
7

2
4
6
8

-08(0)
-08(1)
-08(2)
-08(3)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

9
11
13
15

10
12
14
16

-08(4)
-08(5)
-08(6)
-08(7)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Reserved*

17
19
21
23

18
20
22
24

-08(P)
Ground
Ground
Reserved*

Open
Reserved*
Ground
Ground

25
27
29
31

26
28
30
32

TERMPWR
Reserved*
Ground
-ATN

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

33
35
37
39

34
36
38
40

Ground
-8SY
-ACK
-RST

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

41
43
45
47
49

42
44
46
48
50

-MSG
-SEL
-C/O
-REO
-1/0

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Internal 68-Position 16-Bit Single-Ended High-Density SCSI Bus
Connector (J1)
The following table shows the pinouts for the internal 68-pin SCSI connector.

34

1

~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~
68

Internal 68-Pin Connector

35

Signal Name

Pin

Pin

Signal Name

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

1
2
3
4

35
36
37
38

-08(12)
-08(13)
-08(14)
-08(15)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

5
6
7
8

39
40
41
42

-08(P1)
-08(0)
-08(1)
-08(2)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

9
10
11
12

43
44
45
46

-08(3)
-08(4)
-08(5)
-08(6)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

13
14
15
16

47
48
49
50

-08(7)
-08(P)
Ground
Ground

TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
Ground

17
18
19
20

51
52
53
54

TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
Ground

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

21
22
23
24

55
56
57
58

-ATN
Ground
-8SY
-ACK

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

25
26
27
28

59
60
61
62

-RST
-MSG
-SEL
-C/O

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

29
30
31
32
33
34

63
64
65
66
67
68

-REQ
-I/O
-08(8)
-08(9)
-08(10)
-08(11)

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-1 03

External 68-Position 16-Bit Differential High-Density SCSI Bus
Connector
The following table shows the pinouts for the external 68-pin differential SCSI connector.

....••••....•.•.•.........••.•••

This connector is not the SCSI-2 standard
68-position connector. To attach cables with "P"
type connectors, use interposer PIN 50G0460.

External 68-Pin Connector

1-104

Signal Name

Pin

Pin

Signal Name

+08(12)
+08(13)
+08(14)
+08(15)

1
2
3
4

35
36
37
38

-08(12)
-08(13)
-08(14)
-08(15)

+08(1)
Ground
+08(0)
+08(1)

5
6
7
8

39
40
41
42

-08(P1)
Ground
-08(0)
-08(1)

+08(2)
+08(3)
+08(4)
+08(5)

9
10
11
12

43
44
45
46

-08(2)
-08(3)
-08(4)
-08(5)

+08(6)
+08(7)
+08(P)
OIFFSENS

13
14
15
16

47
48
49
50

-08(6)
-08(7)
-08(P)
Ground

TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
+ATN

17
18
19
20

51
52
53
54

TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
-ATN

Ground
+8SY
+ACK
+RST

21
22
23
24

55
56
57
58

Ground
-8SY
-ACK
-RST

+MSG
+SEL
+C/O
+REQ

25
26
27
28

59
60
61
62

-MSG
-SEL
-C/O
-REQ

+1/0
Ground
+08(8)
+08(9)
+08(10)
+08(11)

29
30
31
32
33
34

63
64
65
66
67
68

-I/O
Ground
-08(8)
-08(9)
-08(10)
-08(11)

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2415) SCSI-2 FastIWide Adapter/A (Type 4-7)
Note: Small Computer Systems Interface is abbreviated as SCSI in this publ ication.
Internal 50-Position
Card Edge Connector

JumperJ8

Internal 68-Position
Connector (J1)

External
68-Position
Connector
U7
(Empty Socket)
External Bus PTC Resistor

Note: Jumpers J4, J5, J7, and J8 are not used.

SCSI-2 FastlWide Adapter/A Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Interrupt levels
Maximum number
Connectors

Cablesrrerminators
SCSI bus overcurrent
protection device

52G4034 or 11 H3600
Micro Channel
11 and 14
A controller may be installed in all available Micro Channel bus
slots for the supported 7011, 7012, 7013, and 7015 systems.
Internal 50-position card edge SCSI bus
Internal 68-position 16-bit High Density SCSI bus
External 68-position 16-bit High Density SCSI bus
Refer to "Cable and Terminator Tables for the SCSI-2
Single-Ended FastlWide Controllers" on page 4-42
Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) resistor - Refer to
"Overload Protection and Terminator Power (Term Power)" on
page 4-7 For PTC test procedures, see "SCSI-2 FastlWide
(Adapter/A) Controller PTC Failure Isolation" in Chapter 7 of the
Diagnostic Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems. Order
number SA23-2765.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-1 05

SCSI-2 FastlWide Adapter/A Connectors
The SCSI-2 FastlWide Adapter/A supports two single-ended SCSI busses (internal and
external).
There are two connectors provided for attaching to the internal SCSI bus. The 50-pin card
edge connector is used for attaching a narrow (8-bit) SCSI cable. The 68-pin connector is
used for attaching a wide (16-bit) SCSI cable. Refer to illustration "FC (2415) SCSI-2
FastlWide Adapter/A (Type 4-7)" on page 1-105.

Note: Only one internal connector can have a cable attached at a time.

Internal 50-Position Card Edge SCSI Bus Connector
049

01

~=====:=:=::::II:=:=:=:=:=:=~
050

1-106

Adapter Component Side

02

Signal Name

Pin

Pin

Signal Name

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

1
3
5
7

2
4
6
8

-08(0)
-08(1)
-08(2)
-08(3)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

9
11
13
15

10
12
14
16

-08(4)
-08(5)
-08(6)
-08(7)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Reserved*

17
19
21
23

18
20
22
24

-08(P)
Ground
Ground
Reserved*

Open
Reserved*
Ground
Ground

25
27
29
31

26
28
30
32

TERMPWR
Reserved*
Ground
-ATN

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

33
35
37
39

34
36
38
40

Ground
-8SY
-ACK
-RST

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

41
43
45
47
49

42
44
46
48
50

-MSG
-SEL

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

-C/O
-REO
-1/0

Internal, External 68-Position 16-Bit Single-Ended High-Density SCSI
Bus Connector
The following table shows the pinouts for the internal and external 68-pin SCSI
connectors. The external connector is not the SCSI-2 standard 68-pin shielded, high
density connector.

34

................................

C8

External 68-Pin Connector

1

35

1

34

~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~
68

Internal 68-Pin Connector

Signal Name

Pin

Pin

Signal Name

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

1
2
3
4

35
36
37
38

-08(12)
-08(13)
-08(14)
-08(15)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

5
6
7
8

39
40 .
41
42

-08(P1)
-08(0)
-08(1)
-08(2)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

9
10
11
12

43
44
45
46

-08(3)
-08(4)
-08(5)
-08(6)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

13
14
15
16

47
48
49
50

-08(7)
-08(P) ;
Ground
Ground

TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
Ground

17
18
19
20

51
52
53
54

TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
Ground

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

21
22
23
24

55
56
57
58

-ATN
Ground
-8SY
-ACK

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

25
26
27
28

59
60
61
62

-RST
-MSG
-SEL

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

29
30
31
32
33
34

63
64
65
66
67
68

-REO
-1/0
-08(8)
-08(9)
-08(10)
-08(11)

35

-C/O

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-107

Fe (6212) High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (40/S0M
B~e/S) (Type' 4-S)
.
This adapter provides an interface between 9333 Models 010, 011, 500 or 501
High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystems and a system unit.

Address 0
Address 1
Address 2
Address 3

High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (40/S0M Byte/S)
Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Microcode filename
Data transfer rate
Connector
Cables

88G3629
Micro Channel
1 (7013/580)
7 (7015/970/980)
8f78.xx.xx
80 MB/second
6-position, serial link
Serial link, 9333 attachment, 10 m (33 ft.) 07G4859
Serial link, 9333 attachment, 3 m (10ft.) 07G4860

Note: This adapter should be located in Slots 1 through 4. When this adapter is reported
to have failed, check its slot position before replacing; if it is mounted in Slots 5
though 8, relocate the adapter to Slots 1 through 4 and try again.

High-Performance Disk Drive Subsystem Adapter (40/S0M Byte/S)
Connector
Ground

1-1 08

Line In +

Serial Link
Connector
Line Out +

Line In-

Line Out-

Adapt~rs, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2412) Enhanced SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A
(Type 4-C)
Note: Small Computer Systems Interface is abbreviated as SCSI in this publication.

Jumper J5
Internal Bus PTe Resistor (TR1)
Internal 50-Position Card
Edge Connector (J2)
Internal 68-Position
Connector (J1)
External
68-Position
Connector
(J3)

JumperJ7
External Bus PTC Resistor (TR2)
(Differential Terminating
Resistors Remove for
High-Availability Configuration.
and Save; if lost order
part number 42G3326.)
DIFFERENTIAL SCSI Label
Note: Jumpers J5, J6, and J7 are not used.

Enhanced SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A Specifications
FRU number
Interrupt levels
I/O Bus
Maximum number
Connectors

CableslTerminators
SCSI bus overcurrent
protection device

52G3380
11 and 14
Micro Channel
A controller may be installed in all available Micro Channel bus
slots for the supported 7011, 7012, 7013, and 7015 systems.
Internal 50-position card edge SCSI bus
Internal 68-position 16-bit High-Density SCSI bus
External 68-position 16-bit Differential High-Density SCSI bus
Refer to "Cable and Terminator Tables for the SCSI-2
Differential FastlWide Controller" on page 4-50
Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) resistor. Refer to
"Overload Protection and. Terminator Power (Term Power)" on
page 4-7. For PTC test procedures, see "SCSI-2 Differential
FastlWide (Adapter/A) Controller PTC Failure Isolation" in
Chapter 8 of the Diagnostic Information for Micro Channel Bus
Systems. Order number SA23-2765.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-1 09

SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A Connectors
The SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Adapter/A supports an internal single-ended and an
external differential SCSI bus.
There are two connectors provided for attaching to the internal SCSI bus.
The 50-pin card edge connector is used for attaching a narrow (S-bit) SCSI cable. The
6S-pin connector is used for attaching a wide (16-bit) SCSI cable. Refer to illustration "FC
(2412) Enhanced SCSI-2 Differential FastIWide Adapter/A (Type 4-C)" on page 1-109.

Note: Only one internal connector can have a cable attached at a time.

Internal 50-Position Card Edge SCSI Bus Connector (J2)
049

01

j;:===:=:::=::JI:=:::::==:::~
050

1-110

Adapter Component Side

02

Signal Name

Pin

Pin

Signal Name

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

1
3
5
7

2
4
6
8

-08(0)
-08(1)
-08(2)
-08(3)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

9
11
13
15

10
12
14
16

-08(4)
-08(5)
-08(6)
-08(7)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Reserved

17
19
21
23

18
20
22
24

-08(P)
Ground
Ground
Reserved

Open
Reserved
Ground
Ground

25
27
29
31

26
28
30
32

TERMPWR
Reserved
Ground
-ATN

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

33
35
37
39

34
36
38
40

Ground
-8SY
-ACK
-RST

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

41
43
45
47
49

42
44
46
48
50

-MSG
-SEL

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

-C/O
-REO
-liD

Internal 68-Position 16-Bit Single-Ended High-Density SCSI Bus
Connector (J1)
The following table shows the pinouts for the internal 68-pin SCSI connector.

34

1

~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~
68

Internal 68-Pin Connector

35

Signal Name

Pin

Pin

Signal Name

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

1
2
3
4

35
36
37
38

-08(12)
-08(13)
-08(14)
-08(15)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

5
6
7
8

39
40
41
42

-08(P1)
-08(0)
-08(1 )
-08(2)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

9
10
11
12

43
44
45
46

-08(3)
-08(4)
-08(5)
-08(6)

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

13
14
15
16

47
48
49
50

-08(7)
-08(P)
Ground
Ground

TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
Ground

17
18
19
20

51
52
53
54

TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
Ground

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

21
22
23
24

55
56
57
58

-ATN
Ground
-8SY
-ACK

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

25
26
27
28

59
60
61
62

-RST
-MSG
-SEL

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

29
30
31
32
33
34

63
64
65
66
67
68

-REO
-1/0
-08(8)
-08(9)
-08(10)
-08(11 )

-C/O

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-111

External 68-Position 16-Bit Differential High-Density SCSI Bus
Connector
The following table shows the pinouts for the external 68-pin differential SCSI connector.

................................
............•..••.••.....•......

This connector is not the SCSI-2 standard
68-position connector. To attach cables with "P"
type connectors, use interposer PIN 50G0460.

External 68-Pln Connector

Signal Name

Pin

Pin

Signal Name

+08(12)
+08(13)
+08(14)
+08(15)

1
2
3
4

35
36
37
38

-08(12)
-08(13)
-08(14)
-08(15)

+08(1)
Ground
+08(0) .
+08(1)

5
6
7
8

39
40
41
42

-08(P1)
Ground
-08(0)
-08(1 )

+08(2)
+08(3)
+08(4)
+08(5)

9
10
11
12

43
44
45
46

-08(2)
-08(3)
-08(4)
-08(5)

+08(6)
+08(7)
+08(P)
OIFFSENS

13
14
15
16

47
48
49
50

-08(6)
-08(7)
-08(P)
Ground

TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
+ATN

17
18
19
20

51
52
53
54

TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
-ATN

Ground
+8SY
+ACK
+RST

21
22
23
24

55
56
57
58

Ground
-8SY
-ACK
-RST

+MSG
+SEL

59
60
61
62

-MSG
-SEL

+REO

25
26
27
28

+110
Ground
+08(8)
+08(9)

29
30
31
32

63
64
65
66

-1/0
Ground
-08(8)
-08(9)

+08(10)
+08(11)

33
34

67
68

-08(10)
-08(11)

+C/O

1-112

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

-C/O
-REO

Fe (6214) SSA 4-Port Adapter (Type 4-0)
The SSA 4-Port Adapter serves as the interface between· systems using the Micro
Channel architecture and devices using the Serial Storage Architecture (SSA). The
adapter provides 4 SSA ports for the attachment of storage devices such as hard disk
drives. Each adapter card has four SSA connectors that are arranged in two pairs.
Connectors A1 and A2 are one pair; connectors 81 and 82 are the other pair.

SSA Loop B2
Green Ught
SSA Loop B1
SSA Loop A2
Green Ught
SSA Loop A1
Type-number
Lable

SSA 4-Port Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Maximum Number1

Bus architecture
Busmaster
Adapter Type
Data transfer rate
Connectors
Cables

11H3614
The maximum number of SSA 4-Port adapters allowed is one
half of maximum number of Micro Channel slots available in the
system unit.
Micro Channel
Yes

5
40/80 MB/second
9-position, subminiature D
Serial link

Note:
1. The maximum total number of SSA 4-Port adapters per system includes the
following feature codes: 6214, 6216, and 6217.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-113

Light Status
Each pair of connectors has a green light that indicates the operational stc;ltus of its related
loop:
Sta~us

of Light

Meaning

Off

Both SSA connectors are inactive. If disk drive modules or other SSA
adapters are connected to these connectol'$, either those modules or
adapters are failing, or their SSA links are not active.

Permanently on

Both SSA links are active (normal operating condition).

Slow Flash

Only one SSA link is active.

SSA 4-Port Adapter 9-Position Connector

Position
1
2
3

4
5

6
7
8

9

1-114

Signal Name
Ground
- Line Out
Ground
- Line in
Ground
+ Line Out
Reserved
+5V
+Line In

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (6216) Enhanced SSA 4-Port Adapter (Type 4-G)
The Enhanced SSA 4-Port Adapter serves as the interface between systems using the
Micro Channel architecture and devices using the Serial Storage Architecture (SSA). The
adapter provides 4 SSA ports for the attachment of storage devices such as hard disk
drives. Each adapter card has four SSA connectors that are arranged in two pairs.
Connectors A1 and A2 are one pair; connectors 81 and 82 are the other pair. Enhanc~d
SSA 4-port adapters support up to eight (8) initiators per loop.

SSA Loop B2
Green Ught
SSA Loop B1
SSA Loop A2
Green Ught
SSA Loop A1
Type-number
lable

Enhanced SSA 4-Port Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Maximum Number1

Bus architecture
Busmaster
Adapter Type
Data transfer rate
Connector
Cables

40H5707
The maximum number of SSA 4-Port adapters allowed is one
half of maximum number of Micro Channel slots available in the
system unit.
Micro Channel
Yes

5
40/80 MB/second
9-position, subminiature 0
Serial link

Note:
1. The maximum total number of SSA 4-Port adapters per system includes the
following feature codes: 6214, 6216, and 6217.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1':' 115

Light Status
Each pair of connectors has a green light that indicates the operational status of its related
loop:
Status of Light

Meaning

Off

Both SSA connectors are inactive. If disk drive modules or other SSA
adapters are connected to these connectors, either those modules or
adapters are failing, or their SSA links are not active.

Permanently on

Both SSA links are active (normal operating condition).

Slow Flash

Only one SSA link is active.

Enhanced SSA 4-Port Adapter 9-Position Connector

5

1

Position
1
2

3
4
5

6
7
8
9

1-116

Signal Name
Ground
- Line Out
Ground
- Line in
Ground
+ Line Out
Reserved
+5V
+Line In

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (6217) SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter (Type 4-1)
The SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter provides support for two SSA loops. Each loop can
contain only one pair of adapter connectors and a maximum of 48 disk drives. For more
information see SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter, Technical Reference.

SSA Loop B
Port 2
Green Ught
SSA Loop B
Port 1
SSA Loop A
Port 2
Green Ught
SSA Loop A
Port 1
Type-number
Lable

SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter Specifications
FRU Numbers
Maximum Number1

Bus architecture
Busmaster
Adapter Type
Data transfer rate
Connector
Cables

Base card without DRAM 89H5617
DRAM memory card 73G3233
The maximum number of SSA 4-Port adapters allowed is one
half of maximum number of Micro Channel slots available in the
system unit.
Micro Channel
Yes

5
40/80 MB/second
9-position, subminiature D
Serial link

Note:
1. The maximum total number of SSA 4-Port adapters per system includes the
following feature codes: 6214, 6216, and 6217.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-117

SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter Information
The adapter card has four SSA connectors that are arranged in two pairs. Connectors A 1
and A2 are one pair; connectors 81 and 82 are the other pair.
The SSA links must be configured as loops. Each loop is connected to a pair of
connectors at the SSA adapter card. These connectors must be a valid pair (that is, A 1
and A2 or 81 and 82); otherwise, the disk drive modules on the loop are not fully
configured, ~nd the diagnostics fail. Operations to all the disk drive modules on a
particular loop can continue if that loop breaks at anyone point.
This adapter also contains array management software that provides RAID-5 functions to
control the arrays of the RAID subsystem. An array can have from 3 to 16 member disk
drives. Each array is handled as one large disk by the operating system. The array
management software translates requests to this large disk into requests to the member
disk drives. Although this adapter is a RAID adapter, it can be configured so that all,
some, or none of the disk drives that are attached to it are member disks of arrays.

Lights of the SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter
Each pair of connectors has a green light that indicates the operational status of its related
loop:
Status of Light

Meaning

Off

Both SSA connectors are inactive. If disk drive modules or other SSA
adapters are connected to these connectors, either those modules or
adapters are failing, or their SSA links are not active.

Permanently on

Both SSA links are active (normal operating condition).

Slow Flash

Only one SSA link is active.

SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter 9-Position Connector

Position

5

Ground
- Line Out
Ground
- Line in
Ground

6
7
8
9

+ Line Out
Reserved
+5V
+Line In

1
2

3
4

1-118

Signal Name

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2990) 3270 Connection (Type 5-1)
This adapter provides a way for the system units to communicate with a host computer.
This adapter responds to the host computer like a 3278 or 3279 Display.

3270 Connection Specifications
FRU number
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Cable

22F9743

9
Micro Channel
No

4
BNC coaxial
Standard BNC coaxial.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-119

FC (2755) Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter (Type 5-2)

Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Microcode Filenames

Connector
Cable
Interface Assembly
Wrap Plugs
Adapter
Bus cable
Tag Cable

1-120

02G7425
Micro Channel

2
fe92.xx.xx
/etc/asw/cu3088b.xx.xx
/etc/asw/cu3088e.xx.xx
/etc/asw/cu3172b.xx.xx
78-position, D-shell, female
Adapter-to-interface assembly
25F9401
71F1184
8575337
8575338

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

92F6697

Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter Connector
1

21

40

.

39

20

60

78
59

Note: All even-numbered pins are grounds.
Name

Description

Pin

Name

Description

1
3
5
7

Oplout
Servout
MarkOout
Adrin

Operational Out
Service Out
Mark 0 Out
Address In

39
41
43
45

Busout1
Adrout
Supout
Reserved

Bus Out (bit 1)
Address Out
Suppress Out

9
11
13
15

Reqin
Reserved
Busin5
Busin1

Request In
Bus In (bit 5)
Bus In (bit 1)

47
49
51
53

Srvin
MarkOin
Busin7
Busin3

Service In
Mark 0 In
Bus In (bit 7)
Bus In (bit 3)

17
19
21
23

Busout6
Busout2
Hldout
Datout

Bus Out (bit 6)
Bus Out (bit 2)
Hold Out
Data Out

55
57
59
61

Busoutp
Busout4
BusoutO
Cmdout

Bus Out (parity)
Bus Out (bit 4)
Bus Out (bit 0)
Command Out

25
27
29
31

. Reserved
Stain
Selin
Businp

Status In
Select In
Bus In (parity)

63
65
67
69

Selout
Opin
Datin
Disin

Select Out
Operational In
Data In
Disconnect In

33
35
37

Busin4
BusinO
Busout5

Bus In (bit 4)
Bus In (bit 0)
Bus Out (bit 5)

71
73
75
77

Busin6
Busin2
Busout7
Busout3

Bus
Bus
Bus
Bus

Pin

In (bit 6)
In (bit 2)
Out (bit 7)
Out (bit 3)

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-121

Fe (2756) ESCON Channel Adapter (Type 5-3)

Connect
Strip Connectors
to Pins

ESCON Channel Adapter Specifications
FRU numbers
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Microcode Filenames

Connector
Fiber Cables

Wrap Plug

1-122

Processor card 56G0294
Fiber optic subassembly 56G0295
Micro Channel
2 (two slots required per adapter)
c38fd.xx.xx c38f.clawn.std c38f.3088n.std
c38f.xx.xx c38f.clawr.std c38f.mcm.con
c38f.mcm.exe c38f.claws.std c38f.mcm.por
c38f.3088s.std c38f.3088r.std c38f.mcm.postd
ESCON fiber connector
(duplex-to-duplex)
3.7 m (12 ft.) 74F5412
6.1 m (20 ft.) 74F5413
12.2 m (40 ft.) 74F5414
21.3 m (70 ft.) 74F5415
30.4 m (100 ft.) 74F5416
61 m (200 ft) 74F5417
122 m (400 ft.) 74F5418
Fiber optic (included with adapter) 5605670

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2754) ESCON Channel Emulator Adapter (Type 5-3)

Connect
Strip Connectors
to Pins

Fiber Optic Subassembly

ESCON Channel Adapter Specifications
FRU numbers
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Microcode Filenames

Connector
Fiber Cables

Wrap Plug

Processor card 56G0294
Fiber optic subassembly 56G0295
Micro Channel
2 (two slots required per adapter)
The following Microcode files are included with the ESCON
Channel Tape Attachmentl6000 (Feature Code 5223):
c38f.che3026. ucd
c38fd.chh2345. ucd
c38f.emcar408.rom
ESCON fiber connector
(duplex-to-duplex)
3.7 m (12 ft.) 74F5412
6.1 m (20 ft.) 74F5413
12.2 m (40 ft.) 74F5414
21.3 m (70 ft.) 74F5415
30.4 m (100 ft.) 74F5416
61 m (200 ft) 74F5417
122 m (400 ft.) 74F5418
Fiber optic (included with adapter) 5605670

Chapter 1. Adapter InfOrmation

1-123

FC (2759) S/370 Channel Emulator/A (Type 5-4)

S/370 Channel Emulator/A Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Connector
Cable
Wrap Plugs
Bus cable
Tag Cable
Terminators
Bus
Tag

1-124

65G1828
Micro Channel

4
62-position, O-shell, female
Interface 68F7209
5479141
5479139
2282675
2282676

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

5/370 Channel Emulator/A Connector
1

22

43

42
21

62

Pin

Name

Description

Pin

Name

Description

1
2
3
4

Busin
BusinO
Busin1
Busin2

Bus
Bus
Bus
Bus

In
In
In
In

(parity)
(bit 0)
(bit 1)
(bit 2)

16
17
18
19

Selin
Adrin
Markin
Gnd

Select In
Address In
Mark In
Ground

5
6
7
8

Busin3
Busin4
Busin5
Busin6

Bus
Bus
Bus
Bus

In
In
In
In

(bit
(bit
(bit
(bit

3)
4)
5)
6)

20
21
22
23

Gnd
Gnd
Gnd
Gnd

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

9
10
11
12

Busin7
Reqin
Srvin
Stain

Bus In (bit 7)
Request In
Service In
Status In

24
25
26
27

Gnd
Gnd
Gnd
Gnd

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

13
14
15

Datin
Opin
Disin

Data In
Operation In
Disconnect In

28
29
30

Gnd
Gnd
Gnd

Ground
Ground
Ground

31
32
33
34

Gnd
Gnd
Gnd
Gnd

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

47
48
49
50

Busout4
Busout5
Busout6
Busout7

Bus
Bus
Bus
Bus

35
36
37
38

Gnd
Gnd
Gnd
Gnd

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

51
52
53
54

Busoutp
Adrout
Cmdout
Servout

Bus Out (parity)
Address Out
Command Out
Service Out

Out
Out
Out
Out

(bit 4)
(bit 5
(bit 6)
(bit 7)

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-125

1-126

Pin

Name

Description

Pin

Name

Description

39
40
41
42

Gnd
Gnd
Gnd
Gnd

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

55
56
57
58

Datout
Oplout
Holdout
Selector

Data Out
Operation Out
Hold Out
Select Out

43
44
45
46

BusoutO
Busout1
Busout2
Busout3

Bus
Bus
Bus
Bus

59
60
61
62

Supprout
Gnd
Gnd
Gnd

Suppress Out
Ground
Ground
Ground

Out
Out
Out
Out

(bit
(bit
(bit
(bit

0)
1)
2)
3)

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2810) Graphics Input Device Adapter (Type 6-1)
This adapter provides a way to attach the 6094 Model 10 Dials or the 6094 Model 20
Lighted Program Function Keyboard (LPFK) to the system units.

1
2

Graphics Input Device Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Bits per character
Bits per second
Maximum number
Connectors
Fuse
Wrap plug

22F9758
Micro Channel
0960 - 0967, port A (1)
0968 - 096F, port B (2)
3,4,5,6,7,9
No
5, 6, 7, 8 (set by program)
9600

1
Two, 8-position DIN connectors
Part number 0123786
Dual connector 22F9689

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-127

Graphics Input Device Adapter Connectors
Two a-position mini-DIN connectors are provided for attachment of external device cables.
The signals are the same for both connectors.

6

5

3

2

1

Position

Signal Name

Direction

1
2
3
4

Signal return
DC return
+ 5 V dc
Selective reset

To device

5

Receive data
Transmit data
Diagnostic selective reset
Reserved

6
7
8

1-128

8

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

From device
To device
From device

FC (2800) 5/370 Host Interface Adapter (Type 6-2) or FC (2801, 2802)
5086/5085 Attachment Adapter
This adapter has two distinct modes of operation that correspond with the two Feature
Codes for the same physical card. Different microcode accounts for the two different
modes of operation. When the adapter is used in:
-hia mode
Referred to as the S/370 Host Interface Adapter (HIA), it allows support for the physical
attachment of a system unit to any member of the family of the 5088/6098 Control Units
via coaxial cable. It provides support for the AIX 5080 Emulation Program and Soft5080
for AIX.
-gsw mode
Referred to as the 5080 Attachment Adapter (AA) , it provides a way to attach the 5080
Graphics Processor, the 5086 Graphics Processor, or the 5088/6098 Control Unit to the
system units.

4

3
2
1

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1·129

S/370 Host Interface Adapter 1 5080 Attachment Adapter Specifications
FRU number
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Microcode file names

Maximum number
Cable kits
Connector

1-130

09G3667
Assigned a 256 byte block of addresses,within any 64K byte
block of addresses, in the first 16M bytes of memory
3,4,5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15 (set by the program)
Micro Channel
No
For AIX 3.2 and 4.1 .3+
87875.00.01
8787P.00.01
one (1) AA adapter and as many HIA adapters as there are
Micro Channel slots
Order part number 39F8201 to attach the 5085
Order part number 39F8202 to attach the 5086
Four BNC connectors (ensure that the same RG cable type is
used throughout)

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (none) Async Expansion Adapter (Type 6-3)
This adapter extends the Micro Channel bus from the CPU drawer to the async expansion
drawer in the 7015 system unit. This card is sold only as part of the Async Expansion
drawer.
This adapter extends only those signals needed to use asynchronous communication
adapters in the expansion drawer.

Async Expansion Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Cable

53F3621
Micro Channel
No
1
78-position, O-shell
Part number 71 F1379

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-131

FC (2860) Serial Optical Channel Converter (Type 6-4)
This adapter provides a high-speed communications method between system units
through the serialization and deserialization (SERDES) of optical signals. Two
independent, half-duplex optical paths are provided.
This adapter is certified as a Class 1 laser device. It contains an automatic shutdown
control to prevent laser emissions; safety hazards are not present when the adapter is
properly installed and connected. Port covers must be installed when a port is not
connected.

8
O.

PortCover

. / Port 0 - Transmit

B~ Port 0 - Receive
rJ

D.

~

Port 1 - Transmit
Port 1 - Receive

~

Serial Optical Channel Converter Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Cables

Fiber type/length restrictions
50/125 um
62.5/125 um

Wrap plugs

1 132
io

59F2969
Special for serial optical channel converter
1 (7013 Models 520/530/540/550
2 (7015 Models 930/950; 7016; 7018)
Optical cable, part number 21 F9403 (6 m)
Optical cable, part number 21 F9405 (10m)
Optical cable, part number 21 F9407 (20 m)
Optical cable, part number 21 F941 0 (60 m)
Optical cable, part number 21 F9413 (100 m)
Minimum 4 m; Maximum 2K m
(10.5 db guaranteed user available link loss
should not be exceeded for the 2K m supported length)
Minimum 4 m; Maximum 500 m
(10.5 db guaranteed user available link loss
should not be exceeded for any supported length)
Optical card, 56F0203, shipped with converter
Fiber optic cable, 46F2438
Feed-through connector, 99F0489

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (6300) Digital Trunk Adapter (Type 6-5)
This adapter is used to attach 9291/9295 Digital Trunk Processors to the system units.

Digital Trunk Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Microcode file name
Maximum number
Connector
Cable
Wrap plug assemblies
Adapter/cable
Enclosure trunk
Telecommunications line
CSU cable, T1 only
Coax, CEPT* only
Coax, Network, CEPT*
only

54F0738
Micro Channel
none

3
25-pin D-shell (male pins on adapter)
adapter-to-9291/9295, 2 m (6.5 ft.) 34F0873
25-pin Sub D-shell, female 34F0874
15-pin Sub D-shell, male 34F0876
34F0875
75-ohm, male-male, 61 F5394
female-female, 75-ohm, 61 F5395

* All countries except France
Note: For diagnostic procedures concerning this adapter and 9291/9295 machine types,
refer to the Direct Talk/6000 Problem Solving Guide, order number SC22-01 05.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-133

Digital Trunk Adapter 25-Position Connector
1'-____________________
1

Position

1-134

••••••••••••

~3

25

Signal Name

Direction

1
2
3
4

+AO/+DB 0-8
A1/+DB 1-9
+A2I+DB 2-10
+A3/+DB 3-11

Bidirectional
Bidirectional
Bidirectional
Bidirectional

5
6
7
8

-CS1/+DB 4-12
-Channel Reset
-Host Interrupt (-HOST INT)
-Acknowledge (-ACK)

Bidirectional
Out
Int
In

9
10
11
12

-VSC Present
-Command (-CMD)
Status Register Bit 6 (Wrap)
+Byte Swap Request

In
Out
In
Out

13
14
15
16

-Parity Enable
NU1
NU2
-Wrap Plug Present

Out

17
18
19
20

Status Register Bit 7 (Wrap)
Signal Ground
-Host Command
-VSC Parity Error

21
22
23
24
25

Signal Ground
+R/-W/+DB 5-13
+DB 6-14
+DB 7-15
Byte Parity

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

In
In

-

Out
In

Bidirectional·
Bidirectional
Bidirectional
Bidirectional

I

Fe (6305) Digital Trunk Dual Adapter (Type 6-6)
This adapter is used to attach the 9291/9295 Digital Trunk Processors to the system units.

Digital Trunk Dual Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Microcode file name
Maximum number
Connector
Cable,"YI
Wrap plug assemblies
Enclosure trunk
Telecommunications line
CSU cable, T1 only
Coax, CEPT* only
Coax, Network, CEPT*
only

43G3317
Micro Channel
none

3
62-pin female
adapter-to-9291 19295, 62-pin-to-two 25-pin D-shells,
20cm (7.9 in.) 43G3318
15-pin Sub D-shell, male 34F0876
34F0875
75-ohm, male-male, 61 F5394
female-female, 75-ohm, 61 F5395

* All countries except France

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-135

Digital Trunk Dual Adapter 62-Position Connector
Position

1-136

Signal Name

Direction

1
2
3
4

GND
-VPACK #2 wrap plug present
-VPACK #2 status reg bit 7 (wrap)
-VPACK #2 status reg bit 6 (wrap)

Out
In
In
In

5
6
7
8

-VPACK #2 parity enable
+VPACK #2 DB 6-14
+VPACK #2 A3/ +DB 3-11
+VPACK #2 AO/ +DB 0-8

Out
Bidirectional
Bidirectional
Bidirectional

9
10
11
12

no connection
GND
-VPACK #1 wrap plug present
-VPACK #1 status reg bit 7 (wrap)

Out
In
In

13
14
15
16

-VPACK #1 status reg bit 6 (wrap)
-VPACK #1 parity enable
+VPACK #1 DB 6-14
+VPACK #1 A3/ +DB 3-11

In
Out
Bidirectional
Bidirectional

17
18
19
20

+VPACK #1 AO/ +DB 0-8
no connection
no connection
no connection

Bidirectional

21
22
23
24

no connection
GND
-VPACK #2 channel reset
-VPACK #2 host cmd

Out
Out
Out

25
26
27
28

+VPACK #2 byte swap req
-VPACK #2 cmd
+VPACK #2 DB 7-15
-VPACK #2 CS/ +DB 4-12

Out
Out
Bidirectional
Bidirectional

29
30
31
32

+VPACK #2 A1/ +DB 1-9
no connection
GND
-VPACK #1 channel reset

Bidirectional
Out
Out

33
34
35
36

-VPACK #1 host cmd
+VPACK #1 byte swap req
-VPACK #1 cmd
+VPACK #1 DB 7-15

Out
Out
Out
Bidirectional

37
38
39
40

-VPACK #1 CS/ +DB 4-12
+VPACK #1 A1/ +DB 1-9
no connection
no connection

Bidirectional
Bidirectional

41
42
43
44

no connection
no connection
-VPACK #2 parity error
-VPACK #2 Acknowledge (ACK)

In
In

45
46
47
48

-VPACK #2 host interrupt
-VPACK #2 present
+ VPACK #2 byte parity
+VPACK #2 AI-W/ +DB 5-13

In
In
Bidirectional
Bidirectional

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Position

Signal Name

Direction

49
50
51
52

+VPACK #2 A2I +DB 2-10
no connection
no connection
-VPACK #1 parity error

Bidirectional

53
54
55
56

-VPACK #1 Acknowledge (ACK)
-VPACK #1 host interrupt
-VPACK #1 present
+VPACK #1 byte parity

In
In
In
Bidirectional

57
58
59
60
61
62

+VPACK #1 AI-WI +DB 5-13
+VPACK #1 A2I +DB 2-10
no connection
no connection
no connection
no connection

Bidirectional
Bidirectional

In

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-137

FC (2840) 5080 Coax Communications Adapter (Type 6-8)
This adapter is referred to as the 5080 Coax Communications Adapter (5080CCA). The
adapter allows the physical attachment of a system unit to any member of the family of
5080/6090 Control Units via coaxial cable.
Its smaller size provides support for the AIX 5080 emulation program and Soft5080 for AIX
on system units that cannot accommodate the larger adapter FC 2800.

1

5080 Coax Communications Adapter Specifications
FRU number
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Microcode file names
Maximum number
Cable

1·138

88G2838
Assigned a 256 byte block of addresses,within any 64K byte
block of addresses, in the first 16M bytes of memory
3,4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15 (set by the program)
Micro Channel
No
For AIX 3.2 and 4.1.3+
8787S.00.01
As many 5080 CCA adapters as there are Micro Channel slots
Standard BNC Coaxial
Order part number 39F8202 to attach the 5086

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (6301) M-Audio Capture and Playback Adapter (Type 7-1)

Line In
Microphone

Line Out
Speakers

M-Audio Capture and Playback Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Connector
Microcode filenames

Microcode diskette assembly

51G8018
Micro Channel
4 (7012170131 7016)
RCA jack, stereo
6c6e511 p.xx.xx
6c6e511 r.xx.xx
6c6epcmp.xx.xx
6c6epcmr.xx.xx
6c6e22p.xx.xx
6c6e22r.xx.xx
32G1889

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-139

FC (2400) M-Video Capture Adapter (Type 7-2)

M-Video Capture Adapter (NTSC Version) Specifications

1-140

FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Connectors

32G0258
Micro Channel
2
20-position O-shell
S-type

Cable set

92F3713, includes:
Primary 1/0
S-Connector
Wrap test (3)
Terminator plugs (3), 75-ohm

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

M-Video Capture Adapter 20-Pin Connector
10

Note: The RCA plug ends of
the Primary I/O cable are labelled
with corresponding adapter
signal pin nu.mbers.
Signals

Shields

1

11

Position

Signal/Shield

RCA Plug
Identifier

1/11
2112
3113
4/14

Composite Sync Output/Shield
Analog Blue Output/Shield
Analog Green Output/Shield
Analog Red Output/Shield

1
2
3
4

5/15
6/16
7/17
8/18

NTSC Output/Shield
Composite Sync Input/Shield
Analog Blue Input/Shield
Analog Green or Luma Input/Shield

5
6
7
8

9/19
10/20

Analog Red or Chroma Input/Shield
NTSC Input/Shield

9
10

M-Video Capture Adapter S-Connector
Chroma Shield

Luma Shield

Chroma (Red RCA plug)

Luma (Black RCA plug)

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-141

FC (2401) M-Video Capture Adapter (Type 7-3)

M-Video Capture Adapter (PAL Version) Specifications

1-142

FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Connectors

32G0263
Micro Channel
2
37-position O-shell

Cable set

92F3714, includes the following:
Primary 1/0
Wrap test (3)
Terminator plugs (3), 75-ohm

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

M-Video Capture Adapter 37-Pin Connector
19

o
o 0
o 0

Note: The RCA Plug Ends of
the Primary 1/0 cable Are
Labelled with Corresponding
Adapter Pin Numbers.

00

o

0

00

o
Shields

0

00

o

o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o

Signals

0
0

0
0
0

0
0
0
0

o
o
1

Position

Signal/Shield

RCA Plug
Identifier

1/20
2121
5/24
6/25

Y (Luma) Output/Shield
C (Chroma) Output/Shield
Sync Output/Shield
Blue Output/Shield

OY
OC
OS
OB

7/26
8/27
9/28
12130

Green Output/Shield
Red Output/Shield
Composite Video Output/Shield
Sync Input/Shield

OG
OR
OV
IS

13/31
14/32
15/33
16/34

Blue Input/Shield
Green /Luma Input/Shield
Red /Chroma Input/Shield
Composite Video Input/Shield

18
IG
IR
IV

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-143

Fe (2404) Ultimedia Video 1/0 Adapter (Type 7-5)
This adapter provides video capture, video output.
The adapter supports NTSC, PAL, and S-Video inputs, and provides NTSC, PAL and
S-Video outputs. One composite and on S-Video source may be installed simultaneously,
with the program selecting the active video input signal.

Ultimedia Video 1/0 Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Connectors

Connector
Cables
Video Input Format
Mandatory Software

1-144

Base Card, 88G3711
Micro Channel
1
Input 1 - RCA Jack-CVBS
1 - MiniDin S-Video
Output 1 - RCA Jack-CVBS
1 - Mini Din S-Video
See "Ultimedia Video I/O Adapter Connector" on page 1-146
Supplied by Customer
NTSC, PAL, S-Video
AIXl6000 Version 3.2.5
AIX Windows EnvironmenV6000 Version 1.2.3
Ultimedia Service for AIX Version 1.2.1 or later
or
AIXl6000 Version 4.1 with AIXwindows
20 and SOMobject Base Tool Kit installed
Ultimedia Services for AIX Version 2.1.1 or later

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2405) JPEG Compression Option shown Attached to the Ultimedia
Video 1/0 Adapter (Type 7-5)
This adapter provides video capture, JPEG compression of video images, video output,
and hardware decompression of JPEG data.
The adapter supports NTSC, PAL, and S-Video inputs, and provides NTSC, PAL and
S-Video outputs. One composite and on S-Video source may be installed simultaneously,
with the program selecting the active video input signal.

JPEG Compression
Daughter Board Option shown attached
to the Ultimedia 1/0
Adapter

,,
@

@

Ultimedia Video 1/0 Adapter Specifications
FRU numbers
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Connectors

Cables
Video Input Format
Mandatory Software

Base Card, 88G3711
Guest Card, 88G3717
Micro Channel

1
Input 1 - RCA Jack-CVBS
1 - Mini Din S-Video
Output 1 - RCA Jack-CVBS
1 - Mini Din S-Video
Supplied by Customer
NTSC, PAL, S-Video
AIXl6000 Version 3.2.5
AIX Windows Environment/6000 Version 1.2.3
Ultimedia Service for AIX Version 1.2.1 or later
or
AIXl6000 Version 4.1 with AIXwindows
20 and SOMobject Base Tool Kit installed
Ultimedia Services for AIX Version 2.1.1 or later

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-145

Ultimedia Video 1/0 Adapter Connector

Chroma
Input

Chroma
Shield

DO

Do
-f-++_-+----1

'-...-- ->--- .----...-----

Luma
Shield

Output

C+~)

1-146

=Input Symbol

=Output Symbol

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (6302) Ultimedia Audio Adapter (Type 7-6)
The Ultimedia Audio Adapter supports industry standard formats, it is designed to provide
business audio solutions to applications enhancing customer productivity and
communications.

Ultimedia Audio Adapter Specifications
FRU number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Cable
Mandatory Software

88G2774
Micro Channel
2 audio adapter may be installed on R10, R20, and R24
1 audio adapter may be installed on all other system units.
Internal Audio connector cable for connection to CD ROMs on
certain workstations (supplied with adapter)
Refer to the documentation provided with the adapter.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-147

Fe (2402) Network Terminal Accelerator 256 Adapter (Type 8-5)
The Network Terminator Accelerator 256 is a unique Ethernet interface adapter that
offloads the host processor of TCP/IP, TELNET, and RLOGIN protocol processing. The
adapter supports IEEE 802.3 and Ethernet version 2 protocols, and it acts as a standard'
Ethernet adapter, passing other protocol packets directly to the host for normal processing.

15-Position
Connector

Network Terminal Accelerator 256 Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Position 10
Bus architecture
lID Addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Adapter wrap plug
Transceivers
Transceiver cable

1-148

51G8538
Ox9500
Micro Channel
Assigned by program within range 400-4EOOO
4,5,6,7,9,10,11,12
Yes

7
15-position O-shell
15-position O-shell, part number 70F9625
Thin, part number 02G7437
Twisted-pair, part number 02G7431
Adapter-to-transceiver, part number 02G7434

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Network Terminal Accelerator 256 Adapter 15-Position Connector
8

1

15

9

Mnemonic

Signal Name

1
2
3
4

CI-S
CI-A
OO-A
Ol-S

Control in circuit-shield
Control in circuit-A
Data out circuit-A
Data in circuit-shield

5

Ol-A
Vc
Unused
Unused

Oata In circuit-A
Voltage common

CI-8
00-8
OO-S
01-8

Control in circuit-8
Data out circuit-8
Oata out circuit-shield
Data in circuit-8

VP
VS
Unused
PG

Voltage plus
Voltage shield

Position

6
7
8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
Shell

Protective ground (conductive shell)

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-149

Fe (2403) Network Terminal Accelerator 2048 Adapter (Type 8-6)
The Network Terminator Accelerator is a unique Ethernet interface adapter that offloads
the host processor of TCP/IP, TELNET, and RLOGIN protocol proceSSing. The adapter
supports IEEE 802.3 and Ethernet version 2 protocols, and it acts as a standard Ethernet
adapter, passing other protocol packets directly to the host for normal processing.

15-Position
Connector

Network Terminal Accelerator 2048 Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Position 10
Bus architecture
I/O Addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Adapter wrap plug
Transceivers
Transceiver cable

1-150

51G8539
Ox7200
Micro Channel
Assigned by program within range 400-4EOOO
4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12
Yes

7
15-position O-shell
15-position O-shell, part number 70F9625
Thin, part number 02G7437
Twisted-pair, part number 02G7431
Adapter-to-transceiver, part number 02G7434

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Network Terminal Accelerator 2048 Adapter 15-Position Connector

Position

8

1

15

9

Mnemonic

Signal Name

1
2
3
4

CI-S
CI-A
DO-A
DI-S

Control in circuit-shield
Control in circuit-A
Data out circuit-A
Data in circuit-shield

5

DI-A
Vc
Unused
Unused

Data In circuit-A
Voltage common

CI-8
DO-8
DO-S
DI-8

Control in circuit-8
Data out circuit-8
Data out circuit-shield
Data in circuit-8

VP
VS
Unused
PG

Voltage plus
Voltage shield

6
7

8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
Shell

Protective ground (conductive shell)

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-151

Fe (2735) High-Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) Channel
Attachment
Transmit Card (Type 8-A), Receive Card (Type 8-B)
The HIPPI adapter set consists of three cards. Interconnection is made by three
controlled impedance flex circuit cables. The complete HIPPI subsystem requires five
Micro Channel slots. The two additional slots are needed to meet Micro Channel
requirements. One vacant card slot is required adjacent to the receive card to insure
proper component clearance. In other words there are some tall components on the solder
side of the receive card.

Note: Be sure to install adapters in the order illustrated.
Be sure the ends of all connectors are latched behind the latch clips.
Remove the three-position cat;>les first when installing or removing cards.
Be sure that all plugs and connectors align correctly.

Transmit Card

There must be one
vacant card slot
next to the receive
card to insure proper component clearance.
~
~

Receive Card

Processor Card

There are many components
on the card that are not shown.

1-152

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

HIPPI Attachment Adapter Specifications
FRU Part Numbers

I/O Bus Architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number

Microcode File Name
Sustained Data Transfer

Processor card, 51G9994
Transmit card, 51G9996
Receive card. 11 H2S04
Crossover cable (three-position) 51 G9226
Micro Channel
Yes
64-bit wide data streaming
1 per Micro Channel
7015 Models 970B, 980B and 990 can have one on each Micro
Channel
8fa5.00.nn (where nn is the revision level)'
up to 66MBps

HIPPI Attachment Adapter Cabling
The cables for this adapter are customer supplied. They must be HIPPI compliant with
ANSI standard HIPPI-pH X3. 183-1991.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1·153

Fe (2972) Auto Token-Ring

LANstreamer

Me 32 Adapter (Type 8-S)

This is a high performance token-ring adapter which is well suited for servers and
high-end workstations running I/O intensive applications in a network environment.

Auto Token-Ring LANstreamer
FRU Number
I/O addresses

60G1593
0000 - fcOO in 0400 increments

Interrupt levels
Bit rate

2, 3, 10, 11
4Mb or 16Mb per second (can be set by autosense or
configurator)
Micro Channel
Yes
N/A

Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Cables

1·154

Me 32 Adapter Specifications

RJ-45
60G1066 .254 m (10 inch) included or
60G10633 m (10 ft) ordered through AAS

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Auto Token-Ring LANstreamer MC 32 Adapter Connector

RJ·45

Connector
Concentrator
End

Position

Signal Name

1
2
3
4

No Connect
No Connect
Ring Out A
Ring In B

5
6
7
8

Ring In A
Ring Out B
No Connect
No Connect

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-155

Fe (2992) High-Performance Ethernet LAN Adapter (SF95) AUI and
10BaseT (Type S-U)
This adapter provides a way for the system units to attach to a carrier sense multiple
access/collision detection (CSMAlCD) Ethernet network. This adapter attaches to either
the IEEE-802.3 type network or the Ethernet version 2 network. The adapter has
connectors for both (AUI) with external transceiver and 10BaseT (twisted pair)
connections. Only one connector can be used at one time. The (AUI) allows connection to
any Ethernet media with an appropriate transceiver. The 10BaseT port may be attached
to a full duplex switch to enable full duplex operation.

(AUI)
15-Position
Connector

10BaseT
RJ-45 Connector

Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connectors
Adapter wrap plugs

Customer Supplied
Cables
Transceivers
Transceiver cable
Transceiver wrap plugs

1-156

39H8817
3,4,5,6,7,9,10,11
Micro Channel
40 MB/sec
8 per Micro Channel
8-position RJ-45
15-position D-shell
15-position D-shell, part number 70F9625
RJ-45 (twisted-pair), part number 00G2380
Items
Customer supplied
10Base2 (Thin), part number 02G7437
10BaseT (Twisted-Pair), part number 02G7431
Adapter-to-transceiver
Part number 02G7434
Thin, part number 02G7433
Twisted-Pair, part number OOG2380

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter (SF95) 15-Position AUI
Connector
8

15

Position

1
2
3
4

5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12
13
14

15
Shell

9

Mnemonic

Signal Name

CI-S
CI-A
DO-A
DI-S

Control in circuit-shield
Control in circuit-A
Data out circuit-A
Data in circuit-shield

DI-A
Vc
CO-A
CO-S

Data In circuit-A
Voltage common
Control out circuit-A
Control out circuit-shield

CI-8
00-8
DO-S
01-8

Control in circuit-8
Data out circuit-8
Data out circuit-shield
Data in circuit-8

VP
VS
CO-8
PG

Voltage plus
Voltage shield
Control out-8
Protective ground
(conductive shell)

Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter (SF95) S-Position RJ-45
Twisted-Pair Connector

~~-

Concentrator
End

Position

8

Mnemonic

Signal Name

1

TD+

Upward Data + (positive for HI signal)

2

TD-

Upward Data - (negative for HI signal)

3

RD+

Downward Data + (positive for HI signal)

4

Reserved

Reserved

5

Reserved

Reserved

6

RD-

Downward Data - (negative for HI signal)

7

Reserved

Reserved

8

Reserved

Reserved

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-157

Fe (2993) High-Performance Ethernet LAN Adapter (SF95) 10Base2
(Type a-V)
This adapter provides a way for the system units to attach to a carrier sense multiple
access/collision detection (CSMAlCO) Ethernet network. This adapter attaches to either
the IEEE-802.3 type network or the Ethernet version 2 network. The adapter has a BNC
connector for 10Base2 (thin coaxial) media connection.

10Base2
BNC Connector

Ethernet LAN Adapter Specifications

1-158

FRU Number
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connectors
Adapter wrap plug

39H8826
3,4,5,6,7,9,10,11
Micro Channel
40 MB/sec
8 per Micro Channel
BNC coaxial
BNC, 25-ohm terminator, part number 70F9626

Customer Supplied
Cables

Items
Customer Supplied

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2984) TURBOWAYS 100 ATM Adapter (Type 8-W)
The TURBOWAYS 100 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Adapter provides the
interface between the ATM 100 Mbitlsec fiber-optics network and the Micro-Channel in
your system.

TURBOWAYS 100 ATM Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Connector
Jumper Cables
Microcode filename
Microcode filename
Wrap Plug

73G9819
Micro Channel
2 per system
ANSI Specified SC duplex
Fiber optic, customer provided
/etc/microcode/00613300D.OO. (Diagnostic)
letc/microcode17F8FD.OO.01
lusr/lpp/DDFI,OUT (Functional)
16G5609 Shipped with assembly

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-159

FC (1906) Fibre Channell266 Adapter (Type a-X)
The Fibre Channell266 Adapter provides the interfacing between a 266 MbiVsec
fiber-optics channel and the Micro-Channel in your system. It is designed for point-to-point
communications between two systems or between one system and a switch (fabric).

Fibre Channel/266 Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Bus architecture
Maximum number
Connector
Jumper Cables
Microcode filename
Microcode filename
Wrap Plug
End-of-cable wrap plug
OR
Feed through Connector

1-160

52G1006
Micro Channel
2 per system
ANSI Specified SC duplex
Fiber optic, customer provided
Optical Link Products 1-800-426-6786
8fe2d.00.00 (Diagnostic)
8fe1.00.01 (Functional)
16G5609 Shipped with assembly
99F4916
19G4881 with half-meter fiber optic cable 99F4880

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC (2921, 2924, 2928) ARTIC960 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications
Controller (Type 9-1)
This adapter provides a way to attach the system units to several types of communications
networks. The adapter consists of the multiprotocol base card and the Application
Interface Board (AlB). This combination provides four individually-addressable
communications channels. See memory boards below.
The base card is available with three memory options. The last number of the three
feature codes (Fe) specifies the amount of memory in megabytes.
There are four AIBs. Each AlB has four ports which are all the same protocol. Each of the
four ports can be attached to and operate with one network. The AlB protocols supported
are X.21, V.36, EIA 530 and asynchronous EIA 232.

ARTIC960 Co-Processor Board

Port 0

Port 1

Port 2

Port 3

Application Interface Board

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-161

ARTIC960 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller
Specifications
FRU Numbers

Base card, part number 61 G2916
Application Interface board, part number 61 G2961 (order
separately)
1 MB Memory Board, part number 59F4581 (order separately)
4 MB Memory Board, part number 70F9973 (order separately)
8 MB Memory Board, part number 71 G6450 (order separately)
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EAO
3,4,7,9,10,11,12
Set to No at power on, set to Yes by program

Bus Architecture
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode file name

8
/usrllib/microcode/OO1 00000d.00.01 (use for 3.2.5 releases)
/usr/lib/microcode/OO1 00000d.00.01 0/1 RC8fd.00.01
100-position, O-shell
100-position, FRU number 53G0632
EIA-2320, FRU number 33F8985
EIA-530 (RS-422), FRU number 53G0639
ISO 4902 V.36 (V.35 compatible), FRU number 53G0641
ISO 4903 (X.21), FRU/part number 53G0638
See below

Connector
Wrap plugs

Cables

1-162

Feature
Code

FRU
Number

Length

Cable Name/Description

m

ft

2922
2923
2926
2927

Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable

61G2919
61G2924
61G2934
61G2929

1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8

6
6
6
6

Option
Option
Option
Option

EIA 2320
EIA 530 (RS-422)
ISO 4902 (V.36)
ISO 4903 (X.21)

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

ARTIC960 4-Port EIA-232D AlB 100-Position and 25-Position
Connectors
6
25 1

~ooooooooooooooooooooooo

1

000000000000000000000000--

75

000000000000000000000000
0000000000000000000000

100

76

Signal
Name or
Mnemonic

TxD
RxD
RTS
CTS

Shield GND

14

25

Port

Port

Port

0

1

2

Port'
3

25-Position
Connector

0

05
80
31
32

12
86
37
39

18
92
68
45

24
99
74
51

02
03
04
05

81
07
57
06

62
13
63
38

94
19
69
44

100
26
50
25

08
20
06
07

0
I
I

0
I

---

13

•••••••••••••
•••••••• •• • •

I/O

I

DCD
DTR
DSR
SGND

1

27
52

Housing

Shield

01/Housing

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-163

ARTIC960 4-Port EIA-530/RS-422 AlB 100-Position and 25-Position
Connectors
6
251 ~oooooooooooooooooooooooo
1
000000000000000000000000 ---+-- 27
75
000000000000000000000000
52
0000000000000000000000

100

13

•••••••••••••
••••••••••••

25

14

Signal
Name or
Mnemonic

Port

Port

Port'

Port

110

0

1

2

3

25;'Position
Connector

TXDxA
TXDxB
RTSxA
RTSxB

0
0
0
0

01
27
03
29

09
34
11
36

15
41
17
43

21
47
23
49

02
14
04
19

RXDxA
RXDxB
CTSxA
CTSxB

I
I
I
I

52
76
30
04

58
82
61
85

64
88
67
91

95
70
98
73

03
16
05
13

CDxA
CDxB
RCLKlxA
RCLKlxB

I
I
I
I

55
79
54
78

33
08
60
84

40
14
66
90

20
46
97
72

08
10
17
09

TCLKOxA
TCLKOxB
TCLKlxA
TCLKlxB
SGND

0
0
I
I

02
28
53
77
06

10
35
59
83
38

16
42
65
89
44

22
48
96
71
25

24
11
15
12
07

ShieldGND

1·164

76

1

---

Housing

Shield

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

01/Housing

ARTIC960 4-Port ISO-4902 (V.36) AlB 100-Position and 37-Position
Connectors
6
251

~oooooooooooooooooooooooo

75
100

000000 0000000 0 0 0 00 0 00 000

000000000000000000000000
00000000000000000000000

~

~
~

76

____________________

...................
.................. ..

14

37

Signal
Name or
Mnemonic

110

0

Port
1

Port
2

TXDxA
TXDxB
RTSx

0
0
0

01
27
31

09
34
37

RXDxA
RXDxB
CTSx

I
I
I

52
76
32

I

Port

DSRx
DTRx
CDx
RCLKlxA
RCLKlxB

0
I
I
I

TCLKOxA
TCLKOxB
TCLKlxA
TCLKlxB
SGND
ShieldGND

0
0
I
I

---

~~19

Port
3

37-Position
Connector

15
41
68

21
47
74

04
22
25

58
82
39

64
88
45

95
70
51

06
24
27

57
07
81
54
78

63
13
62
60
84

69
19
94
66
90

50
26
100
97
72

29
30
31
08
26

02
28
53
77
06

10
35
59
83
38

16
42
65
89

22
48
96
71
25

17
35
05
23
19, 20, 37

Housing

44

"

01/Housing

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-165

ARTIC960 4-Port ISO 4903 (X.21) AlB 100-Position and 15-Position
Connectors

~~
75

!"

00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 " " 0 0000000
000000000000000000000000
000000000000000000000000
00000000000000000000000

100

1

8

9

15

Signal
Name or
Mnemonic

Port
0

Port
1

Port

Port

I/O

2

3

15-Position
Connector

TXDxA
TXDxB
RTSxA
RTSxB

0
0
0
0

01
27
03
29

09
34
11
36

15
41
17
43

21
47
23
49

02
09
03
10

RXDxA
RXDxB
CTSxA
CTSxB

I
I
I
I

52
76
30
04

58
82
61
85

64
88
67
91

95
70
98
73

04
11
05
12

RCLKlxA
RCLKlxB
TCLKOxA
TCLKOxB
SGND

I
I
0
0

54
78
02
28
06

60
84
10
35
38

66
90
16
42
44

97
72
22
48
25

06
13
07
14
08

ShieldGND

1-166

1

27
52
76

--

--

Housing

Shield

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

01/Housing

FC (2938) ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port X.21 Communications Controller
(Type 9-2)
This adapter provides a way to attach the system units to several types of communications
networks. The adapter consists of the multiprotocol base card and the Application
Interface Board (AlB). This combination provides eight individually-addressable
communications channels. The base card has four megabytes of memory.
The AlB supports up to eight ports of X.21 protocol. Each of the eight ports can be
attached to and operate one network.
ARTle96D Co-Processor Board

Application Interface Board

ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port X.21 Communications Controller Specifications
FRU Numbers

Bus architecture
I/O addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Microcode file name
Connector
Wrap plug

Base card, part number 61 G2916
Application Interface board, part number 06H2141 (order
separately)
4 MB Memory Board, part number 70F9973 (order separately)
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EAO
3, 4, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12
Set to No at power on, set to Yes by program
/usr/lib/microcode/00200000d.00.01 (use for 3.2.5 releases)
/usr/lib/microcode/00200000d.00.01 0/1 RC8fd.00.01
100-position, D-shell
ISO 4903 (X.21), FRU/part number 06H3357
X.21 cable, FRU/part number 52G3378

Feature Code

Cable Name!
Description

FRU Number

Length
m ft

2942

Cable Option ISO 4903
(X.21 )

06H4648

1.8 6

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-167

ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port ISO 4903 (X.21) AlB 100-Position and 15-Position
Connectors

~~ ~ooo
75

0 0 0 0 00 0 00000000000000

000000000000000000000000
000000000000000000000000
00000000000000000000000

100

1

8

27
52
76

9

15

Mnemonic

110

Port
0

Port
1

Port
2

Port
3

Port
4

Port
5

Port
6

Port
7

15Position
Connector

TXOxA
RXOxB
CTLxA
CTLxB
RXOxA

0
0
0
0
I

01
27
02
28
52

04
30
05
31
55

08
33
09
34
58

11
66
12
37
61

14
40
15
41
64

17
43
18
19
67

21
46
22
47
70

24
49
50
75
73

02
09
03
10
04

RXOxB
INOxA
INOxB
RCLKlxA
RCLKlxB
TCLKlxA
TCLKlxB
SGNO

I
I
I
I
0
0
I

76
53
77
54
78
03
29
06

79
56
80
57
81
07
32

82
59
83
60
84
10
35
25

85
62
86
63
87
13
39

88
65
89
66
90
16
42
38

91
68
92
69
93
20
45

94
71
95
72
96
23
48
44

97
74
98
99
100
26
51

11
05
12
06
13
07
14
08

ShieldGNO

1-168

1

--

Cable Shield

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

01

FC (2929) ARTIC960 (4M) 8-Port EIA-232 E Communications Controller
(Type 9-3)
This adapter provides a way to attach the system units to EIA-232 E communications
networks. The adapter consists of the multiprotocol base card and the Application
Interface Board (AlB). This combination provides eight individually-addressable
communications channels. The base card is available
with four megabytes of memory.
The AlB supports up to eight EIA-232 E ports at speeds up to 28K bits per second.
ARTIC960 Co-Processor Board

Application Interface Board

ARTIC960 8-Port EIA-232 E Communications Controller Specifications
FRU Numbers

Bus architecture
1/0 addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode file name
Connector
wrap plugs

Base card, part number 61 G2916
Application Interface board, part number 11 H3786 (order
separately)
4 MB Memory Board, part number 70X9973 (order separately)
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EAO
3,4,7,9,10,11,12
Set to No at power on, set to Yes by program

8
lusr/lib/microcode/00300000d.00.01 (use for 3.2.5 releases)
lusr/lib/microcode/00300000d. 00. 01011 RC8fd. 00. 01
1OO-position, D-shell
100-position, FRU number 68F7208
EIA-232 E, FRU number 33F8985

Feature Code

Cable Name!
Description

FRU Number

Length
m ft

2939

Cable Option EIA-232 E

71G3497

1.8 6

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-169

ARTIC960 8-Port EIA-232 E Communications Controller 100-Position
and 25-Position Connectors

1'-__________________

6
25 1 ~ooooooooooooooooooooooo
1
000000000000000000000000 Q..---- 27
75
00000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000 00000
52
0000000000000000000000

100

••••••••••••

25

Port
1

Port
2

Port
3

4

Port
5

Port

I/O

Port
0

Port

Mnemonic

6

Port
7

25Position
Connector

TxO
RxO
RTS
CTS
OCO

0
I
0
I
I

51
02
01
77
28

54
05
04
80
31

07
83
82
34
59

10
86
85
37
62

13
89
88
40
65

16
92
91
43
68

94
46
45
71
21

48
74
73
24
99

02l8A
03/88
04/CA
05/C8
08/CF

OTR
OSR
HRS
RI
TxCLKIN
TxCLK
RxCLK
SGNO

0
I
I
I
I
0
I

76
53
27
03
29
52
78
19

79
56
30
06
32
55
81
19

33
09
58
84
60
08
35
26

36
12
61
87
63
11
38
26

39
15
64
90
66
14
41
57

42
18
67
93
69
17
44
57

70
96
20
47
22
95
72
97

23
50
98
75
100
49
25
97

20/CO
06/CC
23/CI
221CE
15/08
24/0A
17/00
07/A8

FGNO

1·170

~

14

~13

--

Cable Shield

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

01/AA

FC (2935) ARTIC960 (4M) 6-Port V.36 Communications Controller
(Type 9-4)
This adapter provides a way to attach the system units to six V.36 communications
networks. The adapter consists of the multiprotocol base card and a six port V.36
Application Interface Board (AlB). This combination provides six individually-addressable
communications channels.

ARTIC960 Co-Processor Board
Port 0

Port 1

Port 2

Port 3 Port 4

Port 5

Application Interface Board

ARTIC960 6-Port V.36 Communications Controller Specifications
FRU Numbers

Bus Architecture
1/0 addresses
Interrupt levels
Busmaster
Maximum number
Microcode file name
Connector
Wrap plugs

Base card, part number 61 G2916
Application Interface board, part number 11 H3795 (order
separately)
4MB Memory Board, part number 70F9973 (order separately)
Micro Channel
02AO - 1EAO
3,4,7,9,10,11,12
Set to No at power on, set to Yes by program

8
lusr/lib/microcode/00400000d.00.01 (use for 3.2.5 releases)
lusr/lib/m icrocode/00400000d.00.01 0/1 RC8fd.00.01
100-position, D-shell
100-position, FRU number 72F0168
ISO 4902 V.36 (V.3S compatible), FRU number 73H2508

Feature Code

Cable Name!
Description

FRU Number

Length
m ft

2941

Cable Option ISO 4902
(V.36)

11H3796

3

10

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-171

ARTIC960 6-Port ISO-4902 (V.36) AlB 100-Position and 37-Position
Connectors
26 ~oooooooooooooooooooooooo
51
000000000000000000000000

75
100

000000000000000000000000
00000000000000000000000

76

••••••••••••••••••••
•••••••••••••••••••

14

19

37

Port

Port

110

0

Port
1

Port

Mnemonic

2

3'"

4

Port
5

37-Position
Connector

TxDA
TxDB
RxDA
RxDB

0
0
I
I

94
70
08
33

21
46
54
78

47
22
58
82

71
95
29
04

72
96
28
03

23
48
57
81

04
22
06
24

TxCA IN
TxCB IN
RxCA
RxCB

I
I
I
I

76
52
20
45

06
31
41
16

77
53
38
13

56
80
19
44

27
02
32
07

55
79
30
05

05
23
08
26

TxCA OUT
TxCB OUT
RTS
CTS

0
0
0

24
49
42
15

73
97
43
65

98
74
92
86

25
50
93
87

99
75
37
59

26
51
39
09

17
35
25
27

89
18
66
34

40
91
90
17

62
69
88
63

61
68
64
67

35
14
60
01

84
12
85
83

31
30
29
19
20
37

Port

DCD
DTR
DSR
SGND
DCE Rtn
DCE Rtn

1-172

1

27
52

I
I

0
I

--

100

Shield

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2989) TURBOWAYS 155 ATM Adapter (Type 9-9)
The TURBOWAYS 155 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Adapter provides the
interface between the ATM 155 Mbitlsec fiber-optics network and the Micro Channel in
your system.

TURBOWAYS 155 ATM Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Bus architecture
Busmaster
Card Type
Maximum number
Connector
Wrap Plug
Cables

34H6403
Micro Channel
80 MB/sec
Type 5 (single slot)
2 per Micro Channel
ANSI Specified SC duplex
16G5609 Shipped with assembly
62.5 micron multi-mode Fiber-optic, customer provided

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-173

FC (1904/1902) Fibre Channel 1063 Adapter Short Wave (Type 9-A)
The Fibre Channel 1063 Adapter provides the interfacing between a 1063 mega-bits/sec
fibre-optic channel and the Micro Channel in your system. It is designed for point-to-point
communications between two systems or between one system and a switch (fabric).

Fibre Channel Adapter FC 1904

Fibre Channel 1063 (Short Wave) Adapter SpeCifications

1-174

FRU Number Adapter
FRU Number Optic
Card Type
Bus architecture
Microcode filename
Microcode filename

73H2503
65G5292
Type 5
Micro Channel
8fe2d.00.00 (Diagnostic)
8fe2.00.01 (Functional)

Connector
Cable Type
Cables
Wrap Plug
End-of-cable wrap plug
OR
Feed through Connector

ANSI Specified SC duplex
50 micron multi-mode
Fibre-optic, customer provided
16G5609 Shipped with assembly
99F4916
19G4881 with half-meter fibre-optic cable 99F4880

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FCS Cables

FCS Cables 50 Micron Multi-Mode

•
•
•
•

54G3384/54G3385 7 Meters
54G3384/54G3386 13 Meters
54G3384/54G3387 22 Meters
54G3384/54G3388 31 Meters

•
•

54G3384/54G3389 46 Meters

•

54G3384/54G3391 Custom Length Meters

54G3384/54G3390 61 Meters

Note: There are two part numbers shown in the table. The first is for ordering cables in
the United States and the second is for ordering cables in other countries. Orders for
cables can be placed through MES.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-175

Fe (2999) 155 ATM Video Streaming Adapter (Type 9-E)
The 155 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Video Streaming Adapter is a Micro Channel
adapter that provides 155 Mbps SONET OC-3 (single mode) fiber connectivity. In
addition, the 155 ATM Video Streaming Adapter provides MPEG-2 PCR transmit pacing
function .

• Cl

BNC Connector

_-~~!lf'

155 ATM Video Streaming Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Bus architecture
Maximum number

Connectors
Jumper Cables
Microcode filename
Wrap Plug

1-176

73H1685
Micro Channel
The 155 ATM Video Streaming Adapter requires two Micro Channel slots
due to power requirements. When the model 39H is used as the base
system for the 155 ATM Video Streaming Adapter one can be installed.
The adapter can be installed in any slot. And, one of the other slots
must be left open or not used. When the model R20 is used as the base
system for the 155 ATM Video Streaming adapter, up to two can be
installed. When one Video Streaming Adapter is installed, it must be
installed in slot one (1). And slot three must be left open or unused.
When two Video Streaming Adapters are installed, they must be installed
in slots one and two. Then slots three and four must be left open.
ANSI Specified SC duplex
75 ohm BNC
Fiber optic, customer provided
letc/microcode/20115500d.OO.01 (Diagnostic)
letc/microcode/8f66ddif.01 (functional)
82G3185 Shipped with assembly

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2994) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet TX Me Adapter (Type 9-K)
This adapter provides connectiviey to 10/100 BaseTX Ethernet LANs for RS/SOOO systems
that support the Micro Channel bus architecture. This adapter attaches to either 10 Mbps
or 100 Mbps Ethernet network via 10BaseT or 100BaseTX through an 8-pin RJ-45
connector. The adapter is fully 802.3 fast Ethernet standard compatible, with an ability to
autonegotiate the speed and half/full duplex when connected to an autonegotiable switch.
Category 3,4 or 5 unshielded twisted-pair cable can be used for 10 Mbps operation.
Category 5 unsheilded twisted-pair cable is required for 100 Mbps networks.

Amber LED FDX
Amber LED RCV -

Green LED 100
Green LED LNK
10BaseT
RJ-45 Connector

10/100 Mbps Ethernet TX Me Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Interrupt levels
Bus architecture
Form Factor
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Adapter wrap plug

93H1505
10,11,12,15
Micro Channel
Type 3
80 MB/sec data streaming
4 per Micro Channel
8-position RJ-45
RJ-45 (twisted-pair), part number 00G2380

Customer Supplied
Cables

Items
Customer supplied

Chapter 1. Ad$pter Information

1-177

10/100 Mbps Ethernet TX MC Adapter 8-Position RJ-4S Twisted-Pair
Connector

RJ-45
Connector
Concentrator
End

Position

1-178

8

Mnemonic

Signal Name

1

TD+

Upward Data + (positive for HI signal)

2

TD-

Upward Data - (negative for HI signal)

3

RD+

Downward Data + (positive for HI signal)

4

Reserved

Reserved

5

Reserved

Reserved

6

RD-

Downward Data - (negative for HI signal)

7

Reserved

Reserved

8

Reserved

Reserved

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (8243) Media Streamer AudioNideo Decoder (Type *)
Note: * This adapter does not have an assigned type number.
The MPEG to analog video decoder adapter is an ISA form factor card. It decodes a
stream of digital MPEG data, and outputs analog video and stereo audio. The output
signal may be either in NTSC or PAL standard format. The MPEG data, reaches the card
via a SCSI-2 cable.
NlA
o

3

o

o

/

DO

o

o
o
o
o

• Connectors
1. 68-pin SCSI-2 connector for control and data input
2. SCSI address (10) connector, for attachment of a cable which takes the place of
SCSI address jumpers.

3. Stereo audio out

4. Genloc in
5. Video out

Media Streamer AudioNideo Decoder Specifications
Item

Description

FRU number

93H2136

Bus architecture

ISA

Bus description

The card requires a single ISA slot. It uses power only
from the bus. Typically, these cards are in a special AOAC
drawer, which has 14 slots for these adapters.

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-179

Media Streamer AudioNideo Decoder 15-pin D-Shell Audio Connector

P~S

1-180

9

P~S

1

Position

Signal Name

1

right audio +

2

right audio -

3

shield

4

left audio -

5

left audio +

6

reserved

7

reserved

8

video start trigger

9

reserved

10

reserved

11

reserved

12

reserved

13

reserved

14

reserved

15

reserved

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe (2734) Keyboard and Mouse Adapter for 7013 Models J30 and J40
(Type *)
Note:

* This adapter does not have an assigned Card Type.

This special adapter is used only on 7013 models J30 and J40. It provides a way to
attach a keyboard and mouse to the system units.

Mouse
Keyboard

Keyboard and Mouse Adapter Specifications
FRU Number
Bus architecture
Adapter size
Busmaster
Maximum number
Connector
Cables

40H7496
Micro Channel
Type 3
No
1
2 - 6 position Mini Din
Come standard on the keyboard and mouse

Chapter 1. Adapter Information

1-181

Keyboard and Mouse Adapter 6-Position Mini Din Connector
The physical layout of the keyboard and mouse connector is shown in the following
illustration.

Keyboard Connector
Pin

Signal

1

2
3

Keyboard Data
Speaker Signal
Ground

4
5
6

+5V de
Keyboard Clock
Speaker Ground

Pin

Signal

1

Mouse Data
Reserved
Ground

Mouse Connector

2
3
4
5

6

1-182

+5V de
Mouse Clock
Reserved

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Chapter 2. Devices Information
This chapter contains service data for the devices installed within system units. The
specific information about these devices is included here to aid service personnel. This
book is updated for most versions of the diagnostic programs.

Description of the Device Information
System unit manuals show only information that applies to all devices of a type. For
example, the removal and replacement procedures in the service guide for a system unit
show how to remove and replace any type of disk drive. This book shows the specific
address switch settings for each type of disk drive.

How to Use the Device Information
The information about internally installed devices is used in nondirected service activities.
The information in this chapter is used to:
•
•
•
•

Identify a device.
Find service information about a device.
Where applicable, show the settings for address switches or jumpers.
Provide a manual removal procedure for the CD-ROM caddy, compact disk, 4-mm,
and 8-mm tape cartridges.
• Provide removal and replacement instructions for the electronic boards on the disk
drives.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-1

5.25-lnch Diskette Drive
The 5.25-inch diskette drive provides a way to read and write 5.25-inch diskettes. This
drive can read or write on the 1.2M-byte diskette or it can read the 360K-byte diskette.
The 5.25-inch diskette drive is attached to the same built-in diskette drive adapter on the
standard 110 planar that the 3.5-inch diskette drive uses.
Since the 5.25-inch diskette drive and the PS/2 5.25-inch external diskette drive both use
the same internal cable connector, only one can be present on a system unit.

Setting the Terminator Resistor
The terminator resistor must not be installed on the internal 5.25-inch diskette drive when
it is installed in the front panel of a system unit.

D
D
D

o

~ 0DD
ODD
ODD

o

2-2

Terminator
Resistor Socket

0000

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

CD-ROM Drives
The CD-ROM drive is a read-only device which reads compact optical discs. The compact
disc (CD) is removable. See "Laser Safety Information" on page xvi for the laser safety
statement.
The CD-ROM drive connects to the internal SCSI bus cable coming from the standard
SCSI I/O controller.
There are three types of CD-ROM drives. These are designated as type A, Band C. The
three types of CD-ROM drives can be identified by looking at the front bezel as shown
below. Type A and 8 CD-ROM drives need to have a disc caddy to insert the CD. Type
C drives do not use a disc caddy, and simply insert the disc into a tray.

Type A Drive Bezel

II

o
Type B Drive Bezel
(CD-ROM and CD-ROM-2 versions)
CD-ROM-2 Type B Drives
have a white underside on
their unload buttons

O~CJ

• c=J

Type C Drive Bezel
(Double speed, Quad speed
and ax speed versions)

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-3

Setting SCSI Addresses
Depending on the model or type of CD-ROM drive, the SCSI address is set with switches
(Type A) or jumpers (Type B and Type C) located on the rear of the drive.

Type A Drive Switch Settings
Use the following table and diagram to locate and set SCSI address switches 1, 2, and 3
on Type A drives.

Note: Switches 4 and 5 should always be set to On and switch 6 set to Off as shown.
Address

Switch 1

Switch 2

Switch 3

0

3

Off
On
Off
On

Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off

4
5
6

Off
On
Off

Off
Off
On

On
On
On

1
2

Address Switches
I

,

1 2 3 4

,

5

6

,

,

D

,

[~r~l

.. ··· .

c:::::::J

~--------------------~--- Rearof
Drive

I

Type A Drive

2-4

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Type B Drive Jumper Settings
Use the following table and diagram to locate and set address jumpers on Type B
CD-ROM drives. This includes both the CD-ROM and CO-ROM-2 versions. The jumper
at position 6 should always be installed to allow media insertion and removal.

Note: CO-ROM-2 type 8 drives have an unload button which has a white underside.

Type B Drive
(Top View)

III ~
: 1 2 3

- .....1-

4
0

5

6

..
Disable Drive
7 (
, ' Terminator Power

,~~

(No Jumper)

\

Enable Normal
.
Drive Operation
SCSI
Enable Media.
(No Jumper)
Address Removal (Requires
Jumpers a jumper)
The jumpers are set at address 3 in diagram.

Address

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

Jumper 3

0
2
3

Off
On
Off
On

Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off

4
5
6

Off
On
Off

Off

On
On
On

1

Off

On

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-5

Type C Drive Jumper Settings
Use the following table and diagram to locate and set address jumpers on type C
CD-ROM drives. There are three speeds of type C CD-ROM drives. There is a
double-speed, quad-speed and
speed version. The bezel on all of the drives looks the
same. However, the tray in the double-speed CD-ROM drive is white with two tabs, the
tray in the quad-speed CD-ROM drive is white with four tabs, while the tray in the
CD-ROM drive is black with four tabs. Refer to the illustration on page 2-10.

ax

ax

TypeC
Drive

(Double Speed Version)
(Back View)

I

IV

f--I
1 000

~ 1

~

/

01110000000110000000000000000000000000

II

I

000' 0 0

I

Power
Connector

\1

000000000

, \
'

I

too. 0

0

0.0000000 0

\

1--""'"
iL!_!.~~

Audio
Output
Connector

Type C Drive (Quad Speed and
ax speed Versions)
(Back View)

50-pin
'SCSI
'\ Connector
\
\

\

\

\
\

\
\

\

,\
\

\

,,

" Audio
50-pin
,'Output
SCSI
,
Connector Connector

Power
Connector

I ,

110

-t----

123

Jumpers 5, 6 and 7 are always OFF
These jumpers are
spares

T

SCSI
Address
Jumpers
Set at 10 3 in figure
Address

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

Jumper 3

0

Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off

Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On

1
2
3

4
5
6

2·6

Jumper 4 is always to be ON

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Off
Off
On

Manually Removing the Disc
Note: Use the following manual procedures only after other methods have not worked
successfully.

The normal way to remove a disc is to press and hold the load/unload button for about 2
seconds.
When a power or drive failure prevents the disc from unloading normally, use the
procedure that applies to the appropriate CD-ROM drive type A, B or C.

Type A Drives
1. Remove the drive from the system unit or 7210 using the procedures in the installation
and service guide for that system unit or device.
2. Lay the drive upside down on a flat surface.
3. Remove. the two loader motor mounting screws from the bottom of the drive.
Loader Motor Mountin Screws {recessed}

4. Turn the drive over to allow the loader motor mount to slip down and disengage the
gears.

Caddy

Gears disengaged

Bottom Plate

I
Removed Screws

Loader
Motor
Mount

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-7

5. If the gears disengage, you should be able to remove the caddy by sliding the lever
on the side of the drive toward the chassis front.

6. If the" lever resists movement efforts, the loader motor may have to be moved down
and away from the spur gear with a screwdriver, as shown in the illustration. To move
the loader motor:
a. Remove the front bezel.
b. Press down on the top of the loader motor with a screwdriver to disengage the
gears.

Spur
Gear

=--:]
Loader Motor
Mount

c. When the gears have disengaged, slide the lever toward the front of the drive
chassis, and remove the disc caddy.

7. Reassemble the drive in reverse order.

2-8

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Type B Drives
1. Turn off power to the CD-ROM drive.
2. Remove the front bezel.
3. Remove the small label that covers the emergency eject hole.

10/=

7
Emergency
Eject H~le

,,0 ~
'"
"-

I

Front-of Chassis

4. Insert a solid metal rod (such as a small Phillips screwdriver) not more than 25 mm (1
in.) into the emergency eject hole, and push; the ~addy should be ejected.
Note: Use a rod having a diameter of 2.0 mm (.080 in.) or less, and do not insert the rod
more than 25 mm (1 inch) into the emergency eject hole. Inserting a rod further
than 25 mm (1 inch) may damage the CD-ROM drive.
5. Reassemble the drive in reverse order.
Note: The CD-ROM-2 Type B drives have a white underside on their unload buttons.

Type C Drives
Note: Execute the following procedure only in an emergency (ie. tray does not eject after
pressing the load/unload button).
1. Power-off the system unit.
2. Insert a small diameter rod, such as a straightened paper clip into the emergency
eject hole. (Refer to the illustration below for the location of the emergency eject
hole.)
3. Push the tool in until some resistance is felt.
4. Maintain a small amount of pressure on the rod while lifting up on the tray with your
finger nail.
5. Pull the tray open and lift out the disc.
Note: Normally the tray makes a ratcheting sound when pulling it open using the above
procedure. This does not damage the drive.
Head Phone
Jack

Tray Opening

Emergency
Eject Access

· r==J

Volume Control

Status Ught

loadlUnload
Button

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-9

Vertical Orientation
All three types of drives can be operated vertically as shown below. Since Type A and B
drives use a caddy to hold the disc, no additional provisions are needed when operating
vertically. Type A and B drives can be oriented in either vertical direction (ie. the eject
button either up or down).
Since the type C drives use a tray, the normal orientation is such that the eject button is
up. The two tabs at the bottom of the tray must be extended to hold the disc in place
when operating vertically. This is also shown below. Since the double-speed version only
has two tabs, it can only be oriented one way. Namely, the eject button needs to be up.
speed versions have tabs on both sides of the tray.
However, the quad-speed and
Therefore, they can be oriented either way the same as the type A and B drives.

ax

o
o
o

"-- 0
Type A Drive
Bezel

Type B Drive
Bezel
CD-ROM and CD-ROM-2

Tabs on Quad and

-

ax Speed Only

o
-

o

Type C Drive
Bezel

2-1 0

Tabs on
Dual, Quad and ax Speed

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Terminator Resistors
Since terminators are already provided on the SCSI bus, terminator resistors are not
installed on internal CD-ROM drives, socket locations for these resistors are provided on
type A and type B CD-ROM drives as shown below. If terminating resistors are present
on type A or B drives, remove them.

Terminator
Label
(Sockets
Underneath)

Rear of
Drive

Address
Switches

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-11

1/4-lnch Cartridge Tape Drives
The 1/4-inch cartridge tape drives use a tape cartridge to store data. The drives require a
half-high position when installed in the front panel.

Setting the SCSI Address
The method of setting the SCSI address depends on internal or external installation of the
tape drive ..

Internal SCSI Address Connections
The SCSI address is set using preinstalled address jumpers 1, 2, and 3 on the rear panel
of the drive (the jumpers may be labeled differently on the device).
The tape drive model determines whether the parity jumper is installed.
Internal SCSI Address
Connector
Internal SCSI

.-----.

\

_

Connector \

Rear View

I.~ -1--

I:

\

I :

Power
Connector "

SCSI
Address
......
Jumpers
..........

I

QIC 150 or

SCSI
7207-001- / Address
~ Jumpers

I

I

o 0
o 0

7207-012

210

o

0

/ 7;arity
P,
Most

0

2 1 0 ......

""

0000
10000
00000_,0000

OR

/p~

Significant Bit

Not Used

Significant Bit

Not Used

I

QIC 1000 or

(Not Required
on Model 012)

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 2

Jumper 1

Jumper 0

0

Off
Off
Off
Off

Off
Off
On
On

Off
On
Off
On

On
On
On

Off
Off
On

Off
On
Off

1

2
3
4
5
6

2-12

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

150M-byte, 525M-byte and 1.2G-byte 1/4-lnch Cartridge External Tape
Drives
The 150 M-byte, 525M-byte and 1.2G-byte 1/4-inch tape drives use a tape cartridge to
store data.

Setting the SCSI Address
Set the address switch shown to 6 or lower with a small screwdriver.
Note: The SCSI address switch must be set while the signal cable is disconnected from
the device or while system unit power is off.
External SCSI Address Switch

Rear View

/
SCSI Cable Connector

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-13

2.3G-byte 8-mm Tape Drive
The 2.3G-byte 8-mm tape drive uses an 8-mm tape cartridge to store data. This drive
requires a full-high position when it is installed in the front panel.

Setting the SCSI Address
Note: When the drive is installed in a 7208, the address switches must be set to address

O.
The SCSI address is set using three switches on the rear panel of the drive. When the
drive is installed in a 7208, an address cable is attached to the address jumper block on
the rear panel.
Least Significant Bit
Most Significant Bit

Rear View

Valid Addresses
Address

Switch 1

Switch 2

Switch 3

0
1

Off
On
Off
On

Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off

Off
On
Off

Off

On
On
On

2
3

4
5
6

Off
On

Manually Removing the Tape Cartridge
When a power or drive failure prevents the cartridge from ejecting, the cartridge may be
removed manually.
The following tools are required to remove the cartridge from the tape drive:
• 3/8 inch flat blade screwdriver
• Pointed tweezers or small screwdriver

2-14

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

•
•
•
•

Number TSTM Torx driver
Number T10 Torx driver
Tape
6-volt lantern battery.

The manual removal requires partial disassembly of the tape drive. Follow the listed steps
exactly as stated. Read all of the information contained in this procedure completely
before attempting to remove a cartridge.
Do only as many parts of the following procedure as are required to free the cartridge.

Part One of the Cartridge Removal Procedure
1. Use the removal procedure in your systems Installation and Service Guide to remove
the tape drive.
2. Remove the top cover to the drive. To do this, remove the screws shown in the
following illustration.
S. Refer to the illustration on page 2-1S. If the tape has been extracted from the tape
cartridge and follows the tape path denoted by the heavy black line, continue with this
procedure. If the tape has not been extracted from the cartridge, go to the "Door
Release and Tape Rewind Procedure" on page 2-21.

~"

Attention: Do not touch the tape on the outside of the loop, that is the surface of the tape
where data is recorded.

The cartridge door must be taped open to prevent the door from closing on the tape
before it is returned to the cartridge. To tape the door open:
4. Use two pieces of tape approximately 2-1/2 inches long. Position the two pieces of
tape as shown in the illustration, and gently press the tape to the cartridge.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-15

Tape

The load motor has a rectangular cover over it, which covers the red and brown load
motor connector wires.
5. Remove the cover by lifting it straight up, and then carefully lift the tape covering the
load motor contacts. Do not touch the data tape.
Attention: Care must be taken to ensure that the customer data tape does not get
pinched in any of the rollers or guide posts of the load mechanism, while moving the load
mechanism to the unload position.
To move the load mechanism to the unload position, the bottom of the drive should be
down and the right side of the drive should be facing you. The red wire from the load
motor is the ground, and the brown wire is the +5 V dc for the unload operation.
Note: Read steps 6,7, and 8 completely before proceeding.
6. Connect the ground lead from the 6 volt power source to the pin of the connector
attached to the red wire.
7. Connect the +6 volt lead from the power source to the pin of the connector attached to
the brown wire.
Attention: Do not leave power applied to the load motor for more than 5 seconds
maximum. Leaving power applied for periods in excess of the 5 seconds limit can result
in damage to the load motor.
8. Apply power to the connector for approximately two seconds.
You see the load ring and guide posts moving and hear the sounds of the movement
while they are moving to the unload position. When movement of the load mechanism
and the sound stops, remove the power from both pins of the connector.
9. If the tape unloaded, go to "Door Release and Tape Rewind Procedure" on
page 2-21.
If you did not hear or see any load mechanism movement, disconnect the power to
the connector. Verify that the power source is good, and that you were applying the
power correctly as described above. If you did not apply the power as described, you
were attempting to perform a load operation rather than an unload operation. After
making the connections as described above, repeat this step a second time. If the

2-16

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

drive still fails to unload, go to the "Second Part of the Cartridge Removal Procedure"
on page 2-17.
Guide Posts Inside This Area

Load Motor
Cable

Load Motor

Top View of Drive

Second Part of the Cartridge Removal Procedure
1. Remove the bottom cover.
2. Remove the servo card.
3. To prevent damaging the servo board or the wires and connectors, disconnect all of
the connectors from the servo board, and be sure to note where they connect.
Use a small screwdriver or similar tool to push on the key in the center of the
connector. Push the connector away from the servo board. Start by removing the
connectors closest to the rear of the drive.
4. Refer to the following illustration to locate the load motor and gears that control the
load mechanism.
Locate gear number 4 in the illustration; use this gear to return the load mechanism to
the unload position.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-17

IIIIII
Load Motor

f-l

GEAR#4 For
Use in Manual'
Tape Unloading

Front Panel
Bottom View of Drive
(Servo Board· Removed)

5. Tilt the drive so that you can see the tape load mechanism and the guide posts.
While holding the drive in this position and watching the load mechanism, use your
thumb to turn gear number 4. Turn the gear in a counter clockwise direction as
viewed from the bottom of the drive.
Continue to turn the gear until the load ring and all guide posts have returned to their
unload positions. The load ring stops moving before all guide posts and rollers have
retracted to their unload positions. Continue to turn the gear until the guide posts stop
moving. The gear should be rotated slowly and without jerking the tape to prevent
damaging the tape. The load mechanism is in the unload position when all guides,
posts, and rollers on the load ring, and all other guide posts are approximately in a
straight line closest to the tape.
6. If the tape unloaded, go to "Door Release and Tape Rewind Procedure" on
page 2-21.
If you were not able to unload the tape, go to the "Third Part of the Cartridge Removal
Procedure."

Third Part of the Cartridge Removal Procedure
Attention: This procedure has the highest potential for damage to the tape and to the
heads of the drive. Use care during this procedure.

1. Refer to the illustration and remove the screw that secures the erase head bracket; lift
the erase head bracket straight up.
The connector and wires do not have to be removed from the servo board. There is
sufficient slack in the wires to allow the erase head bracket to be removed ..

2-18

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

(

Tape Guide

Erase He:a:d:-_-I+----tfffl\:~~
Bracket
...... ::::;----........ ,

Top View of Drive

2. To remove the tape guide, lift it straight up.
The heavy black line represents the tape path. Use a nonconductive tool, such as a
molded potentiometer adjustment tool when removing the tape from the guide posts
and rollers. Whenever this procedure describes the use of the tool, the tool must
touch the side of the tape where no data is recorded. If you are unsure of which side
of the tape to touch with the tool, carefully inspect the tape path before starting this
procedure. The side of the tape that comes in contact with the rotating drum is the
side where data is recorded. The tool must only be used to touch the opposite side.
3. Use the tool to loosen the tape at point 1. While touching the side of the tape where
no data is recorded, move the tool toward the rear of the drive. This action should
cause the tape to pull off of the takeup reel and make a loose loop.
4. Move the pinch roller flange toward the side of the drive, and hold it in this position.
This action releases the pinch roller. Insert the tool in the tape loop at approximately
point 2.
Attention: Once you start to remove the tape from between the pinch roller and the
capstan, do not release the pinch roller until the tape is completely clear of this area. If
the pinch roller is released during this part of the procedure, before the tape is clear of
these components, the tape will be damaged.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-19

5. Remove the tape from around the guide posts and rollers at point 3 and point 4, being
sure to place the tool inside the tape loop! that is: on the nonrecorded side of the
tape.
Point 5 is an L-shaped molded black plastic part. The L-shaped part is mounted
upside-down to prevent the tape from riding up on the rotating drum. Care must be
taken so that the tape is not creased or damaged in any way during tape removal.
6. Position the tool between points 4 and 5 inside the tape loop and gently move the
tape up so that it passes between the L and the top edge of the drum.
7. Remove the tape from around the guide posts and roller at point 6; be sure to place
the tool inside the tape loop.
Pinch Roller Flange

Point 5

Point 6

Point 1

Top View of Drive

2-20

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

8. Go to "Door Release and Tape Rewind Procedure."

Door Release and Tape Rewind Procedure
1. Use a small screwdriver to move the drive door release lever toward the front of the
drive.
Care must be taken when removing the drive door components with the data cartridge
still in the drive. When opening the door, control the rate at which it opens by holding
the door with your fingers so that it opens more slowly. This prevents the data
cartridge from moving quickly and damaging the loose tape.

Drive Door

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-21

2. Release the two latches on the drive door, then remove the front and back parts of the
door assembly from the door hinge.

Latches
With the door open, position the drive so that it is resting on the rear of the frame, with
the door facing up and the bottom of the drive facing you. Use a flat blade
screwdriver and insert it into the hub of the takeup reel; this is the hub on the right
with the drive in the current position.
3. When the screwdriver is inserted in the hub, turn the hub counter-clockwise slowly.
While turning the screwdriver, watch the tape loop to ensure that it does not get
caught on any of the components. If the tape gets caught, free the tape from the
obstruction before turning the hub any further.

Attention: Do not touch the tape on the outside of the loop, that is the surface of the tape
where data is recorded. Make sure that all of the loose tape has been wound into the
cartridge. If all of the tape is not in the data cartridge, the tape will be damaged by the
cartridge door. Do not overwind the tape into the cartridge once the loose tape has
wound onto the takeup reel. Overwinding the tape results in tape damage.
4. When all of the loose tape has been wound into the data cartridge, remove the
screwdriver.
5. Remove the scotch tape holding the door of the cartridge open.
6. Remove the cartridge.
To reassemble the tape drive, reverse the removal procedures.

2-22

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

2.0G-byte 4-mm Tape Drive
The 2.0G-byte 4-mm tape drive uses a DDSIlIi 4-mm tape cartridge to store data.
Note: This drive is available as an external installation only.

Setting the SCSI Address for External Installations
Attention: The SCSI address must be set while both system unit and tape drive power
are turned off. Attaching the tape drive to an active system unit may damage the drive
and/or the system unit.
To ~et an SCSI address for external installations, select an unused address number, and
press the + or - pushbutton on the rear of the tape drive to display that number.

~
G

SCSI Cable

Connector~

I

I

""

~

SCSI Address
Switch

+

S

Rear View

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-23

Manually Removing the Tape Cartridge
This procedure describes how to manually remove a data cartridge from a 2.0G-byte
4-mm Tape Drive.
Attention: This procedure is very delicate and could result in damage to your tape
cartridge, 4-mm Tape Drive, or both. Please use this procedure only when you have
exhausted the other options for removing the tape cartridge. These include:

1. Power the 4-mm Tape Drive off and on again to attempt to clear any potential hang
conditions.
2. Issue the Unload SCSI command from the system command menu; if available, or
press the Unload button on the tape drive.

Removing a Loaded Tape Cartridge
Perform the following steps to manually remove the tape cartridge from your tape drive.
1. Using the instructions in your system unit user's guide, power off your system unit and
disconnect the tape drive.
2. Evenly lift and remove the cover from the base, avoiding extreme angles. Start lifting
from the front of the drive to avoid the cover lip pulling off the door from the front
panel.
3. If the cover clips get stuck, do not push them in by hand. Instead, lever between the
base and the cover gently. Open up the base so that the clips are freed and, at the
same time, pull up on the cover. If this still does not work, carefully press in the clips
that are stuck so they are not caught and try again to lift off the cover.
Note: Remember, the front clips should a/ways be lifted first.

2-24

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

4. This illustration shows the manual method of removing the cartridge. Insert a Phillips
#0 screwdriver with a 3-inch long, 1/4-inch diameter shaft into the hole designated on
the side of the drive. Engage it with the indented end of the worm drive. Turn the
screwdriver counterclockwise until the cartridge is ejected. Many turns may be
needed before this happens. If the tape is loaded in the tape path of the drive, it
could take approximately 4 minutes to remove the cartridge.
Note: If the tape is already within the cartridge housing, the procedure takes less time.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-25

4.0G-byte 4-mm Tape Drive
The 4.0G-byte 4-mm tape drive uses either OOSIIiI or 00S2 MRS 4-mm tape cartridges
to store data. This drive requires a half-high position when it is installed in the front panel.

Setting the SCSI Address for External Installations
Attention: The SCSI address must be set while both system unit and tape drive power
are turned off. Attaching the tape drive to an active system unit may damage the drive
and/or the system unit.

To set an SCSI address for external installations, select an unused address number, and
press the + or - pushbutton on the rear of the tape drive to display that number.

G

SCSI Cable
Connector

\

,

;V

0[±]

,

,

,

,

Rear View

2-26

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

SCSI Address
Switch

4.0 GB 4-mm Tape Drives
There are two types of 4-mm tape drives. They are designated as type A and B. The two
drives can be identified by looking at the rear of the drives or at the ventilation holes on
the drive chassis. The type A drives have the 50 position SCSI connector at the top of the
drive at about the center and has elongated ventilation holes in the chassis. The type B
drives have the SCSI 50 position SCSI connector and the power connector across the
bottom of the drive and has circular ventilation holes in the chassis.

Setting the SCSI Address for internal installations
Attention: The SCSI address must be set while both the system unit and the tape drive
are turned off. Attaching the tape drive to an active system unit may damage the drive
and/or the system unit.
Note: Prior to installing the SCSI media device into the media bay, the address of the
device must be set to any of the available SCSI addresses.
Do not change any of the other switches or jumpers that were set at the factory.

For Type A Drives
Set the SCSI address by using switches 1 through 3 as shown. The dip switch is located
on the rear panel or the drive.
4 mm Tape (Back View)

3 2 1

Power

Connector
SCSI

IDDDDD~~~1 ~~

AddreSS~
Switches

Address

Switch 3

Switch 2

Switch 1

0

Off
Off
Off
Off

Off
Off

On

1

2
3
4
5
6

On
On
On

On
On

Off
Off

On

Off
Off

On

Off

On

Off

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-27

For Type B Drives
Set the SCSI address by using jumpers 1 through 3 as shown. The address pins are the
rightmost pins of the jumper block. The jumper block is located on the rear panel of the
drive.

4 mm Tape (Back View)

Power
Connector

50-Pin SCSI

Connector

Address

Jumper 5-6

Jumper 3-4

Jumper 1-2

0

Off
Off
Off
Off

Off
Off

Off

1
2
3

4
5

6

2-28

On
On
On

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

On
On

Off
Off

On

On

Off

On

Off

On

Off

Manually Removing the Tape Cartridge from a 4-mm Tape Drive
This procedure describes how to manually remove a stuck data cartridge from a 4.0 GB
4-mm Tape Drive.
Attention: This procedure is very delicate and could result in damage to your tape
cartridge, 4-mm Tape Drive, or both. Please use this procedure only when you have
exhausted the other options for removing the tape cartridge. These include:

1. Power the 4-mm Tape Drive off and on again to attempt to clear any potential hang
conditions.
2. Issue the Unload SCSI command from the system command menu, if available, or
press the Unload button on the tape drive.

Removing a Loaded Tape Cartridge
See your service guide for instructions, and remove the tape drive from its enclosure.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-29

Type A Drives
1. Remove tho mounting brackets by removing the four screws near the iower edge oj
the tape drive assembly (two on each side) that are accessed through holes in the
side of each bracket.

A4AA0216

2. Remove the top cover by removing the four screws near the top edge of the tape
drive (two on each side) and lifting at the back of the cover.

A4AA0217

3. Remove the front bezel by dOing the following:
a. Turn the tape drive upside down and remove the two screws that secure the front
bezel on the bottom and one screw on the left side of the bezel.

A4AA0218

b. Place the drive assembly on its right side. Facing the drive assembly, use a small
screwdriver to gently press on the bezel tab (through the rectangular hole in the

2-30

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

drive assembly) until the latch on the bezel tab clears the hole, and the bezel can
be pulled away from the drive assembly.
Note: The bezel cannot be completely removed because of the Light Emitting
Diode (LED) printed circuit board assembly.

A4AA0219

c. Move the bezel aside to provide access to the front of the drive assembly.

A4AA0220

4. Turn the mode motor shaft counterclockwise until the mode motor stops.
Note: It may require many turns before the mode motor stops.
Mode Motor Shaft

Front
Roller

A4AA0221

5. Push the front roller in and turn it clockwise until the tape is wound on the supply reel,
and the roller stops.
Note: It may require many turns before the front roller stops.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-31

6. Use a small screwdriver to rotate the rear cartridge gear counterclockwise until the
r.~utrinnA
---------g- AiAr.t~
-,---_.

7. Reassemble the tape drive and reconnect it to the system unit.
Top of Drive
Steel Pin on
Door of Bezel

White Plastic
Lever
A4AA0222

Attention: When attaching the bezel, the cassette door should be raised to make sure
that the steel pin on the left side of the door (with the drive assembly facing you) is
above the white plastic lever on the left side of the drive assembly.

2-32·

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Type B Drives:
1. Remove the drive assembly from the your system. Use the documentation that came
with your system.
2. Remove the mounting rails by removing the four screws near the lower edge of the
d'rive assembly (two on each side) that are accessed through holes in the side of each
rail.

Top Cover Screw

--Bezel
Tab

Rail Screws
JH140-2

3. Remove the front bezel (the bezel snaps on).
a.
b.
c.
d.

Depress the bezel tabs (one on each side).
Pull the bezel down from the top.
Lift the bezel off of the bottom locating tabs.
Remove the bezel from the unit.

4. Remove the top cover (two screws).
a. Remove the two screws securing the cover to the drive (one on each side towards
rear of drive).
b. Lift up on the rear of the top cover.
c. Remove the top cover from the drive.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-33

Attention: The mode motor gear can be damaged if cycled in the wrong direction.
The following steps attempts to remove the tape from the drive without damaging the
tape.

a. Manually cycle the drive through an unload cycle until the tape is free of the drive
mechanism.
b. Then, manually rotate the spindle to ensure the tape is pulled back inside the tape
cartridge so that the tape is not damaged when the cartridge door closes.
c. You then complete the unload cycle until the tape ejects and can be removed from
the drive.

II,

5. Find the 0.25" diameter access hole
towards the back, on right side of the drive
chassis. This hole allows access to the mode motor gear.

'. "

Cassette

~IOadlng

JH167"()

Right Side View of the Drive Chassis

6. With a small flat blade screwdriver, turn the mode motor gear inside the access hole,
clockwise until the two pins.
in the elongated slots begin to move toward the front
of the drive (this can take up to 100 rotations of the screw driver).

fJ

II.

7. Insert a small diameter allen wrench (or a similar tool) into slot
Use it to rotate
in a counter-clockwise direction by ratcheting the drive gear on the
the left spindle
bottom of the spindle. This pulls the excess tape back into the tape cartridge.

II

8. Continue turning the left spindle until the right spindle
the tape is inside the cartridge.

D

II

begins to move, indicating

9. Return to the 0.25" diameter access hole
and continue cycling the drive (in a
clockwise direction) through the unload cycle until the tape cartridge ejects from the
drive. This may take another 100 turns of the screwdriver.
10. Assemble the drive in reverse order.

2-34

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

5G-byte 8-mm Tape Drive
The 5G-byte 8-mm tape drive uses an 8-mm tape cartridge to store data. This drive
requires a full-high position when it is installed in the front panel.

Setting the SCSI Address for External Installations
Attention: The SCSI address must be set while both system unit and tape drive power
are turned off. Attaching the tape drive to an active system unit may damage the drive
and/or the system unit.

To set an SCSI address for external installations, select an unused address number, and
press the + or - pushbutton on the rear of the tape drive to display that number.

G

~
SCSI Cable
Connector

\

,

~V

G

SCSI Address
Switch

,

",

Rear View

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-35

Setting the SCSI Address for Internal Installations
Attention: The SCSI address must be set while both system unit and tape drive power
are turned off. Attaching the tape drive to an active system unit may damage the drive
and/or the system unit.
Rear View of Tape Drive
Remote Connector - - - - - ,

"

0000000000000000000000000
0000000000000000000000000

o
2

1

0

Address

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 2

Jumper 1

Jumper 0

0
1
2

Off
Off

Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off

3

Off
Off

Off
Off
On
On

4
5
6

On
On
On

Off
On

Off

Note: The 5G-byte Tape Drive device is shipped with three jumpers installed.

Manually Removing the Tape Cartridge
Use the following procedure to manually remove the data cartridge for a non-functioning
8-mm tape drive:
Attention: This procedure is very delicate, and it could result in tape drive and/or tape
cartridge damage. Use this procedure only as a last option after you have attempted to
clear any potential hang condition by powering the tape drive on and off.

2-36

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Manually Removing a Loaded Tape Cartridge
Use the following removal procedure when a tape cartridge has been loaded into the tape
path:
Attention: This procedure destroys the tape.

1. Remove the five screws from the top cover of the tape drive.

A4AA0223

2. Using tweezers, loosen the tape as shown in the illustration on the following page. If
the pinch roller is engaged, push the indicated spring to release the pinch roller and
loosen the tape.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-37

Capstan

Make Tape Loop
With Tweezers
Push Here to
Release Pinch
Roller

A4AA0224

3. Make a loop in the tape with the tweezers, and cut the tape where shown above.
4. Using your index finger, gently press down the lock release tab until it clicks.
5. With the thumb of your other hand, roll the cassette loading gear toward the data
cartridge. The cartridge should eject.

A4AA0225

Manually Removing an Unloaded Tape Cartridge
Perform Steps 1,4, and 5 of the loaded tape cartridge removal procedure.

2-38

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

160MB SCSI Disk Drive
The 160MB SCSI disk drive is a 3-1/2 inch device which fits into a half-high media
position.

Setting the SCSI Address
Notes:

1. The device is shipped with jumpers configured for Address 6.
2. All three terminating resistors must be removed before installing the drive.
The three-position address jumper block J3 is located on the fixed-disk logic card shown.
Addressing information is given in the table below.
Terminating
Resistors (J2)

Bottom of Drive

Rear of
Drive

/

/

/
/

~//

/

~/
1 2

3

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

Jumper 3

0
1
2

Off
Off

3

Off
On
Off
On

4
5
6

Off

Off

On
Off

Off

Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On

On
On

On

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-39

200MB SCSI Disk Drive
The 200MB SCSI disk drive is a 3-1/2 inch device which fits into a half-high media
position.

Setting the SCSI Address
Notes:

1. The device is shipped with jumpers configured for Address 6.
2. All three terminating resistors must be removed before installing the drive.
3. All option jumpers must be removed.
The address/optional jumper block J4 is located on the fixed-disk logic card shown. Valid
addressing information is given in the table below.

Bottom of Drive
Jumper Block J4

/

Optional Jumpers

Rear of
Drive

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

Jumper 3

0
1

Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off

Off

Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On

2
3
4

5
6

2-40

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Off
On
On
Off
Off
On

320MB and 400MB SCSI Disk Drives
The 320MB and 400MB SCSI disk drives are 3-1/2 inch devices each of which fits into a
half-high media position.

Setting the SCSI Address .
Note: The device is shipped with no jumpers installed.

Use the following diagram to locate the jumpers and set the SCSI address.
When the 320MB or 400MB SCSI disk drive is installed in the 7204, all jumpers must be
removed and an address cable is attached to the connector. The SCSI address is set on
the back panel of the device.
~------------~I~I~I

10,00
oj""
ogooo
....
,

,

,

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

Jumper 3

0

Off

Off

1

On
Off
On
Off
On
Off

Off

Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On

2
3
4
5
6

On
On
Off
Off
On

Exchanging the Logic Card and Frame Assembly
Refer to the procedures that were packed with the FRU.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-41

355MB and 670MB SCSI Disk Drives
The 355MB and 670MB SCSI disk drives are 5-1/4 inch drives. These drives mount into a
full-high media position.

Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers
Note: The device is shipped with no address jumpers installed. The number and settings
of the other jumpers may vary and should not be changed.
The SCSI address of the 355MB and 670MB disk drives is set by jumpers located on the
logic card. Use the following diagram to set the jumpers. When the drives are used in the
modules for the 7203, the jumpers must be set to address O.

gDDDD
[IJ]

o

18DOD

I

o

~

~p

§O§

[]

I~ ~ ~ ~
J37

J36

J35

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 35

Jumper 36

Jumper 37

0

Off
On
Off
On

Off

Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On

1
2

3
4
5
6

2-42

Off

On
Off

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Off
On
On
Off
Off
On

Exchanging the Logic Card
The logic card on the 355MB and 670MB disk drives can be removed without removing
the disk enclosure. Use the following procedure to exchange the logic card:
1. Remove the disk drive (see the installation and service guide for the system unit or
device).
2. Lay the drive upside down on a flat surface.
3. Record the setting of the SCSI address jumpers.
4. Remove the two screws that attach the rear brace to the frame on the J4 side of the
drive.
5. Remove the four screws holding the logic card to the frame.
6. Carefully remove the Teflon tape from connectors J4 and J5 (save the tape).
7. Lift the logic card slightly and disconnect the cables from the connectors at J5.
8. Lift the logic card slightly and disconnect the cable from connector J4.
9. Tilt the one side of the logic card up and spread the frame enough to allow the card to
be removed.
10. Be sure the logic card shield is in place before starting to install the new logic board;
then assemble in the reverse order.

Unused Position on
the Connector

J5 Connectors

D
Rear Brace Screws
(Not Visible in Drawing)

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-43

540MB SCSI-2 Single-Ended Disk Drive
The 540MB SCSI-2 disk drive has a 3.5 inch form factor and mount in a half-height media
position.

Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers
Note: The device is shipped with jumpers configured for Address 6.
The SCSI address of the 540MB SCSI-2 disk drive is set by J6 jumpers located on the
logic card. Use the following diagram to set the jumpers.
,~---------------~

9 753 1.

~~BB~
10 8 6 4 2

D

DO
Valid Addresses

2-44

Address

Jumper 5-6

Jumper 3-4

Jumper 1-2

0
1

2
3

Off
Off
Off
Off

Off
On
Off
On

4
5
6

On
On
On

Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off
On

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Off

On
Off

857MB SCSI Disk Drive
The 857MB SCSI disk drive is a 5-114 inch fixed-disk drive which mounts into a full-high
media position.

Setting the SCSI Address Switches
The SCSI addresses of the 857MB SCSI disk drive is set with three switches on the rear
of each drive. Use the following diagram to set the SCSI address.

Valid Addresses
Note: The fourth switch is set to On.
Address

Switch 1

0

1
2
3

Off
Off
Off
Off

4
5
6

On
On
On

Switch 2

Switch 3

Off

Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off

Off

On
On
Off
Off

On

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-45

857MB Slim-High SCSI Single-Ended Disk Drive
The 857MB SCSI disk drive is a 3-1/2 inch fixed-disk drive which mounts into a full-high
media position when mounted on its adapter plate.

857MB Slim-High Single-Ended Drive

D:isk Drive
(Front)

'000
0
o 000 0

.......... oo

321

I
Address Jumpers
Note: This one-inch height drive is shipped with an appropriate mounting plate to
increase its installed thickness.

Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers
Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

Jumper 3

0

Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off

Off

Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On

1
2
3

4
5
6

Off

On
On
Off
Off
On

Exchanging the Frame Electronics
Refer to the procedures that were packed with the FRU.

Logic Card Removal and Replacement Procedures
The 857M-byte SCSI disk drive does not come as one complete assembly. You must
exchange either the disk enclosure or the logic card and frame assembly. The logic card
and frame assembly is one Field Replaceable Unit (FRU). When you exchange the logic
card and frame assembly, be sure to set the switches correctly. If the logic card and
frame assembly FRU does not fix your problem, install a new disk enclosure in the old
logic card and frame assembly.

2-46

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

This same procedure is also used to exchange the disk enclosure.
Carefully perform the following procedure while observing the accompanying attention
notices.

Attention:
• The disk drive weighs 3.5 kg (7.7 pounds). Take care when you remove it from the
using system.
• When the disk drive is brought from an environment whose temperature is outside the
specified operating range, that disk drive. should not be used for at least three hours.
This delay allows it to acclimatize to its new environment. During this period, the disk
drive should be removed from its shipping box, but must remain in the sealed bag to
prevent condensation from forming.
• The disk drives are fragile. Handle them with care and keep them well away from
strong magnetic influences. Use protective packaging materials when transporting
disk drives.
• The logic card is electrostatic discharge (ESD) sensitive. When handling the card, use
the field ESD kit (part 6428316) in accordance with CEM 270 (305).
• A new FRU may not be compatible with the original FRU. If the instructions
accompanying the new FRU indicate that the FRUs are compatible, continue with the
procedures in this section. If the FRUs are not compatible, follow the instructions
enclosed with the new FRU.

Note: Early logic card and frame assemblies (part 95X2172) are not inscribed or labeled
with the part number. Later assemblies (part 95X2346) contain a part number
label on the inside of the frame.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-47

Disassembling the Disk Drive
1. Ensure that you have a flat work surface on which to disassemble the disk drive.
2. Switch off the using system.
Attention: Allow approximately 20 seconds for the disk drive to stop rotating. Do not
attempt to remove the disk drive until it has stopped rotating.

3. Remove the disk drive (see the installation and service guide for the system unit or
device).
4. Lay the disk drive onto a suitable support [1]. The support must be narrower than the
disk enclosure [2], so that it does not touch the frame [3] of thelogtc card assembly,
and thick enough (approximately 7 mm or 0.25 inches) to hold the frame just clear of
the work surface. A notepad or similar item makes an ideal support.

2-48

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Attention: In this step and the following steps, you are going to disconnect the
spindle-motor connector. The wires to this connector might become damaged if they are
pulled or bent too much. Follow the instructions carefully.
5. Using a small screwdriver, release and carefully lift the plastic flap of the spindle-motor
connector [1].
6. Slide the connector in the direction of the arrow, and disconnect it from the logic card.

~

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-49

7. Lift the paper flap [1].
8. Open the retaining bar [2] by pulling it back to the position shown in the diagram.
9. Using two ball-point pens or similar objects in the holes of the flexible circuit [3], pull
the flexible circuit out from the connector (in the direction shown by the arrow). Po not
try to pull the flexible circuit out from under the logic card.

3

2-50

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

10. Close the retaining bar [2] to prevent the flexible circuit from reentering the connector.
11. Loosen the four cross-member screws [2] (part number 95X1939).
12. Remove the four disk-enclosure mounting screws [1] (part number 95X1940).
Note: Some shock mounts [7] (part number 95X1995) have separate bushings [4] (part
number 95X2191). These bushings might fall out when you remove the screws.
Do not lose them.

13. Carefully start to lift the logic card and frame assembly [3] away from the disk
enclosure. As you lift the assembly, carefully push the spindle motor connector [8]
down through the hole in the logic card. Keep the connector end [5] of the assembly
Slightly higher than the actuator end [6] while you are lifting, so tharthe cross member
passes over the end of the disk enclosure.
Note: You might feel some friction when lifting the logic card and frame assembly.
Attention: Do not attempt to remove the logic card from the frame assembly; damage to
the card could occur. The logic card and frame assembly are exchanged together as a
single FRU.

_ _ _ _~1

\

~--8

\

\

\

2

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-51

Assembling the Disk Drive
Attention: A replacement disk enclosure might need time to acclimatize to its new
environment. See the Attention notices at the first of the removal and replacement
procedures.

1. Ensure that you have a flat work surface on which to assemble the disk drive. .
2. Lay the disk enclosure onto a suitable support. The support must be narrower than
the disk enclosure, so that it does not touch the frame when the logic card assembly
is installed, and thick enough (approximately 7 mm or 0.25 inches) to hold the frame
just clear of the work surface. A notepad or similar item makes an ideal support.
Ensure that the actuator-end [1] of the disk enclosure protrudes beyond the edge of
the support.

2-52

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

3. Fold the flexible circuit as shown below. Ensure that:
• The first fold [1] is at the point where the flexible circuit enters the disk enclosure.
• The second fold [2] is in line with the actuator end of the disk enclosure.
Make two creases in the flexible circuit by pressing on the folds. These creases help
to locate the flexible circuit correctly when the disk drive is assembled.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-53

4. If you are exchanging the logic card and frame assembly, configure the four switches
[2] on the replacement logic card and frame assembly to match that of the replaced
FRU.
Attention: Missing or additional terminator blocks can cause intermittent problems.
Ensure that the terminator block [1] configuration of the replacement logic card and frame
assembly is the same as that of the replaced FRU. For most systems, the terminator
block must be removed.

2-54

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

5. Ensure that the four screws [1] in the front cross-member are loose.
6. Open the retaining bar [2] by pulling it back to the position shown in the diagram.

LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL

1
\

\

Chapter 2. Devices Information

'2-55

7. If the shock mount$ have separate bushings, ensure that those bushings [1] are
present in all four shock mounts.

2-56

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

8. Holding the connector end [3] of the frame slightly higher than the actuator end [4],
lower the frame over the disk enclosure, and guide the flexible circuit [1] into the
actuator connector [2], but do not close the retaining bar yet.
LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL

4

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-57

Attention: The wires on the spindle-motor connector [1] might become damaged if they
are pulled or bent too much. Handle them with care.

9. Lower the frame, and carefully guide the spindle-motor connector [1] up through the
hole in the logic card. Ensure that the flexible circuit folds correctly. Continue
lowering the frame until it rests on the disk enclosure.
Note: Although re~ting on the disk enclosure, the frame is not steady. This effect is
normal.

2-58

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

10. Check that the flexible circuit [2] is still located correctly. The second fold [3] should
be just visible at the actuator end [4] of the disk enclosure.
11. If the shock mounts [5] (part number 95X1995) have separate bushings [1] (part
number 95X2191), ensure that all those bushings are still present.
12. At the actuator-end of the disk drive, install and fully tighten the two disk-enclosure
'mounting screws [2] (part number 95X1940).
13. At the connector-end of the disk drive, install and fully tighten the two disk-enclosure
mounting screws [3]. Do not press down on the disk drive as you do this.
14. Fully tighten the four crossmember screws [4].

5

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-59

Attention: If the front cross-member is not aligned correctly, the disk drive might become
damaged through excessive vibration.

15. Check that the front-cross member [1] is correctly aligned. Check also that the clip [3]
at each end of the crossmember is not trapped behind the connector. If necessary,
loosen the four crossmember screws [2], relocate the cross-member, and then tighten
the screws.

2
,'~--~

2-60

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

16. Engage the grooves of the spindle-motor connector [1] with the edges of the hole in
the logic card. Ensure that the connector pins are correctly aligned, and then push
the connector fully home.

1

3
~

I.

\

~

"'1';........

\,'

,

~

~<. ~~-¥:-,---I

Later
Disk
Drives

'<::>
'

\

\

3

Early
Disk
Drives

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-61

18. Close the plastic flap [2] and press it firmly until it clicks into position.
19. Using two ball-point pens or similar instruments in the holes of the flexible circuit [3],
ensure that the flexible circuit is pushed fully home. The top edge of the label [2]
should be just below the open retaining bar [1] when the flexible circuit is in its correct
position.
Note: On early disk drives, the label is not present. Use the thin line [2] on the
flexible circuit instead. This line corresponds to the top edge of the label.

20. Close the retaining bar. (The illustration below also shows the retaining bar in the
closed position.)
~--------------------------------~

LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL

o

11111 111111111111

Ililll 111111111111111

0

LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL

3

,

,

\

\

\

\

,

2-62

~

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

21. Close the paper flap [4]. Locate the excess flap under the edge of the slot in the logic
card.
22. Check that all screws are tight.
23. Reinstall the disk drive in the using system.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-63

1G-byte SCSI Single-Ended and Differential Disk Drives
The 1G-byte SCSI disk drives are 3-112 inch devices which fit into half-high media
positions.

Setting the SCSI Address
Use the illustrations on this and following pages to locate the jumpers and set the SCSI
address.
Note: The devices are shipped with no jumpers installed. When a 1G-byte SCSI disk
drive is installed in the 7204, all jumpers must be removed, and an address cable
is attached to the connector. The SCSI address is set on the back panel of the
device.

Half-High Single-Ended Drives
1 G-byte half-high single-ended drives may be either of the following configurations.
II
II

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
000 0000 0 0

I

0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0000 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
000 0 000 0

0
0

II'

1(0 0

~l

0

0'11
11

Q,.OO
001---05'0000
- - __

,

\

\ \ \ Single-Ended Back Panel

o

000

OR

1

2

3

o
1

0

0

2

3

0

0

0 0

o 0

0 0

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

Jumper 3

0
1

Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off

Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On

2
3
4

5
6

Off
Off
On

Exchanging the Frame Electronics
Refer to the procedures that were packed with the FRU.

2-64

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Slim-High Single-Ended Drives

2::o~::::::

Disk Drive
(Front)

.......... oo

'000
0
00000

321

I
Address Jumpers
Note: This one-inch height drive is shipped with an appropriate mounting plate to
increase its installed thickness.

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper.1

Jumper 2

Jumper 3

0

Off
On
Off
On

Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off

Off

Off
Off
On

On
On
On

1

2
3
4
5
6

On
Off

Exchanging the Frame Electronics
Refer to the procedures that were packed with the FRU.

Half-High Differential Drives
Note: The differential drive signal connector is labelled "Differential SCSI."
Differential Label

r.:~
I l~ =~~==o~=~~r'=""="~======~~~D
I I~I
0" 0

·
0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

· :tj. -0--D
0. 0

0

0

0

I~ 'O;_I'~' ~:
..

Differential
Back Panel

0

0

0

0

0

0

.. ..

o

000
..

0

0

0

00000000
I

o

1

2

I

Address Jumpers

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-65

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

Jumper 3

0
1
2

Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off

Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On

3
4
5
6

Off

Off
On

Exchanging the Frame Electronics
Refer to the procedures that were packed with the FRU.

2-66

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

1080MB SCSI-2 Disk Drive
The 1080MS SCSI-2 disk drive has a 3.5 inch form factor and mounts in a half-height
media position.

Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers
Note: The device is shown with jumpers configured for SCSI Address 6.

The SCSI address of the 1080MB SCSI-2 disk drive is set by jumpers located on the logic
card. Use the following diagram to set the jumpers.
Jumper Block

o

o

o

o

1 3 5 7 9 1113

~III~~~
2 4 6 8 101214

o
Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 1-2

Jumper 3-4

Jumper 5-6

0

3

Off
On
Off
On

Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off

4
5
6

Off
On
Off

Off
Off
On

On
On
On

1
2

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-67

2.1 GB SCSI-2 Disk Drive
The 2.1 GB SCSI-2 disk drive has a 3.5 inch form factor and mounts in a half-height media
position.

Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers
Note: The device is shown with jumpers configured for SCSI Address 6.

The SCSI address of the 2.1 GB SCSI-2 disk drive is set by jumpers located on the logic
card. Use the following diagram and table to set the jumpers.

o

o

D

o

Position 1

D

o

................ Q ....... .

Jumper Block

12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

~~~~I~~I~II~
• Positions 5, and 8 must have jumpers.
• Positions 1, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12 must not have jumpers.
Address

Jumper 4

Jumper 3

Jumper 2

0

Off

Off

Off

1

On
Off

Off
On

Off
Off

On
Off

On
Off

Off
On

On
Off

Off
On

On
On

2

3
4

5
6

2-68

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

1.1 GB, 2.2GB, 4.5GB 9.1 GB (50 and 68-pin) Single-Ended Disk Drives
There are many different types of the SCSI-2 FastlWide Disk Drive Types. Before you
can set the SCSI address, you must determine which type of SCSI-2 disk drive you have.
The table below describes the various features of each drive to help you do this.
Type

Form
Factor

Capacity
in GB

SCSI
Conn
Pins

Required
Jumper(s)

Jumper
Block
Pins

Drive
Type

A1

1"

1.1/2.2

50-pin

23-241

32

DFHS/DFMS

A2

1"

1.1/2.2

68-pin

23-241

32.

DFHS/DFMS

A3

1.6

4'.5

68-pin

23-241

32

DFHS/DFMS

81

1"

1.112.2

50-pin

None

20

Quantum

82

1"

1.1/2.2

68-pin

None

12

Quantum

4.5

68-pin

None

12

Quantum

11

11

83

1.6

C1

1"

4.5

68-pin

23-24 &
31-322

32

DCHS

C2

1.6 11

9.1

68-pin

23-24 &
31-322

32

DCHS

D1

1"

2.214.5

68-pin

31-322

32

Quantum

9.1

68-pin

31-322

32

Quantum

2.2

68-pin

23-24 &
31-322

32

Quantum

02

1.6

03

1"

11

Notes:
1
2

Factory installed jumpers
Customer or customer representative installed jumpers.

Other differences to look for are the number jumper block pins, and SCSI connector size.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-69

SCSI-2 disk drives
The following figures show the location of the jumper blocks and where to place the
jumpers to set the SCSI address or SCSI 10. There are three jumpers to set on 50-pin
models and four on 68-pin models.
To set the SCSI address or SCSI 10

see

the Valid Addresses (SCSI IDs) table on page

2-76.

Type A 1 Drive
For 1 .1 GB, and 2.2GB drives, 50-pin models.

Note: Type A disk drives are shipped with one factory installed jumper. Do not change
the factory installed jumper.
_____ Copper strip

~

..

•••••..·T..•
0000000000

••••

<:

/'

N!~! ~= 1]

CSI 10 Jumper Pins 23-24 must
~ BI k have a jumper
2 1 0 an

Pin 2
Pin 1

Type A2 Drive
For 1.1 GB, and 2.2GB drives, 68-pin models.
_____ Copper strip

~ ···.....··r··· [II ~= 1]
00000 • • • • 00

0000

/"
~ SCSI 10 Jumper Pins 23-24 must
'\.. r
f
, BI
k have a jumper
"'-,,32 1 0 an

Pin 2
Pin 1

2~ 70

oooooofOloooo
ooooooooooo~oooo

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Type A3 Drive
For 4.5GB drives, 68-pin model.
_____ Copper strip

~SI

10 Jumper

~~ /1
Pin 2
Pin 1

0' Blank

Pins 23-24 must
have a jumper

0000001010000
ooooooooooo~oooo

Type 81 Drive
For 1 .1 GB, and 2.2GB drives, 50-pin models.
Bright metal lid

t:=~-.~
"\

SCSI 10 Jumper

\'2

1'0' Blank

Pin 2
Pin 1

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-71

Type 82 Drive
For 1.1 GB, and 2.2GB drives, 68-pin models.
Bright metal lid

~~~
\

8;81

~D ~umper

\ 3' 2, 1- 0" Blank
\ \-"- /

p!" 2
Pin 1

~~b1l bP
_0

0

0 0 0 0 0

I
.

Type 83 Drive
For 4.5GB drives, 68-pin model.
Bright metal lid

l1 \·······..·......····..····..··.... III~r
··································!~\l

2-72

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

0000

lIT
JJL

Type C1 Drive
For 4.5GB drives, 58-pin model.
___ Copper strip

~

0 .......
0 • • • • 0 • • 00

r.a
••

i£l ~=

(s~SI.'D ~umper
'" 3 2 1 0
Pin 2
Pin 1

~

~

Pins 23-24 and
31-32 must
have jumpers

Blank

000000[010000
ooooooooooo~oooo

~

!>;lti
I~r~]~

I:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::)

Type C2 Drive
For 9.1 GB drives, 58-pin model.
___ Copper strip

7s~S, ,10 ~umper
\

.... 3 2 1 0 Blank

Pins 23-24 and
31-32 must
have jumpers

000000\010000
ooooooooooo~oooo

_.................................
-....
J\ .............................

~(~1

/~I~~

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-73

Type 01 Drive
For 2.2GB and 4.5GB drives, 6S-pin models.

~=::'::::::::::lIS""--= -~

<. S~SI
/

. "

,ID

~umper

Pins 31-32
must have
a jumper

3 2 1 0 Blank

~....-...-....-..-.....-...-; I~~~
• • • • • • • ___ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Il C D 0

0

D

Type 02 Drive
For 9.1 GB drives, 6S-pin models.

Pins 31-32
must have
a jumper

=

=

........·....·..··..·....·....·ll'~(r
ll \....····..·····-···········-······
······I~IL

2-74

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

0000

)Ir
JII

Type 03 Drive
The type 01 2.2GB, 68-pin (16-bit) disk drive can be used as a 50-pin (8-bit) drive by
adding a jumper.

~ =: ~: : *:"

1

=

/sCSI 10 Jumper
'"

-~

1" - - - :

#32\ 0' Blank

Pins 23-24 and
31-32 must
have jumpers

oooooofOloooo

Pin 2
Pin 1

ooooooooooo~oooo

~..._...m.__........._.m-; I§r~~
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

Dcoooe

68 to 50 pin

interposer

• Pins 23 and 24 must be jumpered together as shown in the figure above.
• Jumper 3 on pins 1 to 2 is not used in this configuration. Do not place a jumper on
these pins. Eight bit devices can only use SCSI lOis zero (0) through six (6).
• Some systems require a 68-pin to 50-pin interposer, a cable and interposer or an
interposer cable as shown below.
Cable

68 pin connector
to disk drive

68-pin connector
to disk drive

68-pin connector
to interposer

r--I----..;...~_-.J...--, Interposer

or

68 to 50 pin
interposer cable

50 pin connector
to cable

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-75

Valid Addresses (SCSI IDs)
Address

Jumper 3

Jumper 2

Jumper 1

Jumper 0

0

Off

Off

Off

Off

1

Off
Off

Off
Off

Off

On

On

Off
Off
Off

Off
On
On

On
Off
Off

Off
On
Off

Off
Off
On

On
On
Off

On
On
Off

Off

On
On

Off
Off
Off

Off
On

On
Off
On
Off

2
3
4

5
6
7*

8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15

On
On
On
On
On

On
On
On
On

On
Off
Off
On
On

On
On
Off

On
Off
On

Note:

1. Address 7 is reserved for the adapter.
2. There is no jumper 3 on 50 pin drives, thus SCSI addresses eight to fifteen are
not valid.

2-76

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

1.37GB SCSI Disk Drive
The 1.37G-byte SCSI disk drive is a 5-1/4 inch fixed-disk drive. This drive mounts into a
full-high media position.

Setting the SCSI Address Jumpers
The SCSI address of the 1.37G-byte SCSI disk drive is set with three jumpers on the top
rear of the drive.
Note: Address jumper block configurations differ; compare your drive to the illustrations
below and on the following page.

Option Jumper J4B
(Factory
Configuration; 2 mm
Centers)

1\: 1:1 j
(~

J1~~

/

"

"-..
'-....

'-....
"-..
"-..

"-..

.

Jumper Pms
"-.. '-.... (0.1 Inch Centers)

/ I " 100

102 101

Note: The 102, 1, and 0 pins on J5 use 0.1 inch (on center) jumpers (PIN 61 X7052);
option jumpers elsewhere on the drive use 2 mm jumpers (PIN 65F11 03).

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper 102

Jumper 101

Jumper 100

0

Off

1
2
3

Off
Off
Off

Off
Off
On
On

Off
On
Off
On

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-77

Address

Jumper 102

Jumper 101

Jumper 100

4

On
On
On

Off
Off
On

Off
On
Off

5
6

Terminator Pin Sockets
Remove Terminator
Resistor
Option Jumper J4B
(Factory
Configuration;
2 mm Centers)

/:J: I: II

--I: :: :: I
II"

102 101 100
Alternate SCSI
Address Jumper Pins
(O.1 Inch Centers)
Primary SCSI Address
Jumper Pins
(2 mm Centers)

••

II"~

102 101 100 Write Protect
Note: The primary 102, 1, and 0 pins on J4A use 2 mm (on centers) jumpers (PIN
65F1103). Alternatively, SCSI addressing can be accomplished by using 0.1 inch
(100 mil) jumpers (PIN 61 X7052) in the adjacent J5 jumper block.

Valid Addresses
Address

Jumper
102

Jumper
101

Jumper
100

0
1
2

Off
Off
Off
Off

Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off
On

Off
On
Off
On

3
4

5
6

On
On
On

Off
On
Off

Exchanging the Logic Card
The logic card on the 1.37G-byte Disk Drive can be removed without removing the disk
drive module. Use the following procedure:
1. Remove the disk drive from the system (refer to the installation and service guide for
the system unit or device).
2. Place the disk drive on a flat work surface that offers electrostatic discharge
protection, and use an electrostatic wrist strap.

2-78

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Attention: The flex circuit is fragile. Avoid unnecessary bending of the circuit when
connecting and disconnecting flex circuit connectors from circuit board connectors. Use an
IC removal tool (not tools like screwdrivers or pliers) to disconnect flex circuit connectors.
If the flex circuit becomes damaged, the entire disk drive module must be replaced.
3. Carefully grasp flex circuit connector P3D with an IC removal tool. Avoid unnecessary
rocking of the flex circuit assembly while pulling P3D away from J3D.
4. Remove the four T-10 Torx screws that secure the logic card to the disk drive.
5. Grasp the logic card at the address jumper end, and separate connectors J23 and
P23 by wiggling the logic card slightly while pulling the logic card away from the power
board.
6. Remove the logic card, and place it on an appropriate work surface.

Note: Ensure that the foam acoustic insulation pad (if present) remains in place
between the logic card and disk drive module.
7. Reassemble the logic card to the disk drive module by reversing the preceding steps.

Note: All Terminator resistors must be removed from the logic card.
Address Jumpers

Power Board
Flex Circuit

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-79

2.0G-byte SCSI-2 Single-Ended and Differential Disk Drives
The 2.0G-byte SCSI-2 disk drives are high performance, 3.5-inch, form factor disk drives
that have single-ended or differential interfaces. Fast (10MB/sec) and fasVwide
(20MB/sec) drives are available with single-ended or differential interfaces.
Connect single-ended drives to single-ended controllers; connect differential drives to
differential controllers. Refer to "Cabling SCSI Devices" on page 4-3 for more information
on cabling SCSI controllers and devices.

Note: SCSI-2 single-ended and differential disk drives are shipped with no jumpers
installed.

Setting the SCSI Address or SCSI ID
Use the following illustrations to locate the jumper blocks and set the SCSI address.

Differential Drives with 50-Pin Connector (Fast 10MB/sec)
Differential Label
on Connector \.
I: : :

0

:

:

:

:

I

Differential
Drive

'"

/D [3J

It :! _ _::::::::::::::::::::::: JI

0'0,,0 0
Differential' "
10
Back Panel
'" 0

ODD
0
0

0
0

0

0 0
0 0

oJ

0
0 0

o1 2
~
Address Jumpers
Address

Jumper 0

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

0

3

Off
On
Off
On

Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off

4
5

Off
On

6*
7*

Off

Off
Off
On
On

On
On
On
On

1
2

Note:

2-80

On

* Address 7 is usually reserved for the adapter; in high-availability configurations,
the second adapter is usually aSSigned address 6.

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Single-Ended Drives with 50-Pin Connector (Fast 10MB/sec)
Type A Drive
50-Pin SCSI
Connector

Single-ended
Drive

00
001
o

Back
Panel

0

0 0

o1

2
~
Address Jumpers

Type B Drive

~ ... ........... III.}' I I, ,[II ;i]
PD0000000000020

SCSI 10 Jumper

r
Pin 1
Pin 2

1

2 1 0

Blank
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

:

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Note: Pins 1 and 2 do not exist on this model.

Single-Ended and Differential Drives with 50-Pin Connector (Fast
10MB/sec)
Address

Jumper 0

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

0

Off
On
Off
On

Off

Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off

Off
On
Off
On

Off
Off
On
On

On
On
On
On

1
2

3

4
5
6*
7*

Note:

* Address 7 is usually reserved for the adapter; in high-availability configurations,
the second adapter is usually assigned address 6.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-81

Single-Ended and Differential Drives with S8-Pin Connector (FastIWide
20MB/sec)
Single-Ended FastlWide
Drive (Back Panel)

Address Jumpers

6S-Pin SCSI
Connector

0

)"0000
000\,
000000000
"

I

c=:J

Differential FastlWide
Drive (Back Panel)

Power

tJ D

.',

"

",

I

o

1

2

3

00000
00

0

000

000000000

D

D

- Power
~

00000

0000

000

000000000

f

,0 1

2
I
Address Jumpers

6S-pin SCSI
Connector

SCSI Pin 1 "Differential
SCSI" Label

Addresses
Address
0

1
2
3
4
5
6*
7*

8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
Note:

2-82

Jumper 0

Jumper 1

Jumper 2

Jumper 3

Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On

Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On

Off
On
Off
On
Off
On

* Address 7 is usually reserved for the adapter; in high-availability configurations,
the second adapter is usually assigned address 6.

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Exchanging the Frame Electronics
Refer to the procedures that were packed with the FRU.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-83

2.4G-byte SCSI Disk Drive
The 2.4G-byte SCSI disk drive assembly contains two independently addressable 3-1/2
inch Head Disk Assemblies (HDAs) mounted in a 5-1/4-inch form factor enclosure. An
available field repair kit includes one Head Disk Assembly (HDA), the electronics planar
and the 5-1/4-inch form factor enclosure ("cage"). For applicable FRU numbers, refer to
Failing Functional Codes C11 and 986 in Chapter 3 of the Diagnostic Information for Micro
Channel Bus Systems, order number SA23-2765.

Setting the SCSI IDs (Addresses)
The SCSI addresses of the 2.4G-byte SCSI disk drive are set with two ID (address)
groups (HDA A and B) on the connector end of the drive.
Note: Each of the two HDAs must be assigned its own, unique SCSI ID (address); the
system configures two individual SCSI drives.
A Address
Jumpers

-Autostart

B Address
Jumpers

0000000000000
0000000000000
,'....,--.....-.....
,
,

" Ground

Ground

Ground

SCSI Bus Connector
,

,

_( _\ ---

Option and 10
Jumper Block

,

~~I~

View

Power Connector

Valid Addresses
Address

Address
Jumper 0

0
1

Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off

2

3
4
5
6

Address
Jumper 1

Address
Jumper 2

Off

Off
On
On

Off
Off
Off
Off

Off
Off
On

On
On
On

Note: "On" in the preceding table means that the jumper is installed between the address
pin and its corresponding ground pin.

2-84

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

HDA Removal and Replacement
Contained within the 5-1/4 inch form factor enclosure (cage) are two 3-1/2 inch head drive
assemblies (HDAs) (each containing a data channel card) and an electronics planar. Field
replacement options are 1) replace the entire two-HDA assembly or 2) assuming that only
one HDA has failed, remove the "good" HDA, and install it in the Field Repair Kit which
comprises one complete HDA, an electronics planar, and the 5-1/4 inch form factor cage.
Note: As a final effort to save critical data from the "failed" HDA, that drive may be
temporarily substituted for the "good" drive that has been installed in the Field
Repair Kit. If the ''failed'' drive then functions properly, the problem was probably
in the electronics planar. If possible, back up data from the "failed" HDA, and
return it to the factory for analysis. Keep the "good" HDA, along with the new HDA
from the Field Repair Kit.
Special Tools Required:
• Torx™ T7 bit, 37F8396
• Torx™ T20 bit (tamper-proof), 39F8401
Note: Torx™ set, 39F8407, includes the T7 and T20 bits.
• Holding clip removal tool (included with field repair kit; not available separately).

HDA Removal
Note: The HDA removal procedure is the same for either of the two HDAs; the following
illustrations portray removal of HDA B.
1. Remove the cage top cover by loosening the top cover TorxTM T20 screws [2], and
then lifting cover off the tabs [1] in the lower frame.
Note: Some versions of the top cover may have rear interlocking tabs that do not fit under
screws.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-85

Attention: The flex cable can be torn by excessive force, or signal lines can be broken by
bending the cable sharply.

2. Disconnect the data channel flex cable by:
a. Orienting the HDA so that the channel data card [1] is in front of you.
b. Releasing the flex cable connector by pulling both ends of the connector forward
as shown.
c. Pulling the flex cable from the connector.

Attention: There is a greater risk of ESD damage to the disk enclosure when the jumper
wire shown below is removed from the data channel card.

3. Remove the three Torx™ T7 screws [1] that hold the channel data card to the frame.
4. Lift up the jumper wire shown in the enlargement, but do not lift up the channel card at
this time.

1

2-86

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Attention: In the following step, ensure that you lift the data channel card [2] around the
plastic retainer, or the data channel card may be damaged.
5. Lift the channel data card [2] up from the HDA, and hold it at an angle so that you can
easily get access to the connector [3].
6. Remove the spacer [1] from the top of the HDA. Note how the spacer is installed so
that you can reinstall it correctly.

7. Release the flex cable connector [1] by pulling up on both ends of the connector.
8. Pull the flex cable from the connector, and put the data channel card on an
ESD-protected work surface.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-87

Attention: The flex cable can be torn by excessive force, or signal lines can be broken by
bending the cable sharply.
9. Disconnect the actuator flex cable by:
a. Releasing the flex cable connector by lifting up on both ends of the connector with
the holding clip removal tool [1].
b. Pulling the flex cable [2] from the connector.

10. Locate three holding clips [1], [2] and [3].
Note: The cut tabs [4] (notches in the metal) that lock the holding clips to the frame are
on the outside of the frame.
11. Place the holding clip removal tool over the holding clip as shown; the flat part of the
tool should be against the HDA frame.
12. Pull up on the holding clip removal tool until the holding clip comes off the shock
mount.

2-88

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Attention: Do not hold or apply pressure to the HDA cover (shaded area in the
illustration) the HDA cover may touch and damage the disks inside.
Note: In the two following steps, only loosen the HDA; do not lift it out yet.

13. Loosen the damper spring screw.
14. Loosen the HDA by first grasping the front and left shock mounts [3] and pulling up.
Then, grasp the HDA just above the right shock mount [2], and pull up.

Attention: The HDA has no shock protection when removed from the frame. The HDA
must be held by the shock mounts with extreme care.
Attention: The motor cable is attached to the bottom of the HDA. Be careful not to lift the
HDA too high, or this short cable may break.
Attention: Do not hold or apply pressure to the HDA cover (shaded area in the
illustration); the HDA cover may touch and damage the disks inside.

15. Holding the shock mounts [1J only at the points shown, lift the HDA from the frame.
16. Hold the HDA by the shock mounts on the ESD-protected work surface with the motor
cable up.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-89

17. Note the position of the motor cable and how it attaches to its connector [1]; the motor
cable must be in the same position when it is reconnected.
18. Remove the motor cable from its connector by pulling up on the tab [2] This completes
the removal procedure.

Note: Although the procedure
detailed in this step is shown as
performed with HDA A, the
procedure is the same for HDA B.

HDA Replacement
1. Hold the HDA by the shock mounts so that it is standing up on the ESD-protected
work surface.
2. Reconnect the motor cable [1] to the planar card.

Note: Although the procedure
detailed in this step is shown as
performed with HDA A, the
procedure is the same for HDA B.

2-90

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Attention: Hold the HDA by the shock mounts. Ensure that the motor cable is not
twisted.
3. Align the front shock mount [3] with the slot on the connector end of the frame.
4. Align the side shock mounts [2] and [4] with the slot on the connector end of the
frame.
5. Push down on the side shock mounts at points [2] and [4] to seat the HDA.
6. Tighten the damper spring screw [1] that is against the rear of the HDA.
1
2

Note: The cut tabs [4] (notches in the metal holding clips) that lock the holding clips to
the frame must be on the outside of the frame. If installed incorrectly, the holding
clips cannot be removed easily.
7. Install three new holding clips, [1], [2] and [3] provided in the parts kit, so that they
hold the HDA shock mounts to the frame.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-91

Attention: The flex cable can be torn by excessive force, or signal lines can be broken by
bending the cable sharply.

8. Lift up on both ends of the connector with the holding clip removal tool [1].
9. Push the flex cable [2] all the way into the connector until the flex cable tabs touch the
connector.
Note: The flex cable tabs do not touch the connector after the connector is sealed.

10. Push the read/write flex cable [1] into the end of the connector, and push the tabs on
the connector edge down to fasten the cable.
11. Ensure that the spacer [2] is in the correct position as shown.
12. Hold the data channel card in place on the frame.

~

2-92

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Attention: There is a greater risk of ESD damage to the HDA when the jumper wire
shown below is removed from the data channel card. Ensure that the jumper wire is
installed in the following step.
13. Install three TorxTM T7 screws [1] that hold the data channel card to the frame, with
the jumper wire under the screw as shown. Ensure that the jumper wire is routed
between the HDA and the data channel card to avoid interference when you replace
the top cover.

!
Attention: The flex cable can be torn by excessive force, or signal lines can be broken by
bending the cable sharply.
14. Pull out on both ends of the connector.
15. Push the flex cable all the way into the connector until the flex cable tabs touch the
connector.
16. Seat the connector by pushing in on both ends of the connector.
Note: The flex cable tabs do not touch the connector after the connector is sealed.

Chapter 2. Devices Information

2-93

17. Place the two tabs [1] into the lower frame, and tighten the top cover Torx™ T20
screws [2].
Note: Some versions of the top cover may have rear interlocking tabs that do not fit
under screws.

2-94

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling
This chapter has information for those servicing installed systems and to help those
planning for new installations. There is information that describes cabling to the standard
interfaces that come in the system and cabling to the many optional adapters that are
used with the system.
In most cases when a system unit is getting attached to large computer systems, file
systems, or networks, the cabling is complicated and the appropriate publications for those
specific products are required for cabling and setup.
Chapter 4 has all of the information about SCSI cabling.
Chapter 5 has information on cable building and pin-outs that may be helpful if. you are
considering custom built cables.

Adapter Cabling
This section helps you determine the types of cables you need to attach devices to their
adapters. Length refers to the length of a cable. There are many general purpose cables
shown in this section. However, there are many cases where custom cables are required
when installing large or complicated systems. Chapter 5 provides pin-outs and in some
cases additional information that may help you or your cable vendor build these cables.
If there are custom built cables used with your system, be sure to read the applicable
sections in chapter 5 of this book and in the Site and Hardware Planning Information.
Order number SA38-0508.

Communications Adapter Cabling
This section provides information on cabling for communications adapters.
There are many ways to connect communications cables and devices. Because each
installation may have unique requirements, the following topics present attachment
configurations using part-numbered cables. These drawings are not the only ways you
can cable devices to a system; see Chapter 5 for additional information about custom built
cables.

EIA-232 Cabling Considerations
Attention: EIA-232 asynchronous adapters may be damaged if the following cabling
practices are not observed:
Note: Use of the following recommendations are not a guarantee of compliance with
FCC EMIIRFI regulations.

• Cable directly, as described in the Hardware Offerings overview manual, since there
should then be no Electrical Static Discharge (ESD) entry point other than a charged
cable.
• Discharge cables before plugging into adapters or interface cable ports (fanout box).
• Do not allow conductors, leads, or pins to be exposed to the touch of
non-anti-static-protected persons.

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-1

• . Avoid the use of Type 66 Punchdown or similar terminal blocks. If these terminal
blocks must be used, ensure that the person handling interface wires is using
appropriate ESD precautions such as ground straps and grounded floor mats, and that
grounded equipment covers that require touching before access are in use. These
precautions must be taken even if power is off, since ESD damage is independent of
circuit power.
• Eight- and sixteen-port adapter cables should not be used outdoors. Such outdoor
use is at the customer's risk, and an appropriate transient voltage suppression device
should be used on each signal wire in the cable at every exit or entry point.
• Do not route cables near or around power cables, power transformers, or high power
switching devices such as air conditioners, refrigeration units, or elevators.
Note: The 78-pin multi port interface cables for the 8-or 16-port Async Adapters when
used with the 7015 Models R10 and R20 attach to the system tailgate rather than
to the adapter itself. Internal cables not shown in the cable diagrams run from the
adapter through the cable management arm to the tailgate connector.

• Shielded cables are essential to prevent damaging high voltage noise impulses from
coupling onto signal lines. The shielded cable should be data grade, at least 24
AWG, and of individual shielded twisted pairs. Shielding should have both overall
shorted aluminum foil to suppress high frequency noise and tinned copper braid
(capacitance approximately 12pF per foot, not to exceed 2500pF in the recommended
maximum cable length of 200 feet) to suppress low frequency noise. Shielded
connectors with metal shrouds are also recommended, as are cable strain reliefs.
Note: Twisted pair cable with only overall aluminym foil shielding, as described above,
may be used if the Signal conductors are carefully bundled to prevent crosstalk .

• If the cable is routed from the system (fanout box) to the I/O device, the shields and
drain wire should be connected to the metal shell of the connector at the system end.
At the I/O device end, the drain wire should be connected to Pin 1, and the shields
should be connected to the metal shell of the connector. If a cable similar to the
Async cable is to be attached from the system (fanout box) to a permanently installed
cable, frame ground should be present on Pin 1 and on both ends of the permanently
installed cable.
• Excessive cable lengths expose the system to more noise. Maximum supported cable
length is 200 feet for EIA-232 applications·.
• The cable should not contain unterminated (connected at one end only) wires.
Unterminated wires act as antennas and can pickup or emit electrical noise.
• Do not tie the frame (shield) ground to the signal ground within the cable or connector.

3-2

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe 2930 (a-port Async Adapter-EIA-232)
The following figure illustrates the a-port Async Adapter-EIA-232 with the Multiport
Interface Cable and attachment cables. The cable assembly ports are labeled 0 through
7. Attachment cables can connect to any of the eight ports. In order to make the
necessary connections to this adapter, your setup person needs to know the devices and
persons assigned to each port.
Adapter

Interface Cable

CJ~J---II ~~~~~~~~ I

TL

E

DorDandE

o rn

'--------..-,0
Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

m

Length

ft

J

Part of cable assembly

00F5531

2995

3

10

D

Async Cable-EIA-2321V.24, if
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-232D
requirements

6323741

2936

3

10

E

Printer/Terminal Interposer EIA-232

58F2861

2937

N/A

I

Printer/Terminal Cable EIA-232 if
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-232D
requirements

12H1204

2934

3

10

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-3

Fe 2940 (8-Port Async Adapter-EIA-422A)
The following figure illustrates the 8-Port Async Adapter-EIA-422A with the Multiport
Interface Cable and attachment cables. The cable assembly ports are labeled 0 through
7. Attachment cables can connect to any of the eight ports. In order to make the
necessary connections to this adapter, your setup person needs to know the devices and
persons assigned to each port.

[Adapter J~~J----I ~I~e[~e~]b~ ~.I
L

3-4

K

o

Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

J

Part of cable assembly

00F5531

2995

3

K

Terminal Cable-EIA-422A, if
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-422A
requirements

30F8966

2945

20

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

10
65.5

Fe 2950 (8-Port Async Adapter MIL-STD 188)
The following figure illustrates the 8-Port Async Adapter MIL-STD 188 with the Multiport
Interface Cable and attachment cables. The cable assembly ports are labeled 0 through
7. Attachment cables can connect to any of the eight ports. In order to make the
necessary connections to this adapter, your setup person needs to know the devices and
persons assigned to each port.
Adapter

Interface Cable

O~f----J----II ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I

T-----10
L

E

DorDandE

o CD

L..-_

Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

J

Part of cable assembly

00F5531

2995

3

10

0'

Async Cable-EIA-232/V.24, if
customer-supplied, must meet MIL-STO
188 requirements

6323741

2936

3

10

E

Printer/Terminal Interposer EIA-232

58F2861

2937

I

Printer/Terminal Cable EIA-232 if
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-2320
requirements

12H1204

2934

N/A
3

10

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-5

Fe 2955 (16-Port Async Adapter-EIA-232)
The following figure illustrates the adapter with the 16-Port Interface Cable-EIA-232 and
attachment cables. The cable assembly ports are labeled 0 through 15. Attach cables
can connect to any of the 16 ports. In order to make the necessary connections to this
adapter, your setup person needs to know the devices and persons assigned to each port.
Interface Cable

LJ~_LI ~~~~~~~~~~~~m~~ I

1'----------------.,0
L

D or D andE

3-6

a rn

Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

L

Part of interface cable

43G0463

2996

3

10

0

Async Cable EIA-232/V.24, if
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-232D
requirements

6323741

2936

3

10

E

PrinterlTerminal Interposer EIA-232

58F2861

2937

I

PrinterlTerminal Cable EIA~232 if
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-232D
requirements

12H1204

2934

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

N/A
3

10

Fe 2957 (16-Port Async Adapter-EIA-422A)
The following figure illustrates the adapter with the 16-Port Interface Cable-EIA-422A and
attachment cables. The cable assembly ports are labeled 0 through 15. Attachment
cables can connect to any of the 16 ports. In order to make the necessary connections to
this adapter, your setup person needs to know the devices and persons assigned to each
port.
Interface Cable

a~f------IMI ~~~~~~~~~D~~~~~~ I
K -----10
IL....-_ _

Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

M

Part of interface cable

43G0462

2997

3

10

K

Terminal Cable-EIA-422A, if
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-422A
requirements

30F8966

2945

20

65.5

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-7

FC 6400 (Async Device Attached to a 64-Port Async Controller)
Use this drawing only for the 64-port async controller and 16-port async concentrator.
Use this drawing when connecting async devices or communications devices to the
64-port async controller. Each 64-port controller can support up to four 16-port
concentrators.

Fe 6400

N

E~Pt~

r

fj

TroMorrnerill~ ~~
16-port
async
concentrator

o

0

§ §
o

0

XXI

DO

yyl

0
0

Fe 6401
Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m ft

0

Async Cable EIA-232/V.24, if customer-supplied,
must meet EIA-232D requirements

6323741

2936

3

E

PrinterfTerminallnterposer EIA-232

58F2861

2937

I

PrinterfTerminal Cable EIA-232 if customer-supplied,
must meet EIA-232D requirements.

12H1204

2934

N

Controller to concentrator cable if customer-supplied,
must meet EIA-232D requirements.

00G1109

P

RJ-45 to 08-25 converter cable Note: Only available
as four-cable kit. if customer-supplied, must meet
EIA-232D requirements.

59F3432

XX

Directly wires RJ-45 to 08-25 connector for attaching
a terminal or printer. See note.

N/A

N/A

N/A

yy

Directly wires RJ-45 to 08-25 connector for attaching
a modem See note.

N/A

N/A

N/A

Trans
former

Power transformer
Power transformer
Power transformer
Power transformer

70F9938
70F9937
70F9939
70F9940

N/A

N/A

115
100
200
230

- 127
- 110
- 220
- 240

V
V
V
V

ac
ac
ac
ac

10

N/A
3

10

7.6 25
6402

.45 1.5

Note: This customer supplied cable must meet EIA-232D electrical requirements.

3-8

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC 8128 (128-Port Async Controller)
A number of cabling scenarios are possible when installing this feature. The following
figure shows a typical configuration in which eight Remote Async Nodes are attached to
the 128-Port Async Controller using both 4-wire and 8-wire direct cabling. Note that in the
figure below, cables NB and NC are available or can be customer supplied. The NO cable
in the configuration below is a customer supplied cable. See Cable Assembly and
Pin-Outs Chapter "128-Port Async Controller to Remote Async Node Cables" on
page 5-27.

Controller
Power Supply and Cord

Remote Async
Node

Remote Async
Node

Remote Async
Node

Remote Async
Node

NB or NC
Remote Async
Node

NO
Remote Async
Node

~-

NB or NC

NO
Remote Async
Node

Remote Async
Node
Controller Line Terminators
(Included with Controller)

The 128-Port Async Controller supports up to four Remote Async Nodes on each
controller line using the following attachment options:
Attachment Method

Recommended Environment

Benefit

Direct attach
a-wire

Moderate to heavy async
data loads

Maximum performance

Light async data loads

Reduced cabling cost

Light async data loads

Remote location

4-wire
Remote attach
Synchronous modems

Any combination of 8-wire cabling and synchronous modems can be used to attach
Remote Async Nodes. However, 4-wire cabling cannot be used in combination with 8-wire
cabling or synchronous modems on the same controller line.

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-9

The following two figures illustrate the use of EIA-232 and EIA-422 synchronous modems
in typical 128-Port Async Controller configurations. Note that each configuration requires
a unique set of customer-supplied cables for modem attachment (NE, NF, NG, and NH).
Note: Only one pair of synchronous modems is allowed per controller line.

r-------------------l
Controller
A Simplified Overview
of the 128-Port Async
Controller

~SjDem~:)

EIA-232
Synchronous'~-----4

Modems
Phone
line

1
1

I---_~

1

Power
Supply
and Cord

1'---.....
1-----1

LL..._-_-_-....I_

Remote Async Node

NBor NC

Remote Async Node

L _____________
Detail A

3-10

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

_____

~

~

r-------------------l
Controller
NG

A Simplified Overview
of the 128-Port
Async Controller
EIA-422
Synchronous
Modems

:Seelm~:)

---+
Phone
Line

1
1

1,-----:1.
1

Power
Supply
and Cord

1'----'
1,-----:1.
1

NH

L'-_-_-_--T

Remote Async Node
NB or NC

Remote Async Node

L_____________

~

____

~

Detail B
A choice of cables can be attached to any of the 16 Remote Async Node ports, as shown
in the following illustration. These ports are labeled 0 through 15 and accept 4-, 6-, 8-,
and 10-pin RJ-type connectors.

Remote Async Node

0000000000000000

INK

NK
I

or

loll

E3

NL
or

NM
or

E

In order to make the necessary connections to the Remote Async Node, the system
administrator must know the type of device that is being configured and its port location on
the Remote Async Node. The cable planning charts section of the Site and Hardware
Planning Information, SA38-0508 can help you make these assignments.

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-11

The following table shows the cables that are used to configure the 128-Port Async
Controller, see Chapter 5, "Cable Assembly and Pin-Outs" on page 5-1 for information on
cables that you can build yourself.
Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

NC

128-Port Async Controller Cable, 8-wire

43G0936

8132

.23

N8

128-Port Async Controller Cable, 8-wire

43G0937

8131

4.57

ND

128-Port Async Controller Cable, 4-wire,
customer-supplied

N/A

N/A

N/A

NE

128-Port Async Controller EIA-232
Modem Cable, system, customer-supplied

N/A

N/A

., N/A

NF

128-Port Async Controller EIA-232
Modem Cable, device, customer-supplied

N/A

N/A

N/A

NG

128-Port Async Controller EIA-422
Modem Cable, system, customer-supplied

N/A

N/A

N/A

NH

128-Port Async Controller EIA-422
Modem Cable, device, customer-supplied

N/A

N/A

N/A

NK

RJ-45 to D8-25 Converter Cables (four
provided with each order)

43G0935

8133

0.61

D

Async Cable-EIA-232/V.24, if
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-232D
requirements.

6323741

2936

3

E

Printerrrerminal Interposer EIA-232

58F2861

2937

I

Printerrrerminal Cable EIA-232 if
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-232D
requirements

12H1204

2934

NL

Cable directly wires RJ-45 to a D8-25
connector for attachment to a terminal or
printer; customer-supplied, must meet
EIA-232D electrical requirements

N/A

N/A

N/A

NM

Cable directly wires RJ-45 to a D8-25
connector for attachment to a modem;
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-232D
electrical requirements

N/A

N/A

N/A

See
Note

Cable converter 64-Port to 128 Port
Pin-out converter Allows customers to
use 64-Port Concentrator wiring with
128-Port Remote Async Node; if
customer-supplied, must meet EIA-232D
electrical requirements

88G3650
(pkg of
4)

8135

N/A

.75
15

2
10

N/A
3

10

Note: This converter cable allows customers with installed 64-Port Async card and
16-Port concentrators to convert the 8-wire wiring used with the 16-Port
concentrators to the 10-wire wiring with the 16-Port Remote Async Nodes used
with the 128-Port Card.

3-12

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe 2921, 2924, 2928 (ARTIC960 Adapter)
The cabling options for the ARTIC960 Adapter (FC 2921,2924,2928) are shown below.
The AlB with the matching cable provide a choice or four interfaces:
•
•
•
•

4-Port
4-Port
4-Port
4-Port

EIA-232-D
EIA-530 (RS-422)
ISO 4902 (V.36)
ISO 4903 (X.21)

Adapter

AlB

Cable
Letter

p

Cable Name/Description
•
•
•
•

Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable

Option
Option
Option
Option

EIA 232D
EIA 530 (RS-422)
ISO 4902 (V.36)
ISO 4093 (X.21)

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

61G2918
61G2923
61G2933
61G2928

2922
2923
2926
2927

1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

6
6
6
6

3-13

FC 2935, 2929, 2938 (ARTIC960 Adapter)
The cabling options for the ARTIC960 Adapter (FC 2935, 2929, 2938) are shown below.
The AlB with the matching cable provide a choice or three interfaces:
• 6-Port ISO 4902 (V.36)

o
Adapter

AlB

5
• 8-Port EIA-232-E
• 8-Port ISO 4903 (X.21)

Adapter

AlB

3-14

Cable

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m ft

p

Cable Option EIA 232 E
Cable Option ISO 4902 (V.36
Cable Option ISO 4093 (X.21)

71G3497
73H2507
06H4648

2939
2941
2942

1.8
3
1.8

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

6
10
6

FC 2959 (Multiprotocol Adapter/A)
The following figure illustrates the Multiprotocol Adapter/A with an industry-standard EIA
232-0 with 25-pin O-shell connectors.

Cable
Letter
D

Cable Name/Description
Async Cable EIA-232 (If
customer-supplied: must meet EIA-232D
requirements 50 feet maximum)

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

6323741

2936

3

10

FC 2960 (X.25 Interface Co-Processor/2)
The following figure illustrates the X.25 Interface Co-Processor/2 with attachment cables
for each of the three supported interfaces. In order to make the necessary connections to
this adapter, your setup person needs to know the type of network interface to be used.

Adapter

l

n'----_Q
_ _n
Uu X.21

J~: ~~:::

Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

Q

X.25 Attachment Cable-X.21

07F3150/07F3151
53F3926

2965
2976

3
6

10
20

R

X.25 Attachment Cable-V.24

07F3160/07F3161
53F3927

2966
2977

3
6

10
20

S

X.25 Attachment Cable-V.35

07F3170/07F3171
53F3928

2967
2978

3
6

10
20

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-15

FC 2700 (4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller)
The following figure illustrates the 4-Port Multi protocol Communications Controller with the
4-Port Multiprotocol Interface Cable and attachment cables. The interface cable ports are
labeled 0, 1, 3, and 2. Only one interface and associated cable can be selected per port.
In order to make the necessary connections to this adapter, your setup person needs to
know the type of network interface assigned to each port.

Adapter

[

]
I

0T

...

u

V.3S

O'----~D

EIA232D
~

o

Port o

EIA232D
V.3S
EIA232D
EIA232D
EIA422A

0
0

o :
o
0

X.21
EIA422A

V

l...,j

}
}

~

Port 1

Port

{~r-:~~

3-0

V

0

Port 2

Interface
Cable

3-16

Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

T

Interface/Breakout Box

53F26221
40F9897

2705

3

10

U

V.35 cable, if customer-supplied,
must meet V.35 requirements

71F0162

2702

2

6.5

V

EIA-232DN.24 cable, if
customer-supplied, must meet
EIA-232DN.24 requirements

71F0165

2706

3

10

W

X.21 cable, if customer-supplied,
must meet X.21 cable requirements

71F0164

2704

3

10

X

If customer-supplied, must meet
EIA-422A requirements

N/A

N/A

N/A

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC 7002,7004 Realtime Interface Co-Processor Multiportl2 Adapter/A
Configurations
The Realtime Interface Co-Processor MuitiporV2 Adapter/A must be used with an
Electronic Interface Board and the appropriate device interface breakout box (cable). The
following sections illustrate the configurations of the Realtime Interface Co-processor
MuitiporV2 Adapter/A with an Electronic Interface Board (EIB) and device interface
breakout box and cable.

4-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Co-Processor Adapter (FC 7022)
The following figure illustrates the Realtime Interface Co-Processor Mu1tiporV2 Adapter/A
with the 4-Port EIA-232-C E1B (FC 7022) attached to a device interface breakout box
(cable):

Adapter
Fe 700217004

T1

IIIIIII I

Fe 7022

EIB
Cable
Letter
T1

Cable Name/Description
4/8-Port 232/422 Multiportl2 device
interface breakout box (cable)

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

00F5531

7102

3

10

6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Co-Processor Adapter (FC
7024)
The following figure illustrates the Realtime Interface Co-processor MuitiporV2 Adapter/A
with the 6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C EIB (FC 7024) attached to a device interface
breakout box (cable):

Adapter
Fe 700217004

T2

IIIIIII I

Fe 7024

EIB
Cable
Letter
T2

Cable Name/Description
6-Port Sync device interface breakout box
with Multiportl2 Cable

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

05F2028

7104

3

10

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-17

8-Port EIA-232-C Multiportl2 Co-Processor Adapter (FC 7026)
The following figure illustrates the Realtime Interface Co-Processor Multiport/2 Adapter/A
with the 8-Port EIA-232C EIB (FC 7026) attached to a device interface breakout box
(cable):
Adapter
FC 7002/7004

II III I I I

FC 7026

EIB
Cable
Letter
T1

Cable Name/Description
4/8-Port 2321422 Multiportl2 device
interface breakout box (Cable)

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

00F5531

7102

3

10

4-Port EIA-232-C/4-Port EIA-422A Multiportl2 Co-Processor Adapter (FC
7030)
The following figure illustrates the Realtime Interface Co-Processor Multiport/2 Adapter/A
with the 4-Port EIA-232C/4-Port EIA-422A EIB (FC 7030) attached to a device interface
breakout box (cable):
Adapter
FC 7002n004

II I I I I I I

FC 7030

EIB
Cable
Letter
T1

Cable Name/Description
4/8-Port 2321422 Multiportl2 device
interface breakout box (cable)

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

00F5531

7102

3

10

8-Port EIA-422-A Multiportl2 Co-Processor Adapter (FC 7028)
The following figure illustrates the Realtime Interface Co-Processor Multiport/2 Adapter/A
with the 8-Port EIA-422-A EIB (FC7028) attached to a device interface breakout box
(cable):

II III I I I
FC 7028

EIA
Cable
Letter
T1

3-18,

Cable Name/Description
4/8-Port 2321422 Multiportl2 device
interface breakout box (cable)

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

00F5531

7102

3

10

FC 7006,7008 Realtime Interface Co-Processor Portmaster Adapter/A
Configurations
The Realtime Interface Co-Processor Portmaster Adapter/A must be used with an
Electronic Interface Board and the appropriate device interface breakout box (cable). The
following sections illustrate the configurations of the Realtime Interface Co-processor
Portmaster Adapter/A with an Electronic Interface Board (EIB) and device interface
breakout box and cable.

8-Port EIA-232-D Portmaster Adapter (FC 7042)
The following figure illustrates the Realtime Interface Co-Processor Portmaster Adapter/A
with the 8-Port EIA-232-D EI B (FC 7042) attached to a device interface breakout box
(cable):
Adapter
FC 700617008

II III I I I

FC 7042
EIB
Cable
Letter
T4

Cable Name/Description
8-Port 2321422 Portmaster device
interface box (cable)

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

53F2619

7108

1.2

4

8-Port EIA-422-A Portmaster Adapter (FC 7044)
The following figure illustrates the Realtime Interface Co-Processor Portmaster Adapter/A
with the 8-Port EIA-422-A EIB (FC 7044) attached to a device interface breakout box
(cable):
Adapter
FC 7006/7008

T4

II III I I I

FC 7044
EIB
Cable
Letter
T4

Cable Name/Description
8-Port 2321422 Portmaster deyice
interface breakout box (cable)

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

53F2619

7108

1.2

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

4

3-19

6-Port V.35 Portmaster Adapter (Fe 7046)
The following figure illustrates the Realtime Interface Co-Processor Portmaster Adapter/A
with the 6-Port V.35 EIB (FC 7046) attached to a device interface breakout box (cable):

Adapter

T3

FC 700617008

II I I I I

FC 7046

T6

EIB
Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

T3

6-Port V.35 Portmaster with device
interface breakout box (cable)

72F0165

7106

1.2

T6

6-Port V.35 Network Attachment (cable)

11H4958

7107

2

4
6.5

6-Port X.21 Portmaster Adapter (7048)
The following figure illustrates the Realtime Interface Co-Processor Portmaster Adapter/A
with the 6-Port X.21 EIB (FC 7048) attached to a device interface breakout box (cable):

II I I I I
Fe 7048

EIB
Cable
Letter

3-20

L

17

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

T5

6-Port X.21 Portmaster with device
interface breakout box (cable)

05F2028

7110

1.2

T7

6-Port X.21 Network Attachment (cable)

11 H4957

7111

2

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

4

6.5

Fe 2970 (Token-Ring High-Performance Network Adapter)
Considerations for Token-Ring applications are found in the following:
•
•
•
•
•

IEEE 802.5 requirements
Token-Ring Network Introduction and Planning Guide (GA27-3677)
A Building Planning Guide for Communication Wiring (G320-8059)
Cabling System Planning and Installation Guide (GA27-3361)
Using the Cabling System with Communication Products (GA27-3620).

The following figure illustrates the Token-Ring High-Performance Network Adapter with an
attachment cable for the Token-Ring LAN (Local Area Network).. In order to make the
necessary connections to this adapter, your setup person needs to know the devices and
persons assigned to each port.

d8ter

O
Cable
Letter

y

D~--.;V-D

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

Token-Ring LAN cable, (shipped with the
adapter)

6339098
53F3930

N/A
N/A

3
6

10
20

Fe 2972 (Auto Token-Ring LANstreamer Me 32 Adapter)
Considerations for Token-Ring applications are found in the following:
•
•
•
•
•

IEEE 802.5 requirements
Token-Ring Network Introduction and Planning Guide (GA27-3677)
A Building Planning Guide for Communication Wiring (G320-8059)
Cabling System Planning and Installation Guide (GA27-3361)
Using the Cabling System with Communication Products (GA27-3620).

The following figure illustrates the Auto TOken-Ring LANstreamer MC 32 Adapter with an
attachment cable for the Token-Ring LAN.

O

dater

Cable
Letter

Z

Z

Or----=---iO

Cable Name/Description
10-inch Conversion Cable (shipped with
the adapter, converts from a 9 pin O-shell
connector to an RJ-45 connector
or
8-foot data to RJ-45 cable (available)

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

60G1066

N/A

.25

.8

60G1063

N/A

2.4

8

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3·21

Integrated Ethernet LAN Adapters
Ethernet cabling varies dependant on the type of system unit you have.

7010 Xstations Ethernet
The 7010 Model 140 and Model 150 integrated Ethernet provides attachments to
10BASE5 (AU I) , 10BASE2 (BNC), and 10BaseT (twisted-pair) Ethernet. Twisted-pair
Ethernet is achieved by connecting the 10BaseT (twisted-pair) converter directly into the
15 pin D-shell AUI Ethernet port. When connecting to an external transceiver (AA or MM),
a block of (7) jumpers on the Xstation planar must be switched.

Model 140
and 150
Ethernet

~

108as8T \
Converter

~I---li: I

BB

o

1 BaseT

•

10Base2

Ethernet
TwistedPair Hub

zermlnator
50 n Terminator
Terminal Equipment

Cable
Letter

3-22

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

AA

A coaxial "T" connector, "V-" or "L-"
shaped, is recommended

N/A

N/A

N/A

BB

Customer-supplied RJ-45 unshielded
twisted-pair cable, must meet IEEE 802.3
requirements

N/A

N/A

N/A

BT

10BaseT Converter (Shipped with
Xstation from the factory)

43G2820

N/A

N/A

MM

Ethernet 10Base2 Transceiver or
Ethernet 10BaseT Transceiver (feature
code includes cable)

02G7435

4223

1

3

02G7429

4224

1

3

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Models M20, M2A, 220, and 230 Integrated Ethernet LAN Adapter
The Models M20, M2A, 220 and 230 Integrated Ethernet adapters feature only an
Ethernet standard thick (10Base5) connector. Transceivers must be ordered for use with
either thin (10Base2) or twisted-pair (10BaseT). The following is an example of 10Base2:

50 ohm Tenninator
Network Node
/

Integrated
10Base5

min Ethemet Coaxial

10Base2
50 ohm Tenninator
(Thin Transceiver)
Note: n is a maximum of 30 nodes per segment (maximum of five segments connected
by a repeater).

50 ohiTerminator
Network Node n

/

Integrated
10Base5

T
Thick Ethernet Coaxial

10 BaseS
50 ohm Terminator
(Thick Transceiver)
Note: n is a maximum of 100 nodes per segment (maximum of five segments with each
segment connected by a repeater).
Cable
Letter

MM

Cable Name/Description
Ethernet 10Base2 Transceiver (feature
code includes cable)

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

02G7435

4223

1

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3

3-23

50 ohm Tenninator
Network Node X

/

Integrated
1oBase5

/

Integrated
10Base5

-----u

MM

Thin Ethemet Coaxial
(This can be thin or thick
Coaxial Ethemet LAN)

Integrated
/~OBase5
(10BaseT TwistedPair Transceiver)
Cable
Letter

50 ohm Tenninator
Ethemet TwistedPair Hub

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

AA

A coaxial "T' connector, lOy-" or "L-"
shaped, is recommended

N/A

N/A

N/A

BB

Customer-supplied RJ-4S unshielded
twisted-pair cable, must meet IEEE 802.3
requirements

N/A

N/A

N/A

MM

Ethernet 10BaseT Transceiver (feature
code includes cable)

02G7429

4224

1

3

Models 250, 41T, 41W, 42T, and 42W Integrated Ethernet LAN Adapter
The Models 2S0, 41T, 41W, 42T and, 42W have integrated Ethernet thick and twisted pair.
Twisted-pair Ethernet is achieved by connecting the 10BaseT (twisted-pair) converter
directly into the 15 pin O-shell AUI Ethernet port. Transceivers must be ordered for use
with Ethernet Thin (10base2). The following are examples of 10Base2, and 10BaseS:

50 ohm Tenninator
Network Node

/

n----~ AA

Integrated
10Base5

Thin Ethemet Coaxial

10Base2
50 ohm Tenninator
(Thin Transceiver)
Note: n is a maximum of 30 nodes per segment (maximum of five segments connected
by a repeater).

3-24

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Network Node

/

Integrated
10Base5

Thick Ethemet Coaxial

10 Base5
(Thick Transceiver)
Note: n is a maximum of 100 nodes per segment (maximum of five segments with each
segment connected by a repeater).
Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

AA

A coaxial "T" connector, "Y-" or "L-"
shaped, is recommended

N/A

N/A

MM

Ethernet 10Base2 Transceiver (feature
code includes cable)

02G7435

4223

Length
ft
m
N/A
1

3

50 ohm Tenninator
Network Node X ------Q AA

BB

Thin Ethemet Coaxial
(This can be thin or thick
Coaxial Ethemet LAN)

10BaseT

50 ohm Tenninator
Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

AA

A coaxial "T" connector, "Y-" or "L-"
shaped, is recommended

N/A

N/A

N/A

BB

Customer-supplied RJ-45 unshielded
twisted-pair cable, must meet IEEE 802.3
requirements

N/A

N/A

N/A

MM

Ethernet 10BaseT Transceiver (feature
code includes cable)

02G7429

4224

BT

10BaseT Converter (Shipped with system
from the factory)

51G8479

N/A

1

3

N/A

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-25

Models 34H, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 39H, 3AT, 3BT and 3CT Integrated
Ethernet LAN Adapter
The integrated Ethernet adapter features thick and thin connectors (Fe 4221) or
twisted-pair (Fe 4222). The thick connector is an Ethernet standard connector.

50 ohm Tenninator
Network Node n---CJ

Fe 4221
/

Thin Ethemet Coaxial

{thiCk)10BaSes
{thin)10Base2

,

~

50 ohm Tenninator

n is a maximum of 30 nodes per segment (maximum of five segments with each
segment connected by a repeater).

Note:

50 ohm Tenninator

RJjS

Network Node X

(Twisted-Pair)
10BaseT
with Transceiver

!w

FC4222

Thin Ethemet Coaxial
(This can be thin or thick
coaxial Ethemet LAN)

l

(Twisted-Pair)
10BaseT
with Transceiver
FC4222
R~~S

~

(Twisted-Pair)
10BaseT
with Transceiver

I.

FC4222

R~-4S

(Twisted-Pair)
10BaseT
with Transceiver
FC4222

Cable
Letter

3-26

Ethemet Twisted
Pair Hub

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

AA

A coaxial "T" connector, "V-" or "L-"
shaped, is recommended

N/A

N/A

N/A

BB

Customer-supplied RJ-45 unshielded
twisted-pair cable, must meet IEEE 802.3
requirements

N/A

N/A

N/A

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe 2980 (Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter)
The following figure illustrates the Ethernet High-Performance LAN Adapter with
attachment cables. The thick connector is an Ethernet standard connector.
50 ohm Tenninator
Network Node n

/

(thick)10Base5
(thln)10Base2

Thin Ethernet Coaxial

~

50 ohm Tenninator

Note: n is a maximum of 30 nodes per segment (maximum of five segments with each
segment connected by a repeater).
50 ohm_Tenninator
Network Node n - - - - - ;

{thiCk)10BaSes
/ {thin)10Base2

'--

10Base5 Thick
Transceiver
Note: n is a maximum of 100 nodes per segment (maximum of 5 segments with each
segment connected by a repeater).
Cable
Letter

AA

Cable Name/Description
A coaxial liT" connector, "Y_" or "L-"
shaped, is recommended

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

N/A

N/A

N/A

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-27

50 ohm Tenninator

Network Node X

----fl

AA

/(thick)10Base5

I (thin)10Base2
L-L....-_---'

tthlck)10Base5
(thln)10Base2

RJ
Cable
Letter

3-28

Cable Name/Description

50 ohm Tenninator

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

AA

A coaxial "T" connector, "Y-" or "L-"
shaped, is recommended

N/A

N/A

N/A

BB

Customer-supplied RJ-4S unshielded
twisted-pair cable, must meet IEEE 802.3
requirements

N/A

N/A

N/A

MM

Ethernet 1OBase-T Transceiver (feature
code includes cable)

02G7429

4224

1

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

3

FC 2984,2989 (TURBOWAYS 100 and 155 ATM Adapter)
System
Adapter

System

[J;Jn
2989

System
System

Cable Considerations
Fiber Channel cabling is required and must be ordered separately. Orderscan be placed
using an MES. For standard cable lengths and part numbers, see the chart below.
Custom lengths are also available.
Cable Namel Description

Length
ft
m

Part Number
62.51125 Multimode

Fiber Optic Cable

6.6
2
13
4
20
6
10 33
20 66
40 131
Custom

19G6706
19G4864
19G4865
19G4866
19G4867
19G4868
19G4863

Optical ports may also be connected by 62.5/125 micron multimode fiber, terminated with
industry standard SC connectors. The maximum length between the optical port on the
adapter and the switch is 0.7 kilometers with the 62.5/125 micron fiber.

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-29

FC 2990 (3270 Connection Adapter)
The following figure illustrates the 3270 Connection Adapter with attachment cable.

Adapter

Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

LL

Customer-supplied coaxial cable

6245998

N/A

3

10

FC 2800 (System/370 Host Interface Adapter)
There are a variety of ways to cable the Systeml370 Host Interface Adapter to the 5088 or
the 6098 Graphics Control Units.
The System/370 Host Interface Adapter and the 5080 Attachment Adapter are the same
physical adapter. The way the adapter is cabled and the microcode loaded in the adapter
changes the function. See the 5080 Graphics System Installation, Operation, and Problem
Determination manual, form number GA23-2063 for information about the various
configurations using the host interface adapter and 5080 attachment adapter.
The host interface adapter has an HIA label on it. It connects the system to a 5088 or
6098 Controller. The adapter can pass the signal on to other systems.

System/370 Host Interface
Adapter (HIA)

~

From 5088
or 6098

;i:;"er
To Next Workstation
or a Terminator

3-30

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fe 2801, 2802 (5086/5085 Attachment Adapter)
There are a variety of ways to cable the 508615085 Attachment Adapter to the 5088 or the
6098 Graphics Control Units.
This drawing shows the system connected to a 5085/5086 Graphics Processor using the
5080 Attachment Adapter (AA). See the 5080 Graphics System Installation, Operation
and Problem Determination manual, form number GA23-2063 for information about the
various configurations using the host interface adapter and 5080 attachment adapter.

5080 Attachment Adapter
(AA)

4
3
2
1

Standard 1/0 Planar
Connectors

5085 or 5086
Graphics
Processor

T

K
Present Only When the System Uses the
5085 or 5086 Keyboard

FC 2840 (5080 Coax Communication Adapter)
The 5080 Coax Communication Adapter (5080CCA) can be cabled in the same ways that
FC 2800 with the exception that the Fe 2840 has a single BNC connector and requires a
BNC T-connector to accomplish the same possibilities.
See the 5080 Graphics System Installation, Operation and Problem Determination manual,
form number GA23-2063 for information about the various configurations using the host
interface adapter.

System/370 Host Interface
Adapter (5080 CCA)

From 5088
or 6098
Controller

~~...-----I1~~T~Dnne~Dr
To Next Workstation
or a Terminator

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-31

Fe 2720, 2722, 2723, and 2724 (Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FOOl)
A dapters) Fiber
All FOOl-Fiber adapters require multi-mode FOOl optical fiber jumper cables. Jumper
cables are a customer responsibility. For more information about jumper cables, planning,
design or installation of FOOl systems, refer to the FDDI Introduction and Planning Guide,
form number GA27-3892. For more information regarding FOOl optical systems, refer to
the FDDI Optical Fiber Planning and Installation Guide, form number GA27-3943. For
more detailed information on planning for, installing, and operating the adapter, refer to the
FDDI Adapter User's Guide and Programming Reference, SC23-2426.
The various FODI adapter types can be used in two configurations: single ring and dual
ring. The single ring configuration is subject to failure if ring continuity is interrupted at any
point. The dual ring configuration provides the capability to detect line breaks and
reconfigure the rings to maintain network continuity.
The following figure illustrates the FOOl Adapter with attachment cable. feature codes
2720 and 2724 are for the base card or single-ring attach; feature codes 2722 and 2723
are for the FODI dual-ring upgrade kit.
FODI Fiber Adapter or Concentrator

2720 or 2724 FODI Fiber
Base Adapter Single-Ring
Attach

2722 or 2723 FODI
Dual-Ring Attach

2

Single Ring Configuration

3-32

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Fiber

EB~
/

-pp

EB:-r
Dual Ring Configuration
Cable
Letter

pp

Cable Name/Description
All FOOl Fiber Adapters require
multi-mode FOOl optical fiber jumper
cables.

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

N/A

N/A

N/A

Jumper cables are the responsibility of
the customer and can be ordered from
the local cabling distributor.
For installation of FOOl systems, refer to
publication FDDI Introduction and
Planning Guide, GA27 -3892.
For additional information concerning
FOOl optical systems, refer to publication
FDDI Optical Fiber Planning and
Installation Guide, GA27 -3943.

1

FOOl Fiber Base Adapter Single-Ring
Attach

N/A

2720 or
2724

N/A

2

FOOl Fiber Dual-Ring Attach

N/A

2722 or
2723

N/A

3

Concentrator

N/A

N/A

N/A

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-33

Fe 2725 and 2726 Shielded Twisted-Pair (STP) FOOl Adapter
All FOOI-STP adapters require shielded twisted pair copper jumper cables. Jumper cables
are a customer responsibility and may be ordered from authorized cabling distributors.
For more information about jumper cables, planning, design or installation of FOOl
systems, refer to FOOl Introduction and Planning Guide, order number GA27-3892. For
more information regarding FOOl optical systems, refer to FOOl Optical Fiber Planning and
Installation Guide, order number GA27-3943.

1

4

7

1

Item
Number

Cable
Letter

FRU
Number

Description

1

65G1878

FDDI-STP (Type 2-T) single ring adapter

3

N/A
N/A

N/A

Concentrator

4

FB

33G2761

FDDI-STP adapter cable

5

FC

33G2760

FDDI-STP - FDDI-STP transition cable

7

FA

33G2762

FDDI-STP reversing cable

Note: The part numbers in the table above are controlled by Mechanicsburg.

3-34 .Adapters,

Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

1
--1---

3

2

-1---

6

3'

2
c

~~-----c

1

c

\

4

7

;:\

2

1

6

2

Item
Number

Cable
Letter

FRU Part
Number

Description

1

65G1878

FDDI-STP (Type 2-T) single ring adapter

2

N/A
N/A

43G0876

FDDI-STP (Type 2-U) dual ring upgrade kit
adapter

3

N/A

N/A

Concentrator

4

FB

33G2761

FDDI-STP adapter cable

5

FC

33G2760

FDDI-STP - FDDI-STP transition cable

6

N/A

93F1162

FDDI-STP dual ring upgrade kit crossover
cable

7

FA

33G2762

FDDI-STP reversing cable

Note: The part numbers in the table above are controlled by Mechanicsburg.

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-35

Cable FA - FDOI Copper Adapter Reversing Cable
Adapter Card D
Connector Pin

Wire
Number

Wire
Color

Data
Connector Pin

Usage

Shield (ground)

1

Shield

Shield (ground)

Ground

1

3

Black

Black

Receive +

5

4

Red

Red

Transmit +

6

2

Orange

Orange

Receive -

9

5

Green

Green

Transmit -

Cable FB - FDDI Copper Adapter Cable

3-36

Adapter Card 0
Connector Pin

Wire
Number

Wire
Color

Data
Connector Pin

Usage

Shield (ground)

1

Shield

Shield (ground)

Ground

5

3

Black

Black

Receive +

1

4

Red

Red

Transmit +

9

2

Orange

Orange

Receive -

6

5

Green

Green

Transmit -

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC 2860 (Serial Optical Channel Converter)
The following figure illustrates the Serial Optical Channel Converter with an attachment
cable.

Converter

Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

KK

Optical Channel Converter Cable

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

46F2440
46F2441
46F2442
46F2443
46F2444

2866
2867
2868
2869
2870

6
10
20
60
100

20
33
65.5
197
328

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-37

Fe 2402 and 2403 (Network Terminal Accelerator Adapters)
1OBase-T Cabling
50-ohm Tenninator
Network Node X

AA

Cable Included with
Transceiver

Thin Ethemet
Coaxial Cable
(This can be
thin or thick
Coax Ethemet

c::JJ--uo
(

~ U!--U 0

Adapter

-I

r

108ase-T
(Twisted-Pair
Transceiver)

Cable
Letter

3-38

LAN)

Ethemet
Twisted-Pair
Hub

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

AA

Customer-supplied coaxial T -connector,
Y- or L-shaped is recommended.

N/A

N/A

N/A

BB

Customer-supplied RJ-4S unshielded
twisted-pair cable, must meet IEEE 802.3
requirements.

N/A

N/A

N/A

MM

Ethernet 1OBase-T transceiver
Cable (feature code includes cable)

02G7429
02G7434

4224

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

1

3

10Base-2 Cabling
50-ohm Tenninator
Network Node

AA

Adapter

/

Thin Ethernet
Coax

~

\

Cable Included with
Transceiver

50-ohm Tenninator
1'OBase-2
(Thin Transceiver)

Note: n is a maximum of 30 nodes per segment (maximum of 5 segments connectted by
a repeater).
Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

AA

Customer-supplied coaxial T-connector,
Y - or L-shaped is recommended.

N/A

N/A

N/A

MM

Ethernet 108ase-2 transceiver
Cable (feature code includes cable)

02G7435

4223

1

3

10Base-5 Cabling
50-ohm _Tenninator
Adapter

Network Node n

/~ D

0

\~

;;

10Base-5
(Thick
Transceiver)
Thick Ethernet
---Coax

50-ohm Tenninator

Customer Supplied AUI
Cable and Transceiver
Note: n is a maximum of 100 nodes per segment (maximum of five segments with each
segment connected by a repeater).

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-39

Fe 1904/1902 (Fibre Channel Adapter 1063)
This Fibre Channel Switch has a maximum of 16 ports. The switch operates at 1063
mega-bits per second. Feature code 1902 is for the optical driver.

. ~'---S-y-s-t-e-m----'

Adapter

System

System

System

Cable Considerations
Fibre Channel cabling is required and must be ordered separately. Orders for cables can
be placed through MES. For standard cable lengths and part numbers, see the chart
below.
Cable Name

Length
m
ft

Part Number *
Multi-mode

Fibre Optic Cable

22
7
13 42
22 72
31
101
46 150
61
200
Custom

54G3384/54G3385
54G3384/54G3386
54G3384/54G3387
54G3384/54G3388
54G3384/54G3389
54G3384/54G3390
54G3384/54G3391

Note: * There are two part numbers in the table. The first is for ordering cables in the
United States. The second is for ordering cables in other countries.
Optical ports are connected with 50/125 multi-mode Fibre and terminated with
industry-standard SC connectors.

Multi-mode
• 50 Micron Fibre
• Short Wave - 680 nanometers wave length

Full Speed
• 1063 mega-bits per second
• Up to 500 meters cable length

3-40

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC 1906 (Fibre Channel Adapter/266)

.~ System
:=:=======:::
Adapter

System

System

System

Cable Considerations
Fibre Channel cabling is required and must be ordered separately. Some specific lengths
are available. Custom lengths and cable accessories are also available.
Cable Name!
Description

Length
m
ft

Fiber Optic Cable

2 6.6
4 13
6 20
10 33
20 66
40 131
60 197
80 262
100 328
Custom

Part Number

Part Number

50/125 Multimode

62.5/125 Multimode

NA
19G4772
19G4773
19G4774
19G4775
19G4776
19G4777
19G4778
19G4799

NA

19G6706
19G4864
19G4865
19G4866
19G4867
19G4868

NA
NA
NA
19G4863

Optical ports may also be connected by either 50/125 (recommended) or 62.5/125 micron
multimode fiber, terminated with SC connectors (industry-standard connectors). The
maximum length between the optical port on the adapter and the switch is 2 kilometers
with the 50/125 micron cables and 0.7 kilometers with the 62.5/125 micron fiber.

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-41

Channel Attachment Adapter Cabling
This section provides information on cabling for channel attached devices.

FC 2755 (Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter)
Establishing communications with an S/370 or S/390 host requires special planning.
Cabling, hardware, and software considerations are discussed below. For more detailed
information on planning for, installing, and operating the adapter, refer to the Block
Multiplexer Channel Adapter User's Guide and Service Information, order number
SC23-2427.

Cable Considerations
The cable and cable assembly in the following figure are separately orderable. Use of the
specified cable and cable assembly is recommended due to the critical cabling
speCifications required for your systems connection to the host.
To order the cables necessary to attach the cable assembly to the host, contact your
marketing representative. Keep the following in mind when ordering:
Notes:

1. Blue channel cables must be used if the adapter is to be operated at 4.5MB or if the
3044 Model 2 Channel Extender is used.
2. Cables (bus and tag) must be used in pairs of equal length and matching color (blue
or gray, but not both). Bus and tag cables can be ordered separately and must be
ordered to the desired length. The Host Channel Cable group for your system is
0185.
3. There are some cable length limitations. When data streaming mode is used, there
can be no more than 122 m (400 ft) between the system unit and the host. If there
are other channel-attached devices located between the system unit and the host,
deduct 4.5 m (15 ft) for each device in your cable measurement. Some devices may
require additional cable length calculations; consult your System/360, Systeml370,
4300, 9370 and ES9000 Processors Input Output Equipment Installation
Manual-Physical Planning, order number GC22-7064, for the particular device.
4. The system unit can connect to a 3044 Model 002 Channel Extender, which allows
the Systeml370 parallel channel to be extended up to 3 km (1.9 miles). It can also
connect to a 9034 Model 1 ESCON Converter, which allows communications with a
Systeml370 or System/390 ESCON channel. There can be up to 3 km (1.9 miles)
between the 9034 and the host.

3-42

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Single Adapter to Single Channel
Controller
Unit
or
Host
Channel

~2

Bus Out

~

'~------'

to tennlnators or to
another control unit

1
Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

1

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter Cable

92F6697
52G6119

2757

1.8
3.6

2

Block Multiplexer Channel Cable Interface
Assembly

25F9401

2758

N/A

3

Block Multiplexer Channel Cables Cable
Group 0185

NA

NA

N/A

6
12

-'

Note: Refer to the Systeml360 System/370, 4300, 9370 and ES9000 Processors
Input/Output Equipment Installation Manual - Physical Planning, order number
GC22-7064, for details and restrictions regarding channel cabling. The Interface
Assembly is wired for "high" channel priority.

Cabling Sequence
For details on the installation and cabling of the Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter and
bus and tag cables to a host system, See the Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter User's
Guide and Service Information, order number SC23-2427.

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-43

Hardware Considerations
• The remote power interface as described in Systernl360 and Systeml370
Power-Control Interface Original Equipment Manufacturers' Information, order number
GA22-6906, is not supported on the system.
• The processors supported by the Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter are summarized
below. Certain processors can use the 9034 Model 1 ESCON Converter or the 3044
Model 2 Channel Extender. Connection to an ESCON channel requires a 9034 Model
1. You cannot use both a 9034 and a 3044 on the same channel.
System Processor

Channel Type

Speed

9021

Parallel

Up to 4.5MB

9021

ESCON*

Up to 4.5MB

9121

Parallel

Up to 4.5MB

9121

ESCON*

Up to 4.5MB

9221

Parallel

Up to 4.5MB

9221

ESCON*

Up to 4.5MB

ES/3090

Parallel

Up to 4.5MB

ES/3090 (J)

ESCON*

Up to 4.5MB

308X

Parallel

Up to 3.0MB

4381

Parallel

Up to 3.0MB

* Requires use of the 9034 Model 1 ESCON Converter.

• The Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter supports three speeds. The type of processor
channel used depends on the speed setting.
Speed
Setting

Channel Speed

Processor Channel

0

DCI

Any

2

2.7MB (maximum)

3MB

4

4.5MB (maximum)

4.5MB

Software Considerations
Consider the following when planning for the Block Multiplexer Channel Adapter:
• AIX Version 3.2 or later is required for your system. Adapter channel addresses and
speed are set up using SMIT.
• The System/3g0 host I/O control program (IOCP) must be updated to include your
system. The system is defined as a 3088.
• The System/3g0 host operating systems must be updated to recognize and support
your system unit.

3-44

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

FC 2756 (System/3g0 ESCON Control Unit Adapter)
Establishing communications with a System/390 host requires special planning. Cabling,
hardware, and software considerations are discussed below. For more detailed
information on planning for, installing, and operating the adapter, refer to the Enterprise
System Connection Adapter User's Guide and Service Information, order number
SC23-2474.

Jumper

D-------~O

System/390
Channel

Note: The ESCON jumper cable can connect to any ESCON channel, trunk, or ESCON
director.

Cable Considerations
ESCON jumper cables may be ordered separately.
To order the cable necessary to attach to the host, contact your marketing representative.
The following table lists the standard ESCON duplex-to-duplex jumper cable part numbers.

Cable Name/Description

System/390 ESCON Channel Jumper
Cable (Duplex-to-Duplex)

Part
Number

Length
m
ft

74F5412
74F5413
74F5414
74F5415
74F5416
74F5417
74F5418

3.7
6.1
12.1
21.3
30.4
61
122

12
20
40
70
100
200
400

Refer to Maintenance Information for Enterprise Systems Connection Links, Fiber optic
Link Maintenance, order number SY27-2S97 for additional information.

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-45

Hardware Considerations
The processors supported by the System/3g0 ESCON Channel Adapter are summarized
below.
System
Processor

Channel Type

Speed

9021

ESCON

Up to 17MB

9121

ESCON

Up to 10MB

9221

ESCON

Up to 10MB

ES/3090 (J)

ESCON

Up to 10MB

Software Considerations
Consider the following when planning for the ESCON channel adapter:
• AIX Version 3.2 or later is required. Adapter channel address and speed are set up
using SMIT.
• The System/3g0 I/O Control Program (IOCP) must be updated to include your system.
The IOCP should specify a 3088 device type, or an SCTC (if using HCD).
• The System/3g0 operating system must be updated to recognize and support your
system unit.

FC 2735 (HIPPI Channel Adapter)
The following figure illustrates the HIPPI Channel Adapter set with the attachment cables:

Cable
Letter
1A

3-46

Cable Name/Description
Customer-supplied HIPPI cable, must be
HIPPI-compliant with ANSI standard
HIPPI-pHX3.183-1991

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

N/A

N/A

N/A

Fe 2759 (5/370 Channel Emulator/A Adapter)
The following figure illustrates the 5/370 Channel Emulator/A adapter with an attachment
cable (the cable is included with the feature):

Single Adapter to Single Channel

'"

1

~-[0---'
Tag

Control Units
(Up To Four)

/J

3-~
!.-..------J

2-D
Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

1

S/370 Channel Emulator/A Cable

68F7209

N/A

3.0

2

Bus Terminator

2282675

N/A

NA

3

Tag Terminator

2282676

N/A

NA

9.8

Note: Refer to the 5ysteml360, 5ysteml370, 4300, 9370 and E59000 Processors
Input/Output Equipment Installation Manual - Physical Planning, order number
GC22-7064, for details and restrictions regarding channel cabling.

Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-47

Fe 2754 (S/390 ESCON Channel Emulator)
Tape Subsystem

~

Jumper

~ D,_ _ _ _ _----=:c:.:!!ab=le~------.....,O[

3490, 3490E,
3494, 3495

3490
or

~

3490E

Jumper

~ D--C::.ila==b::.:le~-rr
3494

3495

Cable Considerations
ESCON jumper cables may be ordered separately.
To order the cable necessary to attach your system, contact your marketing
representative. The following table lists the standard ESCON duplex-to-duplex jumper
cable part numbers.

Cable Name/Description

System/390 ESCON Channel Jumper Cable
(Duplex-to-Duplex)

Part
Number

Length
m
ft

74F5412
74F5413
74F5414
74F5415
74F5416
74F5417
74F5418

3.7
6.1
12.1
21.3
30.4
61
122

12
20
40
70
100
200
400

Fiber optical cables for the ESCON Channel Emulator are required and should be ordered
separately. For more information about planning for and installing required cables, see
Planning for Enterprise System Connection Links in, ESCON Link Planning section, order
number (GA23-0367).

Software Considerations
Consider the following when planning for the S/390 ESCON Channel Emulator:
• AIX Version 3.2 or later is required.
• Software for tape subsystem support is obtained from Storage Systems Division.

3-48

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Graphics Adapters
This section provides information on cabling for graphics adapters. Displays mentioned in
this section have the following characteristics:
1. POWERdisplay 17 (features a Trinitron TM1 CRT with a maximum viewable image size
of 409 mm (16.1 inches) measured diagonally).
2. POWERdisplay 20 display (features a Trinitron TM CRT with a maximum viewable
image size of 486 mm (19.1 inches) measured diagonally).
3. 6091-19i display (features a Trinitron
(17.3 inches) measured diagonally).
4. 1091-051 display (features a Trinitron
(14.8 inches) measured diagonally).

TM

TM

CRT that has a fixed image size of 439 mm
CRT that has a fixed image size of 376 mm

FC 2770 (Color Graphics Display Adapter)

Ad8 ter

DI--_c_c....<::~--c::J} ~~~;ectors

..

per Display

P

l
Cable
Letter
CC

J

Cable Name/Description
Display adapter cable, contains an
integral toroid assembly

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

58F2903

N/A

2.4

8

Fe 4208 and 2803 (POWER Gt1, Gt1 b)
Adapter

l

"

Cable
Letter

1

J

DWW

<@

AE

Five
connectors
per S081/6091

The adapter also supports
attachment to some PS/2
displays, with attached cables.

for1091-DS1

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
m
ft

WW

POWER Gt1 Display Adapter Cable,
contains an integral toroid assembly.

58F2902

4217

2

AE

Gt1 to 1091-051

09G3588

9020

1.83

6
6

Trademark of Sony Corporation
Chapter 3. Cables and Cabling

3-49

FC 4207 (POWER Gt1 x)
AS (POWERdisplays 16, 17, 19, 20, 5081, 6091)
AC (6314, 6317, 6319, 8508, 8517)
AD (POWERdisplay 16s, 1091-051)

Cable
Letter

Cable Name/Description

Part
Number

Feature
Code

Length
ft
m

AB

Gt1 x display cable

09G3539

4214

1.83

6

AC

Gt1 x display cable

52G3255

4213

0.3

1

AD

Gt1x to 1091-051

09G3589

9021

1.83

6

AD

Gt1 x POWERdisplay 16s

09G3589

4229

1.83

6

FC 2768 (POWER Gt4e)
The following figure illustrates the POWER Gt4e with an attachment cable for one display.

Adapter

l J

.
Cable
Letter
CC

3-50

..

CC

} Three
Connectors
per Display

. D--E----- 27
75
00000 000000000 0 0 0 00 00000
52
0000000000000000000000

n

100

1'-__________________

~13

••••••••••••
25

14

Mnemonic

VO

0

Port
1

Port
2

Port
3

Port
4

Port
5

25-Position
Connector

TxDA
TxDB
RxDA
RxDB
TxCAIN
TxCB IN
RxCA
RxCB
TxCA OUT
TxCB OUT
RTS
CTS
DCD
DTR
DSR
SGND
FGND

0
0
I
I

94
70
08
33

21
46
54
78

47
22
58
82

71
95
29
04

72
96
28
03

23
48
57
81

02
14
03
16

I
I
I
I

76
52
20
45

06
31
41
16

77
53
38
13

56
80
19
44

27
02
32
07

55
79
30
05

15
12
17
09

0
0
0
I

24
49
42
15

73
97
43
65

98
74
92
86

25
50
93
. 87

99
75
37
59

26
51
39
09

24
11
04
05

I
0
I

89
18
66

40
91
90
17

62
69
88
63

61
68
64
67

35
14
60
01

84
12
85
83

08
20
06
07
01

Port

--

--

34

100

Shield

Chapter 5. Cable Assembly and Pin-Outs

5-45

I'II
I

Cable T4
Description: 8-Port 232/422 Portmaster Cable.
The system end of the 8-Port 232/422 Portmaster cable consists of a 100-position D-shell
connector. The cable device end consists of an MOB with eight 25-pin D-shell connectors
to allow up to eight devices to be connected to the eight ports supported by the adapter.

8-Port EIA-422-A Portmaster AdapterlA 100- and 25-Position
Connectors
6
251 ~ooooooooooooooooooo.oooo
1
000000 00000000 0 0 0 0 0 00000 - - - - 27
75
00000 000000000 0 0000 00000
52
0000000000000000000000

100

n

14

__________________

~13

••••••••••••

25

Port
1

Port
2

Port

3

4

Port
5

Port

110

Port
0

Port

Mnemonic

6

Port
7

25.Position
Connector

TxD

0
0
I
I

51
52
02
78

54
55
05
81

07
08
83
35

10
11
86
38

13
14
89
41

16
17
92
44

94
95
46
72

48
49
74
25

02/SDA
24/SDB
03/RDA
17/RDB

0
0
I
I

01
76
77
53

04
79
80
56

82
33
34
09

85
36
37
12

88
39
40
15

91
42
43
18

45
70
71
96

73
23
24
50

04/RSA
20/RSB
05/CSA
06/CSB

I
I
I
I

28
03
29
27

31
06
32
30

59
84
60
58

62
87
63
61

65
90
66
64

68
93
69
67

21
47
22
20

99
75
100
98

08/STA
22/STB
15/RTA
23/RTB

--

19

19

26

26

57

57

97

97

07/GND
01/FGND

RxD
-RTS
-CTS
TxCLK
RxCLK
SGND
FGND

5-46

1~

Cable Shield

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Cable T5
Description: 6-Port X.21 Portmaster Cable.
The system end of the 6-Port X.21 Portmaster cable consists of a 7a-position D-shell
connector. The cable device end consists of an MDB with six 25-pin D-shell connectors to
allow six devices to be connected to the six ports supported by the adapter.

6-Port X.21 Portmaster AdapterlA 78 - and 25-Position Connectors
20
39
59

1
1
21
40
60 14

000000000000000000
00000000000000000
000000000000000000
00000000000000000

78

Mnemonic

T(A)
T(8)
R(A)
R(8)
C(A)
C(8)
1(A)
1(8)
5(A)
5(8)
X(A)
X(8)
5GND

13

••••••••••••

VO

Port
0

Port
1

Port
2

Port
3

Port
4

Port
5

0
0
I
I

40
41
02
62

04
05
64
26

66
19
28
57

69
20
31
77

73
10
54
18

55
13
75
53

02
24
03
17

0
0
I
I

01
60
61
42

63
24
25
06

27
47
48
68

30
50
51
71

34
35
15
72

16
17
36
33

04
20
05
06

I
I
0
0

23
21
22
03
43

46
44
45
65
07

78
76
09
29
08

59
37
12
32
67

39
38
74
49
11

14
58
56
52
70

15
23
08
22
07

--

25

25-Position
Connector

Chapter 5. Cable Assembly and Pin-Outs

5-47

11

8-Port EIA-232-D Portmaster AdapterlA 100- and 25-Position
Connectors
6
251 ~ooooooooooooooooooooooo
1
000000 000000000000000000 ~+--- 27
75
000000000000000000000000
52
0000000000000000000000

100

5-48

1~

________________~~13

•••••••••••••
•••••••••• ••

n

14

Port
1

Port

Port

Port

2

3

4

5

Port
6

Port
7

25-

110

Port
0

Port

Mnemonic

TxO
RxO
RTS
CTS

0
I
0
I

51
02
01
77

54
05
04
80

07
83
82
34

10
86
85
37

13
89
88
40

16
92
91
43

94
46
45
71

48
74
73
24

O2IBA
03/BB
04/CA
05/CB

OCO
OTR
OSR
HRS

I
0
I
I

28
76
53
27

31
79
56
30

59
33
09
58

62
36
12
61

65
39
15
64

68
42
18
67

21
70
96
20

99
23
50
98

08/CF
20/CO
06/CC
23/CI

RI
TxCLKIN
TxCLK
RxCLK
SGNO
FGNO

I
I
0
I

03
29
52
78
19

06
32
55
81
19

84
60
08
35
26

87
63
11
38
26

90
66
14
41
57

93
69
17
44
57

47
22
95
72
97

75
100
49
25
97

221CE
15/0B
24/0A
17/00
07/AB

--

Cable Shield

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

25

Position
Connector

01/AA

Cable T6
Description: 6 Port V.3S Network Attachment Cable for use with the 6 Port-V.3S
Portmaster.
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

0
0

B

0

0
0
0
0

••••
••••
••••
••••
••••
••••
••••

0
0

a
0

o 0o

:.:.
000

POS14
System End
Connector

POS1
Signal

Pin (Male)

Socket (Female)

4
5
6

Device End
Connector

8

RTS
CTS
DSR
CD

C
D
E
F

20
24
11
2
14

DTR
DTECLK(A)
DTECLK(8)
TxD (A)
TxD (8)

H
U
W
P
S

3

RxD (A)
RxD (8)
Tx Clk (A)
Tx Clk (8)

R
T
y
AA

16
15
12
17
9
7

8

Rx Clk (A)
Rx Clk (8)
Ground
Frame Ground

V

X
8
Shield

Chapter 5. Cable Assembly and Pin-Outs

5-49

Cable T7
Description: 6-Port X.21 Network Attachment Cable for use with the 6-Port-X.21
Portmaster.

POS 14

System End
Connector

POS 1

Signal

Socket (Female)

Pin (Male)

2
24
4
20

T (A)
T (B)
C (A)
C (B)

3
10

3
17
5

R (A)
R (B)
I (A)
I (B)

4
11
5
12

S (A)
S (B)
X(A)
X(B)
Ground

13
7
14

6

15
23
15
23
7

5-50

Device End
Connector

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

2
9

6

8

Connector Descriptions
Cable
Letter

Cable Name

Connector Descriptions (adapter end/device end)

A

PC Parallel Printer Cable

25-pin D male/36-pin D male barrier

B

Serial Port Jumper Cable

10-pin MODU female/25-pin D male

D

Async Cable-EIA-232N.24

25-pin D female/25-pin D male

E

PrinterfTerminal Interposer-EIA-232

25-pin D female/25-pin D male

I

PrinterfTerminal Cable-EIA-232

25-pin D female/25-pin D male

J

Multiport Interface Cable

7B-pin D malenB-pin D female

K

Terminal Cable-EIA-422A

25-pin D male/25-pin D male

L

16-Port Interface Cable-EIA-232

7B-pin D male/25-pin D male

M

16-Port Interface Cable-EIA-422A

7B-pin D male/25-pin D male

N

54-Port Controller Cable

RJ-45 male/RJ-45 male

P

64-Port Converter Cable for the 16 port concentrator

B-pin RJ-45 male/25-pin D male

Q

X.25 Attachment Cable-X.21

37-pin D female/15-pin D male

R

X.25 Attachment Cable-V.24

37-pin D female/25-pin D male

S

X.25 Attachment Cable-V.35

37-pin D female/34-pin D male

T

4-Port Multiprotocol Interface Cable

7B-pin D malenB-pin D female

U

Multiprotocol Attachment Cable-V.35

15-pin D female/34-pin D male

V

Multiprotocol Attachment Cable-EIA-232N .24

25-pin D female/25-pin D male

W

Multiprotocol Attachment Cable-X.21

15-pin D female/15-pin D female

X

EIA-422A Cable

25-pin D female/customer supplied

AS

Serial Port fanout Cable makes second serial port
available see Standard I/O Ports page

25-pin D female/two 25-pin D male

KK

Serial Optical Channel Converter Cable (all lengths)

SC Optical Receptacle Connector (color-coded)

NB,NC

12B-Port Async Controller Cable, B-wire

15-pin HD male/15-pin HD female

ND

12B-Port Async Controller Cable, 4-wire

15-pin HD male/15-pin HD female

NE

12B-Port Async Controller EIA-232 Modem Cable,
System

15-pin HD male/25-pin D male

NF

12B-Port Async Controller EIA-232 Modem Cable,
Device

25-pin D male/15-pin HD female

NG

12B-Port Async Controller EIA-422 Modem Cable,
System

15-pin HD male/37-pin D male

NH

12B-Port Async Controller EIA-422 Modem Cable,
Device

37-pin D malel15-pin HD female

NK

RJ-45 to OB-25 Coverter Cable

10-pin RJ-45 male/25-pin D male

NL

Customer-supplied cable for connecting Remote Async
Node 16-Port EIA-232 to a printer or terminal device

4-, 6-, B-, 10-pin RJ-45 male/25-pin D male

NM

Customer-supplied cable for connecting Remote Async
Node 16-Port EIA-232 to a modem device

4-, 6-, B-,1 O-pin RJ-45 male/25-pin D male

RA

Serial to Re-IPL Port Re-IPL Cable

25-pin 0 female/9-pin. D female

RB

Serial to Serial port Re-IPL Cable

25-pin 0 female/25-pin D female

T1

4/B-Port 232/422 Multiportl2 Cable

7B-pin 0 male/25-pin D male

T2

6-Port Sync Multiportl2 Cable

7B-pin D male/25-pin D male

T3

6-Port V.35 Portmaster Cable

100-pin D male/25-pin D male

T4

B-Port 232/422 Portmaster Cable

100-pin D male/25-pin D male

Chapter 5. Cable Assembly and Pin-Outs

5-51

I
11'"

I"·,i
II
I

Cable
Letter

Cable Name

Connector Descriptions (adapter end/device end)

T5

6-Port X.21 Portmaster Cable

78-pin 0 male/25-pin 0 male

T6

6-Port Network Cable V.35 Portmaster

25-pin 0 female/34-pin male

T7

6-Port Network Cable X.21 Portmaster

25-pin 0 female/15-pin D male

XX

16-Port Concentrator to printer or terminal device

8-pin RJ-45 male/25-pin D male

yy

16-Port Concentrator to modem

8-pin RJ-45 male/25-pin D male

5-52

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Standard 1/0 pinouts
Keyboard Connector
The physical layout of the keyboard connector is shown in the following illustration.

Pin

Signal

1
2

Keyboard Data
Speaker Signal
Ground

3
4

5
6

+5V de
Keyboard Clock
Speaker Ground

Mouse Connector
The physical layout of the mouse adapter connector is shown in the following illustration.

Pin

Signal

1
2
3

Mouse Data
Reserved
Ground

4

+5V de
Mouse Clock
Reserved

5

6

Chapter 5. Cable Assembly and Pin-Outs

5-53

Tablet Connector
The physical layout of the tablet connector is shown in the following illustration.

3

5

Pin

Signal

1
2

Ground
Direct Current
(dc) Return
(Ground)
+5 V dc
Reserved

3

4
5
6
7

8

Receive from device
Transmit to device
Reserved
Reserved

Serial Port Connectors
A physical layout of the serial port connectors is shown in the following two illustrations.

o

o
25 Pin D-Shell

5-54

Pin

Signal

2
3
4

Transmit Data
Receive Data
Request to Send

5
6
7

Clear to Send
Data Set Ready
Signal Ground

8
20
22

Date Carrier Detect
Data Terminal Ready
Ring Indicate

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

1=t.... (
6

••••

10 Pin MODU Male
Pin

Signal

1
2
3

Transmit Data
Data Terminal
Ready
Request to Send

4
5
6

Ring Indicate
Reserved
Receive Data

7
8
9

Data Set Ready
Clear to Send
Data Carrier
Detect
Signal· Ground

10

Parallel Port Connector
A physical layout of the parallel port connector is shown in the following illustration.

o

o
25 Pin D·Shall

Pin

Signal

Pin

Signal

1
2
3
4

Strobe
PDATAO
PDATA1
PDATA2

14
15
16
17

Autofeed XT
Error
INIT
Select In

5
6
7
8

PDATA3
PDATA4
PDATA5
PDATA6

18
19
20
21

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

9
10
11
12
13

PDATA7
ACK
Busy
PE
Select

22
23
24
25

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

Chapter 5. Cable Assembly and Pin-Outs

5·55

II
!

I,

I'

External Diskette Connector
The following illustration shows the external diskette connector.

B12

••••••••••
•••• ••••••
A12

5-56

A01

Pin

Signal

Pin

Signal

A01

B01

Track 0

A02
A03
A04

Rd wt current!
High Density
Enable 74F760S
Ground
Index

B02
B03
804

Write Protect
Read Data
Head Select 1 OC

AOS
AOa
A07
AOa

Motor Enable 0 OC
Drive Select 1 OC
Drive Select 0 OC
Motor Enable 0 1C

B05
B06
807
B08

Diskette Change
Reserved
Ground
Ground

A09
A10
A11
A12

Direction OC
Step
Write Data OC
Write Enable

B09
B10
B11
B12

Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

Index
Numerics

A

1/4-inch cartridge tape drives 2-12
1/4-inch cartridge tape drives, setting the SCSI
address 2-12
1.37GB SCSI disk drive 2-77
10/100 Mbps ethernet TX MC adapter 1-177
10/100 Mbps ethernet TX MC adapter
specifications 1-177
1080MB SCSI disk drives 2-67
128-port async controller 1-82
128-Port Async Controller to Remote Async Node
Cables 5-27
15-position HO-15 controller connector 1-83
16-port async adapter - EIA-232-0 1-72
16-port async adapter - EIA-422A 1-74
160MB SCSI disk drive 2-39
1G SCSI disk drives 2-64
2.0G-byte 4-mm tape drive 2-23
2.0G-byte 4-mm tape drive, manually removing the tape
cartridge 2-1
2.0GB SCSI-2 disk drive 2-80
2.3G-byte 8-mm tape drive 2-14
2.4G-byte SCSI disk drive 2-1, 2-84
200MB SCSI disk drive 2-40
320MB and 400MB SCSI disk drive 2-41
3270 connection 1-119
355MB and 670MB SCSI disk drive 2-42
4-port EIA-232-C muitiporV2 adapter 1-43
4-port EIA-232-C/4-Port EIA-422-A muitiporV2
adapter 1-49
4-port multiprotocol communications controller 1-37
4.0 GB 4-mm tape drive, external 2-26
4.0 GB 4-mm tape drive, internal 2-27
5.25 inch diskette drive 2-2
5086/5085· attachment adapter 1-129
540MB SCSI disk drive 2-44
5G-byte 8-mm tape drive 2-35
6-port synchronous EIA-232-C multiportl2
adapter 1-47
6-port V.35 portmaster adapter/A 1-57
6-port X.21 portmaster adapter/A 1-59
64-port async controller 1-76
8-port async adapters 1-69
8-port EIA-232-C multiportl2 adapter 1-45
8-port EIA-232-0 portmaster adapter/A 1-53
8-port EIA-422-A muitiporV2 adapter 1-51
8-port EiA-422-S portmaster adapter/A 1-55
857MB SCSI disk drive 2-45
857MB slim-high SCSI disk drive 2-46

adapter cabling 3-1
.(fiber distributed data interface (FOOl) adapter
fiber 3-32
128-port async controller 3-9
16-port async adapter EIA-232 3-6
16-port async adapter EIA-422A 3-7
3270 connection adapter 3-30
4-Port Multiprotocol Communications
Controller 3-16
5080 coax communication adapter 3-31
5085 or 5086 attachment adapter 3-53
5086/5085 attachment adapter 3-31
64-port async controller 3-8
7235 attachment adapter (POWER GTO
accelerator) 3-54
7250 attachment adapter (POWER GXT1000
graphics accelerator) 3-54
8-port async adapter EIA-232 3-3
8-port async adapter EIA~42 3-4
8-port async adapter MIL-STO 188 3-5
9291/9295 digital trunk adapter 3-65
ARTIC960 FC 292X adapters· 3-13
ARTIC960 FC 293X adapters 3-14
auto token-ring LANstreamer MC 32 adapter 3-21
block multiplexer channel adapter 3-42
color graphics display adapter 3-49
ethernet high-performance LAN adapter 3-27
fibre channel adapter 1063 3-40
fibre channel adapter/266 3-41
graphics input device adapter 3-53
high-performance disk drive subsystem
adapter 3-55
high-performance subsystem adapter
40/80MB/Sec 3-57
HIPPI channel adapter 3-46
Integrated Ethernet LAN adapters 3-22
M-Audio capture and playback adapter 3-65
M-Video capture adapter 3-65
multiprotocol adapter/A 3-15
network terminal accelerator adapter 3-38
POWER Gt1, and Gt1 b display adapters 3-49
POWER Gt1 x display adapter 3-50
POWER Gt4e display adapter 3-50
POWER Gt4i and Gt4xi display adapters 3-51
POWER GTO accelerator (7235 attachment
adapter) 3-54
POWER GXT100 graphics adapter 3-51
POWER GXT1000 graphics accelerator (7250
attachment adapter) 3-54
POWER GXT150 graphics adapter 3-51

Index

X-1

I~
,,'

I,;

I:
adapter cabling (continued)
POWER GXT150L graphics adapter 3-52
POWER GXT150M graphics adapter 3-52
POWER GXT155L graphics adapter 3-52
realtime interface co-processor muitiporV2
adapter/A 3-17
realtime interface co-processor portmaster
adapter/A 3-19
S/370 channel emulator/A adapter 3-47
S/390 ESCON channel emulator adapter 3-48
SCSI I/O Controller FC 2828,2829, and 2835 4-8
SCSI integrated controller for machine types 7006,
7008, 7009, and 7011 4-22
SCSI-1 integrated controller for machine types 7012,
7013, and 7015 4-19
SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Controller FC 2413,
2416, and 9217 4-49'
SCSI-2 Differential I/O Controller FC 2420 4-29
SCSI-2 FastlWide Integrated Controller for Machine
Type 7012 Models 380/390/39H and 7030 Models
3AT/3BT/3CT 4-17
SCSI-2 Single-Ended Controller F/C 2831 and
2410 4-25
SCSI-2 single-ended fast/wide controller FC 2414,
2415, and 9216 4-41
serial optical channel converter 3-37
Shielded Twisted-Pair (STP) (FOOl) adapter
copper 3-34
systernl370 host interface adapter 3-30
systernl390 ESCON control unit adapter 3-45
token-ring high-performance network adapter 3-21
TURBOWAYS 100 and 155 ATM adapter 3-29
ultimedia audio adapter 3-66
ultimedia video I/O adapter 3-66
X.25 interface co-processor/2 3-15
adapter identification reference list for IHS supplied
adapters 1-2
adapter-specific cable building 5-1
adapter, SSA 4-port
description 1-113
lights 1-114
adapter, SSA 4-port RAID
description 1-117
lights 1-118
adapter, SSA 4-port, enhanced
description 1-115
lights 1-116
address priority, SCSI 4-6
ARTIC960 4-port multiprotocol communications
controller 1-161
ARTIC960 6-port V.36 communications
controller 1-171
ARTIC960 8-port EIA-232 E communications
controller 1-169
ARTIC960 8-port X.21 communications
controller 1-167

X-2

assembly, cable 5-1
async expansion adapter 1-131, 1-132
ATM 155 Video Streaming Adapter 1-176
attaching the dials and lighted program function
Keyboard 3-72
attaching the external 5.25 in. diskette drive 3-75
attaching the graphic displays 3-74
attaching the M-Video capture adapter (NTSC
version) 3-76
attaching the M-Video capture adapter (PAL
version) 3-78
attaching to the standard I/O interfaces devices 3-70
attaching user input devices 3-70
auto token-ring LANstreamer MC 32 adapter 1-154

B
block multiplexer channel adapter 1-120
building adapter-specific cables 5-1
building, cables 5-1
bus length, SCSI 4-5

C
cable assembly 5-1
cable building 5-1
cable description
Cable A 5-3
Cable AR 5-18
Cable AS 5-19
Cable 0 5-6
Cable E 5-7
Cable I 5-8
Cable J 5-8
Cable K 5-9
Cable KK 5-20
Cable L 5-9
Cable M 5-9
Cable N 5-21
Cable NO 5-29
Cable NE 5-30
Cable NF 5-31
Cable NG 5-32
Cable NH 5-33
Cable NK 5-34
Cable NL 5-35
Cable NM 5-37
Cable P 5-10
Cable Q 5-11
Cable R 5-12
Cable RA 5-39
Cable RB 5-40
Cable S 5-13
Cable T 5-13
Cable T1 5-41
Cable T2 5-44

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

I

I:

cable description (continued)
Cable T3 5-45
Cable T4 5-46
Cable T5 5-47
Cable T6 5-49
Cable T7 5-50
Cable U 5-14
Cable V 5-15
Cable W 5-16
Cable X 5-17
Cable XX 5-23
Cable YY 5-25
Cables Band C 5-5
Cables NB and NC 5-27
cable description and page number 5-2
cable pin-outs 5-1
cabling 3-1
cabling SCSI devices 4-3
cabling the 7131 SSA disk drive subsystems 3-62
cabling the 7133 SSA disk drive subsystems 3-62
cabling the 9333 high-performance disk drive
subsystems 3-59
cabling the SCSI I/O controller FC 2828, 2829, and
2835 4-8
cabling the SCSI integrated controller for machine types
7006, 7008, 7009, and 7011 4-22
cabling the SCSI-1 integrated controller for machine
types 7012,7013, and 7015 "4-19
cabling the SCSI-2 Differential FastlWide Controller FC
2413, 2416, and 9217 4-49
cabling the SCSI-2 Differential I/O Controller FC
2420 4-29
cabling the SCSI-2 FastlWide Integrated Controller for
Machine Type 7012 Models 380/390/39H and 7030
Models 3AT/3BT/3CT 4-17
cabling the SCSI-2 Single-Ended Controller F/C 2831
and 2410 4-25
cabling the SCSI-2 single-ended fast/wide controller FC
2414,2415, and 9216 4-41
cabling, SCSI 4-1
cabling, SSA adapters FCs 6214, 6216, and
6217 3-60
cartridge tape drives, 1/4-inch 2-12
CD-ROM drives 2-3
CD-ROM, manually removing the disc, type a
drive 2-7
CD-ROM, manually removing the disc, type b
drive 2-9
CD-ROM, manually removing the disc, type c drive 2-9
CD-ROM, terminator resistors 2-11
CD-ROM, vertical orientation 2-10
communications adapter cabling 3-1
connector descriptions 5-51
considerations, EIA-232 cabling 3-1

D
descriptions, connector 5-51
device address, SCSI 4-6
Devices Information 2-1
digital trunk adapter 1-133
digital trunk dual adapter 1-135
drives
5.25 inch diskette 2-2
CD-ROM 2-3

E
EIA-232 cabling 3-1
enhanced SCSI-2 differential fast/wide
adapter/A 1-109
enhanced SSA 4-port adapter 1-115
ESCON channel adapter 1-122
ESCON channel emulator adapter 1-123
ethernet high-performance LAN adapter 1-33
ethernet, 10/100 Mbps TX MC adapter 1-177
ethernet, 10/100 Mbps TX MC adapter
specifications 1-177
external 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive 1.2G-byte 2-13
external 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive 150M-byte 2-13
external 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive 525M-byte 2-13
external SCSI devices 4-4

F
FC (8130) 1-84
FC (8136) 1-85
FOOl-fiber dual ring upgrade adapter 1-64
FOOl-fiber single ring adapter 1-63
FDDI-STP dual ring upgrade adapter 1-67
FDDI-STP single ring adapter 1-65
fiber distributed data interface (FOOl) dual ring upgrade
adapter 1-42
fiber distributed data interface (FOOl) single ring
adapter 1-41
fibre channel 1063 adapter short wave 1-174
fibre channel/266 adapter 1-160
front panel, remote async node 1-87

G
general SCSI considerations 4-4
graphics adapters 3-49
graphics input device adapter 1-127
graphics subsystem adapters 1-12

H
high-performance disk drive subsystem adapter 1-97
high-performance disk drive subsystem adapter
(40/80MB Byte/S) 1-108

Index

X-3

high-performance disk drive subsystem adapter (80M
Byte/S) 1-100
high-performance ethernet LAN adapter
10Base2 1-158
high-performance ethernet LAN adapter AUI and
10BaseT 1-156

N
network terminal accelerator 2048 adapter 1-150
network terminal accelerator 256 adapter 1-148
node number 1-88

o

overload protection, SCSI
I/O adapter cabling 3-55
identifying OEM components 4-29
identifying SCSI-2 differential components 4-29
IHV supplied adapters reference list 1-2
indicators
SSA 4-port adapter 1-114
SSA 4-port adapter, enhanced 1-116
SSA 4-port RAI D adapter 1-118
Integrated Ethernet LAN adapters
7010 Xstations 3-22
models 250, 41T, 41W, 42T, and 42W 3-24
models 34H, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 39H, 3AT,
3BT and 3CT 3-26
models M20, M2A, 220, and 230 3-23
internal 8X speed SCSI-2 CD-ROM drive 2-6
internal double-speed SCSI CD-ROM drive 2-6
internal quad-speed SCSI-2 CD-ROM drive 2-6

J
JPEG compression option for ultimedia video I/O
adapter 1-145

L
length, SCSI bus 4-5
lights
SSA 4-port adapter 1-114
SSA 4-port adapter, enhanced 1-116
SSA 4-port RAI D adapter 1-118

M
m-audio capture and playback adapter 1-139
m-video capture adapter (NTSC) 1-140
m-video capture adapter (PAL) 1-142
manually removing the CD-ROM disc 2-7
manually removing the tape cartridge, 2.0G-byte 4-mm
tape drive 2-1
media streamer audio/video decoder 1-179
media streamer audio/video decoder audio
connector 1-180
Multiportl2 4P/8P Interface Cable 5-41
multiprotocol adapter/A 1-61

X-4

4-7

p
page number of, cable descriptions
pin-out tables
Cable A 5-3
Cable AR 5-18
Cable AS 5-19
Cable D 5-6
Cable E 5-7
Cable I 5-8
Cable J 5-8
Cable K 5-9
Cable KK 5-20
Cable L 5-9
Cable M 5-9
Cable N 5-21
Cable ND 5-29
Cable NE 5-30
Cable NF 5-31
Cable NG 5-32
Cable NH 5-33
Cable NK 5-34
Cable NL 5-35
Cable NM 5-37
Cable P 5-10
Cable Q 5-11
Cable R 5-12
Cable RA 5-39
Cable RB 5-40
Cable S 5-13
Cable T 5-13
Cable T1 5-41
Cable T2 5-44
Cable T3 5-45
Cable T 4 5-46
Cable T5 5-47
Cable T6 5-49
Cable T7 5-50
Cable U 5-14
Cable V 5-15
Cable W 5-16
Cable X 5-17
Cable XX 5-23
Cable YV 5-25
Cables Band C 5-5
Cables NB and NC 5-27

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

5-2

I,

pin-outs, cable 5-1
positive temperature coefficient (PTC) 4-7
power cords, remote async node 1-92
POWER Gt3 graphics subsystem 1-25
POWER Gt3i graphics subsystem 1-27
POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 24-bit graphics
subsystem 1-17
POWER Gt4 and POWER Gt4x 8-bit graphics
subsystem 1-15
POWER Gt4e graphics subsystem 1-26
POWER Gt4i 24-bit graphics subsystem 1-23
POWER Gt4xi 24-bit graphics subsystem 1-21
POWER Gt4xi 8-bit graphics subsystem 1-19
POWER GXT1000 graphics accelerator attachment
adapter 1-28
POWER GXT150 graphics subsystem 1-30
power plug table, remote async node 1-92
power supply, remote async node 1-91
priority,SCSI address 4-6

R
RAN 1-84, 1-85
RE-IPL cabling 3-69
serial to RE-IPL port Re-IPL cable 3-69
serial to serial port Re-IPL cable 3-69
Re-IPL cabling, Serial to Re-IPL Port 3-69
Re-IPL cabling, Serial to Serial Port 3-69
Re_IPL cable RA 5-39
Re_1 PL cable RB 5-40
realtime interface co-processor muitiporV2 adapter/A
4-Port EIA-232-C 3-17
4-Port EIA-232-C/4-Port EIA-422A 3-18
6-Port Synchronous EIA-232-C 3-17
8-Port EIA-232-C 3-18
8-Port EIA-422-A 3-18
realtime interface co-processor portmaster adapter/A
6-Port X.21 3-20
8-Port EIA-232-0 3-19
8-Port EIA-422-A 3-19
receive card (HIPPI) channel attachment
adapter 1-152
reference list, IHV supplied adapters 1-2
remote async node 16-port EIA-232 1-84, 1-85
remote async node box style 1-84
remote async node front panel 1-87
remote async node rack style 1-85
remote async node, connectors 1-90
remote async node, power supply 1-91
remote async node, programming 1-88
removing a loaded tape cartridge, 4-mm tape
drive 2-29
removing tape cartridge
2.0G-byte 4-mm tape drive 2-24
2.3G-byte 8-mm tape drive 2-14
4-mm tape drive 2-29

removing tape cartridge (continued)
4-mm tape drive, type a 2-30
4-mm tape drive, type b 2-33
5G-byte 8-mm tape drive 2-36

S
S/370 channel emulator/A 1-124
S/370 host interface adapter 1-129
SCSI address priority 4-6
SCSI addresses
1.37G-byte SCSI disk drive 2-77
1080MB SCSI disk drives 2-67
160MB SCSI disk drive 2-39
1G SCSI disk drives 2-64
2.0G-byte 4-mm tape drive 2-23
2.0G-byte SCSI-2 disk drive 2-80
2.3G-byte 8-mm tape drive 2-14
2.4G-byte SCSI disk drive 2-1, 2-84
200MB SCSI disk drive 2-40
320MB and 400MB SCSI disk drive 2-41
355MB and 670MB SCSI disk drive 2-42
4.0 GB 4-mm tape drive external 2-26
4.0 GB 4-mm tape drive internal 2-27
4.0 GB 4-mm tape drive internal, type A 2-27
4.0 GB 4-mm tape drive internal, type B 2-28
5.0 GB 8-mm tape drive external 2-35
5.0 GB 8-mm tape drive internal 2-36
540MB SCSI disk drive 2-44
857MB SCSI disk drive 2-45
857MB slim-high SCSI disk drive 2-46
CD-ROM 2-4
CD-ROM type a, switch settings 2-4
CD-ROM type b, jumper settings 2-5
CD-ROM type c, jumper settings 2-6
internal 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive 2-12
internal 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive 1.2G-byte 2-13
internal 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive
150M-byte 2-13
internal 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive
525M-byte 2-13
SCSI bus length 4-5
SCSI cabling 4-1
SCSI device address 4-6
SCSI devices external 4-4
SCSI devices, cabling 4-3
SCSI differential high-performance internal/external I/O
controller 1-95
SCSIIO 4-6
SCSI single-ended high-performance internal/external
I/O controller 1-93
SCSI terminators 4-1,4-4
SCSI-2 differential fast/wide adapter/A 1-101
SCSI-2 fast/wide adapter/A 1-105
SCSI-2 single-ended high-performance internal/external
I/O controller 1-98

Index

X-5

I'II
I.

serial to Re_IPL port Re_IPL cable 5-39
serial to serial port Re-IPL cable 5-40
setting the SCSI address, cartridge tape drives,
1/4-inch 2-12
Setting the Terminator Resistor 2-2
SSA 4-Port Adapter (type 4-D)
description 1-113
lights 1-114
SSA 4-Port Adapter, enhanced (type 4-G)
description 1-115
lights 1-116
SSA 4-Port RAID Adapter (type 4-1)
description 1-117
lights 1-118
SSA cables for 7131 3-62
SSA cables for 7133 3-62
SSA cabling for adapter FCs 6214, 6216, and
6217 3-60
standard I/O ports 3-67

T
terminator power (TERMPWR) 4-7
terminators, SCSI 4-1, 4-4
token-ring high-performance network adapter 1-35
transmit card (HIPPI) channel attachment
adapter 1-152
TURBOWAYS 100 ATM adapter 1-159
TURBOWAYS 155 ATM adapter 1-173
type A1 disk drive, SCSI addresses 2-70
type A2 disk drive, SCSI addresses 2-70
type A3 disk drive, SCSI addresses 2-71
type B1 disk drive, SCSI addresses 2-71
type C1 disk drive, SCSI addresses 2-73
type 01 16 bit disk drive, SCSI addresses 2-74
type 02 16-bit disk drive, SCSI addresses 2-74
type 03 8-bit disk drive, SCSI addresses 2-75

·U
ultimedia audio adapter 1-147
ultimedia video I/O adapter 1-144

X
X.25 interface co-processor/2

X-6

1-39

Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for Micro Channel Bus Systems

I

I"

1:1



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Create Date                     : 2013:05:08 15:58:24-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2013:05:08 15:44:55-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2013:05:08 15:44:55-07:00
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.53 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:b9714cde-cf9a-554b-9152-e02ccaed78d9
Instance ID                     : uuid:b07d900f-5a7f-af45-a561-a056662db4b1
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Page Count                      : 512
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu